REGION I, EPA-NEW ENGLAND
COMPENDIUM OF
QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN GUIDANCE
os
çc 14
I( I
U.S. EPA-NEW ENGLAND
Region I
Quality Assurance Unit Staff
Office of Environmental Measurement and Evaluation
September I 998
Draft Final
-------
REGION I, EPA-NEW ENGLAND
COMPENDIUM OF QUALiTY ASSURANCE PROJIECT PLAN GUIDANCE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 INTRODUCTION . . I
20 SCOPE .. . . . I
3.0 STANDARD QAPP ELEMENTS . ... . 3
4.0 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.. 4
5.0 QAPP REVIEW AND APPROVAL . . . 5
60 QAPP IMPLEMENTATION AND MODIFICATION . 6
7.0 QAPP ARCFIIVAL ... . . .. . .. 6
80 REFERENCES ... ... .. 7
ATTACHMENTS
A. REGION I, EPA-NEW ENGLAND QUALiTY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN
MANUAL, DRAFT, SEPTEMBER 1998
B THE VOLUNTEER MONITOR’S GUIDE TO QUALITY ASSURANCE
PROJECT PLANS, EPA 841-B-96-003, SEPTEMBER 1996
C GENERIC QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN GUIDANCE FOR
PROGRAMS USING COMMUNITY LEVEL BIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT
IN WADABLE STREAMS AND RIVERS, EPA 841-B-95-004, JULY 1995
D QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR CONDUCTING
BROWNFIELDS SITE ASSESSMENTS, DRAFT, OCTOBER 1996
-------
REGION I, EPA-NEW ENGLAND
COMPENDIUM OF QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN GUIDANCE
1.0 INTRODUCTION
A Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) is a planning document that provides a “blueprint” for obtaining
the type, quantity and quality of data needed to support environmental decision making. The QAPP
documents all quality assurance (QA), quality control (QC) and technical activities and procedures
associated with planning, implementing and assessing environmental data collection operations.
• A “project-specific QAPP” provides a QA “blueprint” specific to one project or task. Project-
specific QAPPs are used when projects are limited in scope and time and, in general, can be
considered the sampling and analysis planlworkplan for the project.
• A “generic program QAPP” is an overarching plan that describes a program’s quality objectives,
and documents the comprehensive set of sampling, analysis, QA/QC, data validation, and
assessment Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) specific to one program or group. In contrast
to the project-specific QAPP, the generic program QAPP serves as an umbrella under which
project-specific tasks may be conducted over an extended period of time. Project or task-specific
information, not covered by the umbrella, is documented in detailed sampling and analysis
plans/workplans, which use the generic program QAPP as an informational reference whenever
appropriate.
EPA Order 5360.1 CHG 1 requires that a QAPP be prepared and approved for all environmental data
operations performed by or on behalf of EPA. In addition to die QAPP requirement, this order also
mandates that Quality Systems be in place to support the development, review, approval, implementation
and assessment of data collection operations. EPA-NE designates those organizations performing work for
or on behalf of EPA as Lead Organizations. Lead Organizations must develop, operate and document
their own Quality Systems to ensure that environmental data collected or compiled for the Agency are of
known and documented quality and are suitable for their intended use.
For guidance in developing Quality Systems, refer to Specifications and Guidelines for Quality Systems for
Environmental Data Collection and Environmental Technology Programs , American National Standard,
ANSI/ASQC E4-1994; EPA Requirements for Qua1ity Management Plans , EPA QAIR-2; and
Quality System Description , EPA QA/G-0.
2.0 SCOPE
The Region I. EPA-New England Compendium of Quality Assurance Project Plan Guidance (hereafter
referred to as the EPA-NE QAPP Compendium) is based on Agency requirements as outlined in EEA
Requirements for Quality Assurance Project Plans for Environmental Data Operations , EPA QAIR-5,
November 1997. The EPA-NE QAFP Compendium provides the framework for all project-specific and
generic program QAPPs. It is a companion document to other guidance documents written by the Region
I, EPA-New England (hereafter referred to as EPA-NE) Quality Assurance Unit. These guidance
documents form the basis for the EPA-NE Quality System, refer to Figure 1.
QAPP COMPENDIUM -1 DRAFT FINAL 9/98
-------
Environmental Decision Needed
FPA-NE Functional (iuidelines for Evaluating
EPA-NE (. ompendiuin of QAPP (‘uidancc
Environmental Analyses
EPA-NE Data Validation Manual EPA-NE QAPP Manual
EPA-NE Management Systems Review EPA-NE Sampling and Analytical SOPs
and Technical Systems Audit SOPs
ementat’t0 ’ 4
Figure I. EPA-NE Quality System for Data Collection Operations
and Supporting EPA-NE Guidance Documents
These guidance documents may he adopted in applicable interagency agreements, and enforcement consent
agreements and orders.
Attachment A of the EPA-NE Q4PP (Jompendiwn. the Region 1. L PA-New England Quality Assurance
Project Plan Manual (hereafter referred to as the EP 4-NE QAPP t4anua!) provides comprehensive,
kiaikd guidance t r developing project-specific and generic program QAPPS. The EPA-NE QI4PP
Manual must he used by EPA NE and its Federal, State, Tribal, md Local partners die regulated
community or any other Lead t)r anization and any contractor thereof when performing environmental
data collection operations that are partially or completely Funded by EPA-NE. Fo facilitate review and
help to ensure approval, the EP 1-NE QAPP Manual requires that specific QAPP elements he addressed
and that specific project information, as itemized in Fable I he included in the QAPP QAPI Worksheets
are provided in Appendix A of the EPA-NE QAPP Manual to help compile this critical project information.
All applicable worksheets must he directly incorporated into the QAPP as T hles, Flowcharts, Djaj rarns
Attachments. etc
\dditioi lal QAPP guidance is pr4 ‘ itled in uchmeius B through D of’ the EP4-NE Q 1 4PP Compendium
int l must he followed when so directed by the applic:thle EPA-NE. plitgralll utfice Even it program-
pecitic guidance is lollowed (Au B-D , the information specified in Tthk I still must he provided in the
QAPP \dditional Agency progiam/initiative specific QAPP guidance documents will he developed is
Since the content and level of detail in individual QAPI will vary according to the wont being
performed and the intended use of the data, EPA-NE supports a “graded approach” when
,reparing QAPPs. In other words. the degree of documentation and detail will vary based upon the
eoinple ity and cost of the project. 4ppropriate consideration should be givet. to the igniricance of
the environmental problem to be investigated, the environmental decision to be made, md the
munpact on human health and the environment.
)APPC4)MPEND IIM 2
-------
3.0 STANDARD QAPP ELEMENTS
In accordance with EPA QA/R-5, theie are four basic elements that must be addressed in a QAPP, refer
to Figure 2. In order to piece these interrelated elements together, and to ultimately meet project
objectives, planning meetings (a.k.a. scoping meetings) must be held.
Assessment/Oversight
This element details the procedures used to ensure
proper iniplementatioii of the QAPP.
Project Management and Objectives
‘l’lmis element clieniupasses all aspects of project
inanagenicilt, objectives amid history. It ideiitities the
roles and respoitsihilnucs of project personnel and
describes communication procedures.
Data Validation and Usability
i’liis element details the QA activities that will he
pertonned to ensure that the collected data are
scientifically defensible, properly docwnented. 01
known quality, and meet mite project objectives. All
analytical data oliected tor EPA-NE must be validated
according to the most receiK revision of the Region 1.
FPA-NI I)aijt Vihdatiomm Functional Guidelines for
Evaluating Environmental Analyses . It’ altentate
validation guidance and/or modifications to the EPA-
NE validation criteria will he used, then this must he
docwiieiited uid justitied in the QAPP. Afler data have
heeii validated, data usability may tie assessed by
evaluating the impact of saniphng error and spatial
variability.
Measurement/Data Acquisition
l’his element describes the design and iinpiemncntatioii
of all measurement systemus that will tie used during
the prt Jecl All sampling pi iIm us analytical
nietliods/procedures, and data handling and
documentation procedures are described completely.
I i standard operating procedureS (SOPs) exist, then
they are referenced and uumeluded as attachments to the
QAPP. All quality control procedures, frequency
requirements, acceptance criteria, and corrective
action procedures associated with all iiiethuds/
procedures are documented.
Figure 2. EPA-NE QAPP Elements
Assessment /
Oversight
()
2
‘if
A
)
Project
Management
and
(. Objectives
Planning
Meetings
4.
Data ,
1
Validation and Measurement /
Usability Data Acquisition
QAPP COMPENDItJM -3
DRAFT FINAL 9/98
-------
Specific requirements for each element group are detailed in Attachment A, the EPA-NE QAPP Manual,
and in the program-specific guidance docwnents provided in Attachments B through D.
It is strongly recommended that generic program QAPPs and project-specific QAPPs be prepared
using the format described in the attached EPA-NE QAFP Manual and titled accordingly. However,
if some, or all, of the required QAPP elements are incorporated into other project planning documents
(i.e., Sampling and Analysis Plans (SAPs), Field Sampling Plans (FSPs), Field Operations Plans (FOPs),
Project Operations Plans (POPs) or General Project Workplans (WPs)), then a cross-reference table,
similar to Table 1, must be provided to identify where each required QAPP element and each required
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet is located in the inclusive project document. The reference location must be
exact and must specify the complete document title, date, section number, page numbers, and location of
the information in the inclusive document.
4.0 ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Lead Organization
Lead Organizations are those entities that are responsible and accountable for all phases of the data
collection operation. The Lead Organization may perform the project work directly or contract for field
sampling and/or analytical services and/or data validation.
The Lead Organization is responsible for ensuring that organization personnel, contractors and/or
subcontractors perform project work as prescribed in the approved QAPP.
Lead Organizations may include the following:
• Other Government Agencies under interagency agreements and Memoranda of Understanding
(MOUs) with EPA-NE.
• States, Tribes and Local governments under financial agreements, including grants and
cooperative agreements.
• Non-profit Organizations (e.g., Volunteer Organizations, Interstate Associations, etc.) under
financial agreements, including institutions of higher education and hospitals.
• Regulated Facilities (e.g., potentially responsible parties) under voluntary or enforcement consent
decrees, agreements and orders.
Project Manager
The Project Manager is responsible for directing and/or overseeing and coordinating all project activities
for the Lead Organization. He/she is responsible for submitting QAPPs and QAPP revisions and
amendments to appropriate personnel for review and approval. Refer to Figure 3 for an outline of the
QAPP development process.
Case Team
The Project Manager assembles a Case Team consisting of technical personnel including data generators,
QA scientists, and data users to plan the project. The size of the Case Team should reflect the complexity
of the project. For example, small volunteer monitoring projects may have Case Teams comprised of only
two or three people.
QAPP COMPENDIUM -4 DRAYF FINAL 9/98
-------
Planning (scoping) meetings are convened to identify project objectives; decisions that must be made;
project Action Limits; the type and quantity of data; and how “good the data must be (the data quality) to
ensure that the right decisions are made. The Case Team defines the quality of the data by setting
acceptability limits, otherwise known as measurement performance criteria. Once the measurement
performance criteria are known, the Case Team can select sampling and analytical methods that have
appropriate quantitauon limits and quality control limits to achieve project objectives.
The Case Team is responsible for completing all applicable QAPP Worksheets and resolving all technical
issues prior to QAPP preparation. Ultimately, It is the responsibifity of the project Case Team, and
not the QAPP preparer alone, to design a QA “blueprint” that meets project objectives.
QAPP Preparation Team/Writer
The QAPP should be written by a team/person that has been involved in the project planning phase.
Members of the QAPP Preparation Team should be experienced in many aspects of environmental
science, including chemistry, engineering, hydrogeology and risk assessment. In addition, the QAPP
Preparation Team should be experienced with the sample collection procedures, analytical methods and
data evaluation and assessment procedures that will be used for the project.
Project Personnel
An organizational chart must clearly show the reporting relationships between EPA-NE aix! project
personnel from the Lead Organization, including contractors and subcontractors.
All project personnel are responsible for reading and understanding the QAPP before beginning field
work. All individuals that have project responsibilities must sign a Project Personnel Sign-off Sheet (EPA-
NE QAPP Worksheet #4) to document that they have read all relevant portions of the QAPP.
All project personnel are responsible for implementing the QAPP as prescribed.
EPA-NE
EPA-NE is responsible for reviewing and approving all intramural and extramural QAPPs, except in the
case where the review and approval authority has been delegated by EPA-NE to another organization such
as a State. Tribe or other Federal Agency. Delegation of this authority is contingent upon having an EPA-
approved Quality Management Plan (QMP). The QMP documents that the organization has an acceptable
Quality System which supports all technical operations including data collection activities and
environmental technology assessments.
5.0 QAPP REVIEW AND APPROVAL
Internal Review and Approval
• The QAPP should undergo internal review at all levels. The Lead Organization is responsible for
ensuring that the QAPP is accurate and complete. To that end, the Lead Organization should
require that organizational personnel, contractors, and subcontractors review applicable sections of
the QAPP prior to submitting it to EPA-NE (or the delegated approval authority, if applicable).
QAPP COMPENDIUM - S DRAV FINAL 9/98
-------
External Review and Approval
• In accordance with EPA Order 5360.1 CHG 1, EPA-NE must review and approve all intramural
and extramural QAPPs before the Lead Organization begins field activities. This Order specifies
that the authority to review and approve QAPPs may be delegated to another organization such as
a State, Tribe, or other Federal Agency. Delegation of this authority by EPA-NE is contingent
upon that organization having an acceptable Quality System documented in an EPA-approved
Quality Management Plan (QMP).
• All comments provided by EPA-NE (or the delegated approval authority, if applicable) must be
acceptably addressed in writing prior to beginning field activities. The response document (either
a revised QAPP or letter responding to specific deficiencies) should contain complete identifying
information, as it is presented on the original QAPP Title and Approval Page, with updated
signatures and dates. Any revisions to the original QAPP document should be identified with a
red-line or side bar to expedite document review and approval.
6.0 QAPP IMPLEMENTATION AND MODIFICATION
The approved QAPP must be implemented as prescribed, however, it is not intended to be inflexible or
restrictive. Project-specific QAPPs and generic program QAPPs should be reviewed annually by the Lead
Organization’s Project Manager. Project-specific QAPPs must be kept current and revised whenever
necessary, or when so directed by the approval authority, or at a minimum of every five years. Likewise,
generic program QAPPs must be revised whenever necessary, or when so directed by the approval
authority, or at a minimum of every five years.
When the original approved QAPP is altered in response to project needs, the QAPP must be amended.
This amendment must be reviewed and approved in the same manner as the original QAPP. The
amendment should contain complete identifying information, as presented on the original QAPP Tide and
Approval Page, with updated signatures and dates. Only after the amendment has been approved can the
change be implemented.
Verbal approval of modifications may be obtained to expedite project work. Verbal approvals must be
documented in telephone logs which are retained in the project file. Subsequently, this verbally approved
modification must be documented in an amendment to the QAPP and submitted to EPA-NE (or other
approval authority, if applicable) for signature approval.
7.0 QAPP ARCHIVAL
All QAPPs, including reviewers’ comments and responses to reviewers’ comments (revised QAPPs
and/or response letters addressing specific issues) must be archived in the appropriate project/program file
according to the procedures specified by the Lead Organization in their QAPP and/or QMP.
Project files must be retained for the period of time specified in the interagency agreement, MOU,
cooperative agreement, financial agreement, contract, or voluntary or enforcement consent decree,
agreement or order.
EPA-NE retains the authority to request project/program files for any extramural project/program during
the period of performance of the extramural agreement.
QAPP COMPENDIUM -6 DRAV FINAL 9/98
-------
8.0 REFERENCES
1. Specifications and Guidelines for Ouality Systems for Environmental Data Collection and
Environmental Technology Programs , American National Standard, ANSI/ASQC E4-1994
2. EPA Requirements for Ouality Management Plans , Draft-August 1994, (EPA QA/R-2)
Website http.lles epa gov/ncerqa/qa/index html
3 EPA Oualitv System Description , Date Unknown, (EPA QAJG-0)
Contact QAD, (202) 564-6830
4 EPA Requirements for Oualitv Assurance Project Plans , November 1997, (EPA QAIR-5)
Website: http.//es.epa.gov/ncerqa/qa/index.html
5 EPA Guidance for Oualitv Assurance Project Plans , Draft Final-July 1998, (EPA QA/G-5)
Website httpi/es.epa gov/ncerqa/qafindex.html
6 Guidance forthe Data C)ualitv Objective Process , EPA/6001R-98/018, February 1998, (EPA
QA/G-4)
Website. http.//es epa.gov/ncerqalqa/index.html
7. Region I. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses ,
December 1996
Contact: Dr. Steve Stodola, EPA-NE OEME, 781-860-4634
8. Guidance for the Preparation of Standard Operating Procedures for Ouality-Related Operations ,
EPAJ600/R-96/027, November 1995, (EPA QA/G-6)
Website. http.//es.epa.gov/ncerqa/qa/index.html
9. Guidance for Data Ouality Assessment, Practical Methods for Data Analysis , EPA/6001R-96/084,
January 1998, (EPA QAJG-9)
Website http.//es.epa gov/ncerqa/qa/index.html
10 National Enforcement Investigations Center ( NEIC) Policies and Procedures ,
EPA-330/9-78-001-R, May 1978, Rev. December 1981
NTIS 1-800-553-6847
11 The Volunteer Monitor’s Guide To Ouality Assurance Project Plans , EPA/841/B-96/003,
September 1996
12 Generic Ouality Assurance Project Plan Guidance for Programs Using Community Level
Biological Assessment in Wadable Streams and Rivers , EPAI841/B-95/004, July 1995
Website www ntis gov/index.html
NTIS 1-800-553-6847
QAPP COMPENDIUM -7 DRAFI’ FINAL 9/98
-------
QAPP DEVELOPMENT
Environmental Problem
Assemble Case Team
Schedule and Convene Planning Meetings
Plan Project and Compile QAPP Worksheet Information
Prepare Project-Specific or Generic Program QAPP
Perform Internal Review
Submit QAPP for Approval
Revise QAPP as Required and Submit for Approval
LIE EEEIJ
Implement QAPP as Prescribed
Amend QAPP as Needed to Address Unexpected Conditions
Submit Amendments for Approval
Modify Project Work after Approval Received
Archive QAPP in Project or Program File
Figure 3. Outline of QAPP Development
-------
Table 1. Region I, EPA-NE QAPP Requirement Summarization
EPA QAIR-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP ELEMENT(S)
and CORRESPONDING EPA-NE QAPP
SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
Project Mzin igement and Objectives
Al
1.0 Title aix! Approval Page
1
- Title and Approval Page
A2
2.0 Table of Contents aix! Document Format
2.1 Table of Contents
2.2 Document Control Format
2.3 Document Control Nunibermg System
2.4 EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2
2
- Table of Contents
- EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
A3
3.0 Distribution List aix! Project Personnel
Sign-off Sheet
3
4
- Distribution List
- Project Personnel Sign-off Sheet
A4, A8
4.0 Project Org2nhzaflon
4.1 Project Org nI7 inonal Chart
4.2 Communication Pathways
4.2.1 Modifications to Approved QAPP
4.3 Personnel Responsibilities aix!
Qualifications
4.4 Special Trammg Requirements!
Cemficanon
5a
Sb
6
7
- Orginn’iitional Chart
- Communication Pathways
- Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications
Table
- Special Personnel Training Requirements
Table
AS
5.0 Project P1 innmg/Project Definition
5.1 Project Pl2nnlng Meetings
5.2 Problem Definition/Site History and
Background
8a
8b
Project Plimning Meeting Documentation
- Project Scopwg Meeting Aftendunce Sheet
with Agenda
- Problem Definition/Site History and
Background
- EPA-NE DQO Sunlm2ry Form
- Site Maps (histoncal and present)
A6
6.0 Project Description and Schedule
6.1 Project Overview
6.2 Project Schedule
9a
9b
9c
9d
10
- Project Description
- Conmminantc of Concern and Other Target
Analytes Table
- Field aix! Quality Control Sample Sllmm ry
Table
- Analytical Services Table
- System Designs
- Project Schedule Timehne Table
A7
7.0 Project Quality Objectives and
Measurement Performance Criteria
7.1 Project Quality Objectives
7.2 Measurement Performance Criteria
11 b
- Measurement Performance Cntena Table
.
O ec 3 rioe S
I
Measurement/Data Acquisition
B 1
8.0 Sampling Process Design
8.1 Sampling Design Rationale
12a
12b
- Sampling Design and Rationale
- Sampling Locations, Sampling aix! Analysis
Method/SOP Requirements Table
- Sample Location Map
-------
EPA QAIR-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP ELEMENT(S)
and CORRESPONDING EPA-NE QAPP
SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
B2, B6,
B7, B8
9.0 Sampling Procedures and Requirements
9.1 Sampling Procedures
9.2 Sampling SOP Modifications
9.3 Cleaning and Decontanunanon of
Equipment/Sample Containers
9.4 Field Equipment Calibration
9.5 Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing
am] Inspection Requirements
9.6 Inspection and Acceptance
Requirements for Supplies! Sample
Com2lners
13
12b
14
15
- Sampling SOPs
- Project Sampling SOP Reference Table
- Sampling Container, Volumes and
Preservation Table
- Field Sampling Equipment Calibration Table
- Cleaning and Decont2rnIn ition SOPS
- Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Table
B3
10.0 Sample Handling, Tracking and Custody
Requirements
10.1 Sample Collection Documentation
10.1.1 Field Notes
10.1.2 Field Documentation
Management System
10.2 Sample Handling and Tracking System
10.3 Sample Custody
16
- Sample Bundling, Tracking aix! Custody
SOPS
- Sample Handling Flow Diagram
- Sample Container Label (Sample Tag)
- Chain-of-Custody Form aix! Seal
B4, 86,
B7, B8
11.0 Field Analytical Method Requirements
11.1 Field Analytical Methods aix! SOPS
11.2 Field Analytical Method/SOP
Modifications
11.3 Field Analytical Instrument Calibration
11.4 Field Analytical InstrumentI
Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Requirements
11.5 Field Analytical Inspection aix!
Acceptance Requirements for Supphes
17
18
19
- Field Analytical Methods/SOPs
- Field Analytical MethodISOP Reference
Table
- Field Analytical Instrument Calibration
Table
- Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment
Maintenance, Testing aix! Inspection Table
B4, 86,
B7, B8
12.0 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method
Requirements
12.1 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Methods
and SOPS
12.2 Fixed Laboratory Analytical
Method/SOP Modifications
12.3 Fixed Laboratory Instrument
Calibration
12.4 Fixed Laboratory Instnimentl
Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Requirements
12.5 Fixed Laboratory Inspection au ]
j , ceptaiiceiReqwrepients for Su phes
20
21
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical Methods/SOPS
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP
Reference Table
- Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance
aix! Calibration Table
B5
13.0 Quality Control R’eqwrements
13.1 Sampling Quality Control
13.2 Analytical Quality Control
13.2.1 Field Analytical QC
13.2.2 Fixed Laboratory QC
22a
22b
23a
23b
24a
241,
Sampling
- Field Sampling QC Table
- Field Sampling SOP Precision and Accuracy
Table
Analytionl
- Field Analytical QC Sample Table
- Field Analytical Method/SOP Precision am]
Accuracy Table
- Field Screening/Confirmatory Analysis
Decision Tree
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample
Table
- Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Precision
and Accuracy Table
89
14.0 Data Acquisition Requirements
25
- Non-Direct Measurements Critena aix!
Limitations Table
-------
EPA QAJR-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP ELEMENT(S)
and CORRESPOND1 JG EPA-NE QAPP
SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
A9, BlO
15.0 Documentation, Records and Data
Management
15.1 Project Documentation and Records
15.2 Field Analysis Data Package
Deliverables
15.3 Fixed Laboratory Data Package
Deliverables
15.4 Data Reporting Formats
15.5 Data Hirndlrng and Management
15.6 Data Tracking and Control
26
- Project Documents and Records Table
- Data Management SOPs
Asse sment/Overs1ght
Cl
16.0 Assessments and Response Actions
16.1 Planned Assessments
16.2 Assessment Findings and Corrective
Action Responses
16.3 Additional QAPP Non-Conformances
27a
27b
- Assessment and Response Actions
- Project Assessment Table
- Audit Checklists
C2
Y7.0 QA Management Reports
28
- QA Management Reports Table
Ibta Validation
and Usability
Dl
18.0 Verification and Validanon
- Validation Criteria Documents *
D2
Requirements
19.0 Verification and Validation Procedures
29
2%
- Dai E1 i
- Data Validation Summaiy T e
D3
20.0 Data UsabthtyfRecouciliation with
Project Quality Objectives
30
- Data Usability Assessment
* Include Data Validation Criteria Document as an attachment to the QAPP if Region L EPA-NE Data Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluatmg Environmental Analyses will not be used for validating project data.
Note: All EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets should be completed with project-specific information. In addition, other project-specific
information should be provided in tabular format, as much as practicable. However, sufficient written discussion in text
fozmat should accompany these tables. Cenain sections, by their nature, will require more written discussion than others. In
pamcular, Section 8.0 should provide an ilklepth explanation of the sampling design rationale and Sections 18-20 should
describe the procedures anti criteria that will be used to ven1 t, validate arid assess data usability.
-------
Attachment A
“Region I, EPA-New England Quality Assurance Project Plan Manual,”
Draft, September 1998
-------
KIAIOIN I. i I’A-INIW IIiLI INIi
QUAlITY ASSURANCIII PROJECT PlAN MANUU
U.S. I1PA NlW ENCI AND
Region I
Quality Assurance Unit Staff
Office of Environmental Measurement and lvaluation
September I 99$
DRA FT
-------
REGION I, EPA-NEW ENGLAND
QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
INTRODUCTION
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND OBJECTIVES ELEMENTS 10
1.0 Title and Approval Page 10
2.0 Table of Contents and Document Format 11
2.1 Table of Contents .... 11
2.2 Document Control Format 12
2.3 Document Control Numbering System 12
2.4 EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 13
3.0 Distribution List and Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet 14
4.0 Project Organization 16
4.1 Project Organizational Chart .. 16
4.2 Communication Pathways 17
4.2.1 Modifications to Approved QAPP . 17
4.3 Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications 18
4.4 Special Training Requirements/Certification 20
5.0 Project PlanningfProblem Definition 21
5.1 Project Planning Meetings (Scoping Meetings) 21
5.2 Problem Definition/Site History and Background 24
6.0 Project Descnption and Schedule 26
6.1 Project Overview 26
6.2 Project Schedule
7.0 Project Quality Objectives and Measurement Performance Critena . . 32
7.1 Project Quality Objectives 32
7.2 Measurement Performance Criteria 34
MEASUREMENT(DATA ACQUISITION ELEMENTS 49
8.0 Sampling Process Design 50
8.1 Sampling Design Rationale 50
9.0 Sampling Procedures and Requirements 52
9.1 Sampling Procedures 52
9.2 Sampling SOP Modifications 54
9.3 Cleaning and Decontamination of Equipment!
Sample Containers 54
9.4 Field Equipment Calibration 55
9.5 Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection
Requirements 56
9.6 Inspection and Acceptance Requirements for Supplies!
Sample Containers 57
-------
Page
10.0 Sample Handling, Tracking and Custody Requirements 58
10.1 Sample Collection Documentation 58
10.1.1 Field Notes
10.1.2 Field Documentation Management System
10.2 Sample Handling and Tracking System
10.3 Sample Custody
11.0 Field Analytical Method Requirements
11.1 Field Analytical Methods and SOPs
11.2 Field Analytical Method/SOP Modifications
11.3 Field Analytical Instrument Calibration
11.4 Field Analytical InstrwnentlEquipment Maintenance,
Testing and Inspection Requirements 68
11.5 Field Analytical Inspection and Acceptance
Requirements for Supplies 70
Laboratory Analytical Method Requirements 71
Fixed Laboratory Analytical Methods and SOPs 71
Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP Modifications 73
Fixed Laboratory Instrwnent Calibration 73
Fixed Laboratory Instrument/Equipment Maintenance,
Testing and Inspection Requirements 74
12.5 Fixed Laboratory Inspection and Acceptance
Requirements for Supplies
13.0 Quality Control Requirements
13.1 Sampling Quality Control
13.2 Analytical Quality Control
13.2.1 Field Analytical QC
13.2.2 Fixed Laboratory QC
14.0 Data Acquisition Requirements (Non-direct Measurements)
15.0 Documentation, Records and Data Management
15.1 Project Documentation and Records
15.2 Field Analysis Data Package Deliverables
15.3 Fixed Laboratory Data Package Deliverables
15.4 Data Reporting Formats
15.5 Data Handling and Management
15.6 Data Tracking and Control 107
ASSESSMENT/OVERSIGHT ELEMENTS 108
16.0 Assessments and Response Actions 108
16.1 Planned Assessments 109
16.2 Assessment Findings and Corrective Action Responses 112
16.3 Additional QAPP Non-Conformances 113
58
59
59
62
65
65
67
67
12.0 Fixed
12.1
12.2
12.3
12.4
74
75
76
80
88
90
92
97
97
99
100
105
105
-------
Page
17.0 QA Management Reports . 114
DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY ELEMENTS 116
18.0 Venfication and Validation Requirements . . .. . 118
19 0 Verification and Validation Procedures 120
20.0 Data Usability/Reconciliation with Project Quality Objectives .... 122
Glossary of Acronyms
Diagrams
1. EPA-NE Systematic Planning Process 8
2. Example Data Comparison Flow Diagram and Criteria for Individual
Aqueous Split Sample Results 40
3. Comparability Determination 42
4. Determining Project Quantitation Limits 46
5. Acquired Data Evaluation Process 93
6. Preliminary Data Review Decision Tree 123
Figures
Figure 1. Example Title and Approval Page 10
Figure 2. Example EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 13
Figure 3. Example Distribution List 14
Figure 4. Example Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet 15
Figure 5. Example Organizational Chart 16
Figure 6. Example Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications Table 19
Figure 7. Example Special Personnel Training Requirements Table 20
Figure 8. Example Project Scopmg Meeting Attendance Sheet 23
Figure 9a. Example Contaminants of Concern and Other Target Analytes Table 26
Figure 9b. Example Field and Quality Control Sample Summary Table 28
Figure 9c. Example Analytical Services Table 29
Figure 10. Example Project Schedule Timeline Table 30
Figure 11. Example Measurement Performance Criteria Table 47
Figure 12. Example Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis Method/SOP
Requirements Table 51
Figure 13. Example Project Sampling SOP Reference Table 53
Figure 14. Example Field Sampling Equipment Calibration Table 55
Figure 15. Example Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Table 56
Figure 16. Example Sample Handling Flow Diagram 61
Figure 17. Example Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table 66
Figure 18. Example Field Analytical Instrument Calibration Table 67
Figure 19. Example Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment Maintenance,
Testing and Inspection Table 69
Figure 20. Example Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP
Reference Table 72
-------
Page
Figure 21 Example Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance and
Calibration Table . . . 73
Figure 22a. Example Field Sampling QC Table 78
Figure 22b. Example Field Sampling SOP Precision and Accuracy Table 79
Figure 23a. Example Field Analytical QC Sample Table 88
Figure 23b. Example Field Analytical Method/SOP Precision and
Accuracy Table 89
Figure 24a. Example Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample Table ... . . . . 90
Figure 24b. Example Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Precision and
Accuracy Table 91
Figure 25. Example Non-Direct Measurements Criteria and Limitations Table . . 94
Figure 26. Example Project Documents and Records Table 98
Figure 27. Example Project Assessment Table 109
Figure 28. Example QA Management Reports Table 114
Figure 29. Example Data Validation Summary Table 121
Tables
1. Region I, EPA-NE QAPP Requirement Summarization 2
2. Types of Field QC Samples and Required Frequency 77
3. Types of Field Analytical and Fixed Laboratory QC Checks/Samples and
Required Frequency 81
4. Information Derived from Quality Control Checks and Samples 83
5. Complete Laboratory Data Package Documentation 101
6. Laboratory Data Package Elements 102
Appendices
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets (QAPP Workbook)
2. EPA-NE DQO Summary Form
3. Example Field Sampling Forms
i. Well Purging - Field Water Quality Measurements Form
ii. Soil Boring Log Forms
iii. Well Development Record
iv. Chain-of-Custody Form
4. Environmental Monitoring Management Council (EMMC) Method Format
5. Example TSA Audit Questionnaire and Example TSA Audit Report
6. Example Overall Evaluation of Data - Data Validation Memorandum - Table II
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 1 of 129
REGION I, EPA-NEW ENGLAND
QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
This Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) Manual is Attachment A of the Region 1. EPA-New
England Compendium of Ouality Assurance Project Plan Guidance . Itis intended to provide
Region-specific instruction and guidance regarding the preparation of QAPPs in accordance with
EPA Requirements for Oualitv Assurance Project Plans for Environmental Data Operations , EPA
QAJR-5, November 1997. This Manual must be used by EPA Region 1, New England (hereafter
referred to as EPA-NE); and its Federal, State, Tribal and Local partners; the regulated
community; or any other Lead Organization and any contractor thereof when performing
environmental data collection operations that are partially or completely funded by EPA-NE.
Lead Organizations may include the following:
• Other Federal Government Agencies under interagency agreements and Memoranda of
Understanding (MOU) with EPA-NE.
• States, Tribes and Local governments under financial agreements, including grants and
cooperative agreements.
• Non-profit Organizations (e.g., Volunteer Organizations, Interstate Associations, etc.)
under financial agreements, including institutions of higher education and hospitals.
• Regulated Entities/Facilities (e.g., potentially responsible parties) under voluntary or
enforcement consent decrees, agreements and orders.
Lead Organizations must develop, operate and document Quality Systems to ensure that
environmental data collected or compiled for the Agency are scientifically sound, of known and
documented quality and are suitable for their intended use.
This guidance is not program-specific and is intended to be as comprehensive as possible. Since
the content and level of detail in each QAPP will vary according to the work being
performed and the intended use of the data, parts of this guidance may not be applicable to
all programs. Additional program-specific QAPP guidance documents, which have been
developed to address specific programmatic issues, are provided in Attachments B - XXX of the
QAPP Compendium and must be followed when so directed by the applicable EPA-NE program
office. Even if program-specific guidance is followed, the information specified in Table I must
still be provided in a QAPP submitted to Region I. Additional Agency programlinitiative-
specific QAPP guidance documents will be developed as needed.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 2of 129
Table 1. Region I, EPA-NE QAPP Requirement Summarization
EPA QA/R-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
Project Management and Objectives
Al
1.0 Title and Approval Page
1
- Title and Approval Page
A2
2.0 Table of Contents and Document Format
2.1 Table of Contents
2.2 Document Control Format
2.3 Document Control Numbering System
2.4 EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2
2
- Table of Contents
- EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
A3
3.0 Distribution List and Project Personnel
Sign-off Sheet
3
4
- Distribution List
- Project Personnel Sign-off Sheet
A4, A8
4.0 Project Organization
4.1 Project Organizational Chart
4.2 Communication Pathways
4.2.1 Modifications to Approved QAPP
4.3 Personnel Responsibilities and
Qualifications
4.4 Special Training Requirements/
Certification
5a
5b
6
7
- Organizational Chart
- Communication Pathways
- Personnel Responsibilities and
Qualifications Table
Special Personnel Training Requirements
Table
AS
5.0 Project Pl rnning/Project Defm.ition
5.1 Project Planning Meetings
5.2 Problem DefiniuonlSite History and
Background
8a
8b
- Project Planning Meeting Documentation
- Project Scoping Meeting Attendance Sheet
with Agenda
- Problem DefinnionJSite History and
Background
- EPA-NE DQO Summary Form
- Site Maps (histoncal and present)
A6
6 0 Project Description and Schedule
6.1 Project Overview
6.2 Project Schedule
9a
9b
9c
9d
10
- Project Description
- Contaminants of Concern and Other Target
Analyles Table
- Field and Quality Control Sample Summary
Table
- Analytical Services Table
- System Designs
- Project Schedule Timeline Table
A7
7.0 Project Quality Objectives and
Measurement Performance Criteria
7.1 Project Quality Objectives
7.2 Measurement Performance Critena
11
- Measurement Performance Criteria Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 3of 129
EPA QAJR-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUII ED INFORMATION
Measurement/Data Acquisition
Bi
8.0 Sampling Process Design
8 1 Sampling Design Rationale
12a
12b
- Sampling Design and Rationale
- Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis
Method/SOP Requirements Table
- Sample Location Map
B2, B6,
B7, B8
9.0 Sampling Procedures and Requirements
9.1 Sampling Procedures
9.2 Sampling SOP Modifications
9 3 Cleaning and Decontamln2tion of
EquipmentJSample Containers
9 4 Field Equipment Calibration
9.5 Field Equipment Maintenance,
Testing and Inspection Requirements
9 6 Inspection and Acceptance
Requirements for Supplies/Sample
Containers
13
12b
14
15
- Sampling SOPs
- Project Sampling SOP Reference Table
- Sampling Container, Volumes and
Preservation Table
- Field Sampling Equipment Calibration
Table
- Cleaning and Decontamination SOPs
- Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Table
B3
10 0 Sample Handling, Tracking and
Custody Requirements
10.1 Sample Collection Documentation
10.1.1 Field Notes
10.1.2 Field Documentation
Management System
10.2 Sample Handling and Tracking
System
10.3 Sample Custody
16
- Sample Handling, Tracking and Custody
SOPs
- Sample Handling Flow Diagram
- Sample Container Label (Sample Tag)
- Chain-of-Custody Form and Seal
B4, B6,
B7, B8
11 0 Field Analytical Method Requirements
11.1 Field Analytical Methods and SOPs
11 2 Field Analytical Method/SOP
Modifications
11.3 Field Analytical Instrument
Calibration
11.4 Field Analytical Instrumenti
Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Requirements
11.5 Field Analytical Inspection and
Acceptance Requirements for
Supplies
17
18
19
- Field Analytical Methods/SOPs
- Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference
Table
- Field Analytical Instrument Calibration
Table
- Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment
Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 4of 129
EPA QA/R-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
B4, B6,
B?, B8
12.0 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method
Requirements
12.1 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Methods
and SOPS
12.2 Fixed Laboratory Analytical
Method/SOP Modifications
12.3 Fixed Laboratory Instrument
Calibration
12.4 Fixed Laboratory Instrument/
Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Requirements
12.5 Fixed Laboratory Inspection and
Acceptance Requirements for
Supplies
20
21
- ‘Fixed Laboratory Analytical
Methods/SOPs
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP
Reference Table
- Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance
and Calibration Table
B5
13.0 Quality Control Requirements
13.1 Sampling Quality Control
13.2 Analytical Quality Control
13.2.1 Field Analytical QC
13.2.2 Fixed Laboratory QC
22a
22b
23a
23b
24a
24b
Sampling
- Field Sampling QC Table
- Field Sampling SOP Precision and
Accuracy Table
Analytical
- Field Analytical QC Sample Table
- Field Analytical Method/SOP Precision
and Accuracy Table
- Field Screening/Confirmatory Analysis
Decision Tree
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample
Table
- Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Precision
and Accuracy Table
B9
14.0 Data Acquisition Requirements
25
- Non-Direct Measurements Critena and
Limitations Table
A9, 310
.
15.0 Documentation, Records and Data
Management
15.1 Project Documentation and Records
15.2 Field Analysis Data Package
Deliverables
15.3 Fixed Laboratory Data Package
Deliverables
15.4 Data Reporting Formats
15.5 Data Handling and Management
15.6 Data Tracking and Control
26
- Project Documents and Records Table
- Data Management SOPs
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 5of 129
EPA QA/R-S
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
Assessment/Oversight
Cl
16.0 Assessments and Response Actions
16.1 Planned Assessments
16.2 Assessment Findings and Corrective
Action Responses
16.3 Additional QAPP Non-Conforinances
27a
27b
- Assessment and Response Actions
- Project Assessment Table
- Autht Checklists
C2
17.0 QA Management Reports
28
- QA Management Reports Table
Data Validation and Usability
Dl
18.0 Verification and Validation
Requirements
- Validation Criteria Documents
D2
19.0 Verification and Validation Procedures
29a
29b
- Data Evaluation Process
- Data Validation Summary Table
D3
20.0 Data Usability/Reconciliation with
Project_Quality_Objectives
30
Data Usability Assessment
* Include Data Validation Criteria Document as an attachment to the QAPP if Region I. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses will not be used for validating project data.
Note. All EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets should be completed with project-specific information. In addition, other project-specific
information should be provided in tabular format, as much as practicable. However, sufficient written discussion in text
format should accompany these tables. Certain sections, by their nature, will require more written discussion than others.
In particular, Section 8.0 should provide an indepth explanation of the sampling design rationale and Sections 18-20 should
describe the procedures and cntena that will be used to verify, validate and assess data usability
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFF
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 6 uI 129
In accordance with EPA QAJR-5, there are tbur basic element groups that must be addressed in a
QAPP: Project Management and Objectives; Measurement/Data Acquisition; Assessment!
Oversight; and Data Validation and Usability. The four QAPP element groups represent pieces of
the life cycle of a project and they are integrated through the use of planning meetings.
Aascssme t/ Th Project 1
Overilght I ganent
and
r Objectives
L_j Planning
Meetings
Data .
Validation and
Measurement!
L U.ab.hty
Table I provides a cross—walk between the required EPA QA/R-5 element groups and the
required EPA-NE QAPP sections. Note that each section of an EPA-NE QAPP is desigiied to
cover one or more of the EPA QA/R-5 elements. T1 required EPA-NE QAPP sections are
discussed individually in this ManuaL
The QAPP serves several purposes including;
• As a technical planning document , it provides an overview of the project by identifying the
purpose of the project, detinhiig the project quality objectives and outlinimi the field, analytical
and quality assurance/quality control (QAJQC) activities that will be used to support
environmental decisions.
• As an organizational document , it identifies key project personnel thereby facilitating
communication.
• As an oversight document , it must be reviewed and approved by l-i A-NE or the delegated
approval authority prior to sample collection.
The QAPP serves as a demonstration of an organization’s ability to plan. implement. assess and
document project activities and should provide sufficient, detailed information to verify that these
activities will result in usable data. To facilitate QAPP review and help to ensure approval, all
QAPPs written for EPA-NE must, at a minimum, include all specified information and
enclosures as detailed in this Manual, that is;
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 7of 129
Each of the following sections (Sections 1.0 through 20.0) and all subsections thereof
must be addressed in the QAPP. As much as practicable, information should be provided in
tabular format. However, sufficient written discussion in text format should accompany those
tables. Certain sections, by their nature, will require more written discussion than others.
EPA-NE supports a “graded approach” when preparing QAPPs. In other words, the degree
of documentation and detail will vary based upon the complexity and cost of the project.
Appropriate consideration should be given to the significance of the environmental problem to
be investigated, the environmental decision to be made, and impact on human health and the
environment.
Required QAFF enclosures/attachments, e.g., tables, diagrams and documents for each
section are italicized in bokL To assist in compiling critical QAPP information, EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheets are included in Appendix I and the EPA-NE DQO Summary Form is
included in Appendix 2 These QAPP Worksheets and the DQO Summary Form should be
taken to project scoping meetings and completed during the project planning stage.
Subsequently, the worksheet information can be presented in tabular format in the QAPP
Important Notes:
1) The example tables in this Manual intended to reflect
the work of just one project. In other words, project
information, data, dates, objectives, etc., yjll necessarily
be consistent from one example table to another.
2) The completed tables are only examples, and QAPPs must
provide information and data tailored to fit the objectives of
individual projects.
3) All examples are fictitious. All names, organizational
names, and phone numbers are fictitious and are included for
illustrative purposes only.
The overall project planning process is presented in Diagram I. Although the overall project
planning process is presented as a linear sequence of activities, project planners are advised to
revisit certain planning activities whenever necessary due to the iterative nature of a planning
process.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: Draft
Date: 9/10/98
Diagram 1. EPA-NE Systematic Planning Process Page: 8 of 129
Identify Lead Organization. Approval
Authority, and Project Case Team
Identify Project Organization and Responsibilities
Include Project Management. Data Users, Data Generators,
QA Personnel, QAPP Preparation learn, and Stakeholdeis
Schedule and Convene Scoping Meetings
- Complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets
Develop Project Schedule
- Identify resource and/or time limitations
• Identify regulatory requirements and/or restiictions
- Identify seasonal sampling resoncuons
Determine the “Type” of data needed:
- Identify Contaminants of Concern and Concerazation
Levels
- Select Analytical Parameters
• Determine appropriateness of Field Screening, Field
Analytical and/or Fixed Laboratory Techniques
- Evaluate awropnatcncss of Sampling Techniques
- c i
0
Determine the “Quality” of data ne c
• Establish project samplmgIanalytical measurement
& performance criteria (MPC) for precision. accuracy/bias.
sensitivity (quanutaxion limits), comparability,
representativeness and completeness
Determine the “Quantity” of data needed:
- Determine the number of samples needed for each analytical
parameter/matrix/conccntratio cve , , , , , , , , , / 1
Define Environmental Problem
- Research site history and background
- Identify secondary data sources (acquired data) and limitations
- Identify environmental decisions that need to be made
- Identify questions that need to be answered to make environmental decisions
• Determine if Formal DQO process (EPA QAJG4) is needed for critical decision-making
- Identify data user needs
- Develop “Wthen statements that link data results and possible actions
and Criteria
to ensure that data
are scientifically
sound and that only
data mecung project
criteria will be used
to support
environmental
I
-------
4
Decide how project data will be evaluated after
validation to determine if the users/ needs have been met.
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev• Draft
Date 9/10/98
Page 9of 129
Prepare QAPP and Submit for Approval
Diagram 1 continued
$
l)evelop SamplIng t)eslgn Rationale
Select Sampling Locations for Lnviroiimeuital Media/Matrices
Determine Sampling Requirements
Develop Analytical Requirements j
Select Sampling SOPs Select Field Screening and Field Analytical Methods/SOPs
that have documented QC Limits supporting the MPC that have documented QC limits supporting the MP€
- l)eterminc frequency and type of sampling QC checks l)eterminc frequency and type of Field Analytical QC checks
and samples and samples
- l)etcrmine required field documentation - l)elermune required data repon,ng formal
- Determine veruflcatioii procedures - l)ctcmiine data veriiicatton procedures
Select Fised laboratory Methods/SOPs
that have documented QC Limits supporting the MPC
- Determine frequency and type of Fixed E.aboratoiy QC
checks and samples
- l)ctermine required data reporting format
- Determine data verification procedures
Determine Quality Assurance Assessments that will be performed
- Field Sampling TSA5
- Field Analytical and Fixed Laboratory TSAs
- Data Assessments
- Split Sampling and Analysis Audits
• PE Samples
• MSRs
- Identify organizations performing assessment
Region I QAPP Guidance
Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
PageS lOaf 129
PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND OBJECTWES ELEMENTS
These elements ensure that the project has a defined purpose and document the environmental
problem, the environmental questions being asked, and the environmental decisions that need to
be made. They identify the project quality objectives necessary to answer those questions and
support those environmental decisions. These elements also address management considerations.
such as roles and responsibilities, for the project.
1.0 Title and Approval Page (EPA QA/R-5 Element: Al)
The Title and Approval Page comprises the first page of the QAPP. it documents that the QAPP
has received proper approval from EPA prior to implementation. EPA-NE is responsible for
reviewing and approving all intramural and extramural QAPPs, except in the case where the
authority to review and approve QAPPs has been delegated by EPA-NE to another organization,
such as a State or Tribe.
Title andApproval Page - Provide a Title and Approval Page that contains the required
information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #1. An example of a completed
Title and Approval Page is provided in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Example Title and Approval Page
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Figure 1. Example EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #1
Site NamefProject Name: North Street Property
Site Location: Wordsworth, NH
North Street Property Quality Assurance Project Plan
Document Title
Title: North Street Property QAPP
Revision Number: 1
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 1 of Xi
Poe Recycling
Lead Organization (Agency, State. Federal Facility. PRP. or Grantee)
Eleanor Maguire/Chaucer Engineering
Preparer’s Name and Organizational Affiliation
1579 Smith Street. Boston. M4 02194. (617) 957-OOJL
Preparefs Address and Telephone Number
1/9/98
Preparation Date (Day/Month/Year)
Signature
Dorothy Parker/rl,aucer Engineering J/15/9&
Printed Name/Organization/Date
Investigative Organization’s Project QA Officer: ‘ w e
Signature
Claire Carpenter/Chaucer Engineering 1/15/98
Printed Name/Organ i7ation/Date
Investigative Lead Organization’s Project Officer:______________________________________
Signature
Howard Fast/PpeRecvclin2 1/15/98
Primed Name/Organization/Date
Approval Signatures:.
- - Signature
Ffenrv ThoreauLRCRA Facility Manager 1 / 2 5/98
Printed Name/Title/Date
FPA Re ’ion I
Approval Authority
Other Approval Signatures:.
Document Control Number:
FAZJ 15509
John flonne/EPA Rep’inn I. QA (‘hemist
Signature
1L25/98
Printed NameiTitlefDate
Investigative Organization’s Project Manager:
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10198
Page: II of 129
2.0 Table of Contents and Document Format (EPA QA/R-5 Element: A2)
The organization of the QAPP should be easy to understand and must follow the format and
section headings as described in this QAPP Manual. All italicized tables, diagrams, charts.
worksheets, and other deliverables, which are itemized in this guidance, must be included as
components of the QAPP and listed in the Table of Contents. If any of the required QAPP
elements, EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets, andlor required information are not applicable to the
project, then those QAPP elements/worksheets/required information must be indicated on EPA-
NE QAPP Worksheet #2, along with a justification for their exclusion. EPA-NE QA..PP
Worksheet 2, which will be discussed in Section 2.4, provides a snapshot of critical project
information.
2.1 Table of Contents
A Table of Contents clearly outlines the organization of the QAPP and makes project
information easy to reference.
Table of Contents - Provide a Table of Contents that is comprehensive and contains the title and
locations (i.e., page number, appendix or attachment number, etc.) of the following items:
• Major Sections
• Subsections
• References
Applicable reference documents include but are not limited to:
National requirement and guidance documents
Guidance for the Planning for Data Collection in Support of Environmental
Decision Making Using the Data Oualitv Oblective Process , September 1994,
EPA/600/R-96/055 (EPA QA/G-4)
Guidance for the Preparation of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs’ for
Oualitv-Related Documents , November 1995, EPA/600fR-96/027 (EPA QA1G-6)
EPA Requirements for Oualitv Assurance Project Plans for Environmental Data
Operations , November 1997 (EPA QAIR-5)
Regional requirement and guidance documents
This QAPP Manual
Region I. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating
Environmental Analyses , December 1996
Low percent solids data validation policy statement - (9/21/90 Memorandum to
Data Validators)
Regional Sampling Standard Operating Procedures
Regional Analytical Technical Specifications and Standard Operating Procedures
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev• DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: l2of 129
• Appendices and/or Attachments
Applicable appendices and/or attachments include but are not limited to.
• List of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) for sampling, drilling, sample preparation
and analysis, etc., that are included as attachments
• List of completed QAPP Worksheets, if not included as Tables in the QAPP, that are
included as attachments
• List of Laboratory Quality Assurance Plans (LQAPs) or Quality Assurance Manuals
(LQAMs) for participating laboratories, that are included as attachments
• List of Tables
• List of Figures
• List of Diagrams
2.2 Document Control Format
Document control procedures are used to identify the most current version of the QAPP and to
help ensure that only the most current version of the QAPP is used by all project participants.
Document Control Formal - Use the following document control format (with the exceptions
noted below) starting with the Title and Approval Page and including the table of contents, and
all figures, tables and diagrams. Include, in the upper right-hand corner of each page:
• The title of the document (abbreviations may be used)
• The original version number or revision number, whichever is applicable, and document
status (i.e., draft, interim draft, interim final, final)
• The date of the original version (i.e., draft, interim draft, interim final, final) or current
revision, whichever is applicable
• The page number in relation to the total number of pages or, alternatively, pages may be
numbered as part of the total pages for a discrete section. (In the case of the second option,
the Table of Contents should list inclusive page numbers for each subsection, i.e., 1-1
through 1-9; etc.)
Differentiate each revision of the QAPP with a new revision number and date.
2.3 Document Control Numbering System (optional for smaller projects)
A document control numbering system accounts for all copies of the QAPP provided to project
personnel and helps to ensure that the most current version is in use. A sequential numbering
system is used to identify controlled copies of the QAPP. Controlled copies should be assigned
to individuals within an organization or team. Individuals receiving a controlled copy of the
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 13 of 129
QAPP are provided with all revisions, addenda and amendments to the QAPP. Those individuals
in receipt of a controlled copy are responsible for removing all outdated material from
circulation.
The document control system does not preclude making and using copies of the QAPP; however,
the holders of the controlled copies are responsible for distributing revised/additional material to
update any copies within their organizations. The distribution list for controlled copies should be
maintained by the organization that prepares the QAPP, and a copy of that distribution list should
be provided to the Lead Organization.
2.4 EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 prefaces the information in the QAPP and places the document in
context for the reviewer. It identifies the key project players, whether previous site work has
been performed, and the EPA program for which the current project is being performed.
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 - Include a completed EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 in the
QAPP. An example of a completed EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 is provided in Figure 2.
Figure 2. Example EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Figure 2. Example EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2
Site Name/Project Name: North Street Property
Site Location: Wordsworth, NH
Site Number/Code: 0195X
Operable Unit: 01
Contractor Name: Chaucer Engineering
Contractor Number: 690
Contract Title: BESTs
Work Assignment Number: 97-1-12-34
Title: North Street Property QAPP
Revision Number: /
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 4 of £k’
1. Identify Guidance used to prepare QAPP:
R egion I. EPA-NE ComDendium OAPP Guidance , Attachment A. Drañ May 1998
and/or other:
2. Identify EPA Program: RCRA-Corrective Action
3. Identify approval entity: EPA-NE or State:_____
or other entity’
EPA - 1 VE
4. Indicate whether the QAPP is a generic program QAPP or a project-specific QAPP. (circle
one)
5. List dates scoping meetings were held:,
10/25/97. 11/7/97 11/26/97
6. List dates and titles of QAPP documents written for previous site work, if applicable:
Title
ls/nrth ,ctrppt Prnrwrtv - Fmprc’pnrv Rpcnnncp
Approval Date
01/06/96
7. List organizational partners (stakeholders) and connection with EPA andlor State:
Wordsworth. New Hampshire Board of Health.
Police. Fire, and Sanitation Departments, and
NH Department of Environmental Services
8 List data users: EPA-NE RCRA Facility Manager. Poe Recycling (Lead Organization) .
EPA-NE Risk Assessors
9. If any required QAPP Elements (1- 20), Worksheets and/or Required Information are not
applicable to the project, then circle the omitted QAPP Elements, Worksheets and Required
Information on the attached Table. Provide an explanation for their exclusion below:
Section 4.4 not applicable - specialty training not necessary to collect monitoring well
samDles.
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 continued
Circle QAPP Elements, Worksheets and/or Required Information that are not applicable to the project and provide an explanation
on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2
EPA QA/R-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
Project Management and Objectives
Al
1.0 Title and Approval Page
1
- Title and Approval Page
Ai
2.0 Table of Contents and Document Format
2.1 Table of Contents
2.2 Document Control Format
2.3 Document Control Numbering System
2.4 EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2
2
- Table of Contents
- EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
P3
3.0 Distribution List and Project Personnel
Sign-off Sheet
3
4
Distribution List
- Project Personnel Sign-off Sheet
A4, A8
4.0 Project Organization
4.1 Project Organizational Chart
4.2 Communication Pathways
4.2.1 Modifications to Approved QAPP
4.3 Personnel Responsibilities and
. . . Qualif ications
5a
Sb
6
7
- Organizational Chart
- Communication Pathways
- Personnel Responsibilities and
Qualifications Table
- Special Personnel Training Requiremeii
Table
(4.4 Special Training Requiremencs/
\ . Certification
P3
5.0 Project Planning/Project Definition
5.1 Project Planning Meetings
5.2 Problem Definition/Site History and
Background
8a
8b
- Project Planning Meeting Documentation
- Project Scoping Meeting Attendance Sheet
with Agenda
- Problem Definition/Site History and
Background
- EPA-NE DQO Summary Form
- Site Maps (historical and present)
A6
6.0 Project Description and Schedule
6.1 Project Overview
6.2 Project Schedule
9a
9b
9c
9d
10
- Project Description
- Cont2mlnanta of Concern and Other Target
Analytes Table
- Field and Quality Control Sample Summary
Table
- Analytical Services Table
- System Designs
- Project Schedule Timeline Table
A7
7.0 Project Quality Objectives and
Measurement Performance Criteria
7 1 Project Quality Objectives
7.2 Measurement Performance Cnteria
11
- Measurement Performance Criteria Table
MeasurementlData Acquisition
BI
8.0 Sampling Process Design
8.1 Sampling Design Rationale
12a
12b
- Sampling Design and Rationale
- Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis
Method/SOP Requirements Table
- Sample Location Map
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 continued
EPA QAIR-S
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
B2, B6,
B7, B8
9.0 Sampling Procedures and Requirements
9. 1 Sampling Procedures
9.2 Sampling SOP Modifications
9.3 Cleaning and Decontamination of
Equipment/Sample Containers
9.4 Field Equipment Calibration
9.5 Field Equipment Maintenance,
Testing and Inspection Requirements
9.6 Inspection and Acceptance
Requirements for Supplies/ Sample
Containers
13
12b
14
15
- Sampling SOPs
- Project Sampling SOP Reference Table
- Sampling Container, Volumes and
Preservation Table
- Field Sampling Equipment Calibration
Table
- Cleaning and Decont mtna1ion SOPs
- Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Table
B3
10.0 Sample Handling, Tracking and
Custody Requirements
10.1 Sample Collection Documentation
10.1.1 Field Notes
10.1.2 Field Documentation
Management System
10.2 Sample Handling and Tracking
System
10.3 Sample Custody
16
- Sample Handling, Tracking and Custody
SOPs
- Sample Handling Flow Diagram
- Sample Container Label (Sample Tag)
- Chain-of-Custody Form and Seal
84, B6,
B7, B8
11.0 Field Analytical Method Requirements
11.1 Field Analytical Methods and SOPs
11.2 Field Analytical Method/SOP
Modifications
11.3 Field Analytical Instrument
Calibration
11.4 Field Analytical Instruineni/
Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Requirements
11.5 Field Analytical Inspection and
Acceptance Requirements for
Supplies
17
18
19
- Field Analytical Methods/SOPs
- Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference
Table
- Field Analytical Instrument Calibration
Table
- Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment
Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table
84, B6,
B7, B8
12.0 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method
Requirements
12.1 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Methods
and SOPs
12.2 Fixed Laboratory Analytical
Method/SOP Modiiications
12.3 Fixed Laboratory Instrument
Calibration
12.4 Fixed Laboratory Instrument!
Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Requirements
12.5 Fixed Laboratory Inspection and
Acceptance Requirements for
Supplies
20
21
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical
Methods/SOPs
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical MethodJSOP
Reference Table
- Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance
and Calibration Table
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 continued
EPA QA/R-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
B5
13.0 Quality Control Requirements
13.1 Sampling Quality Control
13.2 Analytical Quality Control
13.2.1 Field Analytical QC
13.2.2 Fixed Laboratory QC
22a
22b
23a
23b
24a
24b
Sampling
- Field Sampling QC Table
- Field Sampling SOP Precision and
Accuracy Table
Analytical
- Field Analytical QC Sample Table
- Field Analytical MethodJSOP Precision
and Accuracy Table
- Field Screening/Confirmatory Analysis
Decision Tree
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample
Table
- Fixed Laboratory MethodlSOP Precision
and Accuracy Table
89
14.0 Data Acquisition Requirements
25
- Non-Direct Measurements Criteria and
Limitations Table
A9, BlO
15.0 Documentation, Records and Data
Management
15.1 Project Documentation and Records
15.2 Field Analysis Data Package
Deliverables
15.3 Fixed Laboratory Data Package
Deliverables
15.4 Data Reporting Formats
15.5 Data Handling and Management
15.6 Data Tracking and Control
26
- Project Documents and Records Table
- Data Management SOPs
AssessmentlOversight
Cl
16.0 Assessments and Response Actions
16.1 Planned Assessments
16.2 Assessment Findings and Corrective
Action Responses
16.3 Additional QAP? Non-Conformances
27a
27b
- Assessment and Response Actions
- Project Assessment Table
- Audit Checklists
C2
17.0 QA Management Reports
28
- QA Management Reports Table
Data Validation
and Usability
Dl
18.0 Verification and Validation
Requirements
- Validation Criteria Documents *
D2
19.0 Verification and Validation Procedures
29a
29b
- Data Evaluation Process
- Data Validation Siniimary Table
D3
20.0 Data Usability/Reconciliation with
Project Quality Objectives
30
- Data Usability Assessment
* Include Data Validation Criteria Document as an attachment to the QAPP if Region 1. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses will not be used for validating project data.
Note. All EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets should be completed with project-specific information. In addition, other project-specific
information should be provided in tabular format, as much as practicable. However, sufficient written discussion in text
format should accompany these tables. Certain sections, by their nature, will require more written discussion than others.
In particular, Section 8.0 should provide an mdepth explanation of the sampling design rationale and Sections 18-20 should
describe the procedures and criteria that will be used to verify, validate and assess data usability.
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: l4of 129
3.0 Distribution List and Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet (EPA QAIR-5 Element: A3)
Distribution List
The Distribution List documents to whom copies of the approved QAPP and any subsequent
revisions will be sent. A complete copy of the QAPP should be sent to the Project Manager and
key project personnel for the Lead Organization and EPA-NE (or delegated approval authority).
In addition, a complete copy of the original version and all revisions of the QAPP, including
addenda and amendments, should be maintained on file by the Lead Organization and available
to EPA-NE upon request. Key project personnel include Case Team members as described in
Section 5.1 of this Manual.
Distribution List - Provide a Distribution List for the original version and each revision of the
QAPP that contains information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #3. An
example of a completed Distribution List is provided in Figure 3.
Figure 3. Example Distribution List
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #3
List people who will receive approved QAI’P,
QAPP revisions, addenda and/or amendments.
(Refer to QAPP Manual Section 3.0 for guidance.)
Title: North Si, eel Properly QAPP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 12 of XX
Figure 3. Example Distribution List
QAI’l’ Recipients
Title
Organization
Telephone
Number
Document
Control Number
Howard Fast
Poe Recycling Project Manager
Poe Recycling
603-667-1100
FAZI 1509
Dann ’ Steele
Poe Recycling QA Officer
Poe Recycling
603-667-1112
FAZJ 1510
Dorothy Parker
Project Manager/Geotechnica!
Engineer
Chaucer Engineering
781-957-0171
FAZI 1511
Claire Carpenter
Project QA Officer
Chaucer Engineering
781-957-0173
FAZ1 1512
Fran/c Pemberion
Project Health & Safety Officer
Chaucer Engineering
781-957-0172
FAZ1 1513
James Keller
Field Sampling Coordinator
Chaucer Engineering
781-957-0170
FAZJ 1514
Charles Dickens
Well installer
Copperfield Drilling
781-888-0900
FAZ1 1515
Robert Ga/va,,,
Laboratory Manager
Austin Laboratories
401-273-5542
FAZI I5I6
John Grissomn
Laboratory QA/QC Manager
Austin Laboratories
401-273-5542
FAZI 1517
Brenda,, Rivers
Data Validator
BDO Quality Services
508-667-1100
FAZI 1518
He iry Thoreau
EPA Project Manager
US EPA-NE
781-555-9900
FAZI 1519
John Donne
EPA QA Chemist
US EPA-NE
781-555-9900
FAZI 1520
Hercule Po,rot
EPA Risk Assessor
US EPA-NE
781-555-9900
FAZI 1521
Scott Fitzgerald
Risk Assessor
Eco-Risk
321-568-4488
FALl /522
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 15 of 129
Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet
The Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet documents that ALL project personnel performing work
have read the QAPP and will perform the tasks as described. Project personnel include those
persons working for the Lead Organization including contractors and subcontractors. For
example, the laboratory manager who receives the QAPP should have all chemists/technicians
working on the project sign-off before beginning sample analysis.
Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet - Provide an example of a Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet
for the original version and each revision of the approved QAPP that contains information in the
format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #4. Note: Signed “Sheets” should be forwarded to
the central project file of the Lead Organization and made available to EPA-NE upon request.
An example of a completed Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet is provided in Figure 4.
Figure 4. Example Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #4
Copies of this form must be signed by project personnel from each
organization to Indicate that they have read the QAPP and will
implement the QAPP as prescribed. Each organization should forward
signed “Sheets” to the central project file. (Refer to QAPP Manual
Section 3 0 for guidance.)
Figure 4. Example Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet
Title: North Street Properly QAPP
Revision Number: I
Revision l)ate: 1/9/98
Page 13 of XX
Organization: Au.stzn Laboratories
Project Personnel
Title
Telephone
Number
Signature
Date QAPP
Read
QAPP
Acceptable as
Written
Robert Galvani
Laboratory Manager
401-273-5542
2/11.98
yes
John Gr,.ssoin
Laboratory QA/QC Manager
401-273-5542
2/11.98
yes
Lucy Alcott
GC/MS Operator
401-273-5542
c ’t/ ’
2/ 1 1.98
yes
Wai ler Emerson
Sample Custodian/Data Manager
401-273-5542
70ã&r mer n
2/11.98
yes
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: I6of 129
4.0 Project Organization (EPA QA/R-5 Element: A4 and A8)
The Project Organization section identifies the organizations, Case Team members and other key
personnel participating in the project and describes their specific roles, responsibilities and,
qualifications. This section of the QAPP also provides an explanation of the lines of authority,
reporting relationships and communication paths.
4.1 Project Organizational Chart
Organization Chart - Provide an Org ni72tional Chart that identifies all organizations involved
in the project, including Lead Organization and all contractor and subcontractor organizations
and their telephone numbers. In lude the names of all Project Managers, Case Team members
and/or Project Contacts for each organization and their telephone numbers. Refer to Section 5.1
of this Manual for a discussion of the Case Team. An example of a completed Organizational
Chart is provided in Figure 5.
Figure 5. Example Organizational Chart
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Lead Organization
QA Officer:
Danny Steele
(603-667-1112)
•Iille: Nor :!, Sti eel Properly QAl’I’
Revision Number: I
Revision Dale: 1/9/98
Page 18 oF XX
Approval Authority:
EPA Region I (78l-555-9900 )
EI’A-NE QAPI’ Woi-kshee( #5a
identify rcportrng relationships between Lead Organization and
other organizations, iiiciuduiig contractors and subcontractors.
Include the name and phimic utiniber of each organization and the
Project Manager. Case I cain iiiember, auidfor l’roject Contacts for
each organization (Refer to QAP!’ Manual Section 4.1 for
guidance) Figure 5. Example Organizational Clia.t
I
Lead Organization:
Poe Recjcltng (603-667-1100)
Lend Organization Project Manager:
lb ward Fast (603-667-1100)
Conuaclor Oiganizalion
Chaucer Engineering (781 -95 7-01 701
Role Ps-.me Field I,,, ess.ga000
Pioject Manager
Dorathi Pa,her (781-95 7-0 1!)
Field Sampling Coordinatoi
Jame, EtIlt, (78! 9.S 7-0! 70)
Project QA Oil iCrt
Claire Carpenter (78 1-957-0 173J
Project health & Safely (Hitter
Frank Penibe, ton (781.957.0! 72 )
ConUactor Organteathon
Eco RIJ* (321-568-4488)
Role Risk Axiessment
Risk Assessor
Scott Fitzgerald (321-568-4488)
Contractor Organization
EDO Qualay ServIces (308-667-1100)
Role Data l’aIudal .on and Data 4uesjmenl
Data Validator
Brenda,, River, (508-667-1100)
5.littccnll s (IQLL
I Ougrnul7ation ...........4tsi’yn Laboratories (40 1-273-5340j
Role _________ a! i-sip
I ahoiaiory Manager Robert Gal a ,i ,
2 Oi ganhiatton j ppethe!4 L)ull,na (781-888-090! )
Role lie! ! oL!auoa_______________________
riojeci Contact ( boric, D,c&eit, (781-888-09001
“fl,.)7t.l l’)’
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: l7of 129
4.2 Communication Pathways
One of the keys to a successful project is communication. To that end, communication pathways
and modes of communication (telefaxes, newsletters, electronic mail, reports, etc.) should be
delineated in the project planning stage (use EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #5b) and documented in
the QAPP. These pathways include the points of contact for resolving field and laboratory
problems, and the points of contact for the flow of preliminary, screening and final data to
managers, users and the public. Describe the proper procedures for soliciting concurrence and/or
obtaining approval between project personnel, between different contractors, and/or between
samplers and laboratory staff.
For example, complete the following statements:
• If field sampling will be delayed, then the Project Manager from the field sampling
contractor organization will notify__________________________________________
• No data may be released to the public until __________________________________
• If the laboratory fails to accurately analyze a Performance Evaluation Sample (PES), then
the Project Manager from the Lead Organization will__________________________
4.2.1 Modifications to Approved QAPP
This section documents the procedures that will be followed when any project activity originally
documented in an approved QAPP requires real-time modification to achieve project goals.
These project activities include, but are not limited to:
• Sampling design
• Sample collection procedures
• Sample analysis procedures
• Data assessment and reporting
EPA-NE requires that all QAPP modifications be documented and submitted for approval in the
same manner as the original QAPP.
Use EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #5b to describe the procedures for initiating modifications to
project activities. State who has the authority to initiate procedural modifications. Describe how
amendments to the QAPP will be documented and submitted to EPA, or delegated authority, for
approval. All amendments to the QAPP must be incorporated into the final version of the QAPP
that is maintained by the Lead Organization as a part of the official site records.
Note that only after the modification has been approved can the change be implemented.
Initial verbal approval may be used to expedite project work, however, the QAPP
modification must be documented immediately and submitted for formal approval.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: l8of 129
To avoid the need for QAPP modifications, it is recommended that contingency actions be built
into the ongmal QA] P andior Sampling and Analysis Plan (SAP) whenever applicable. For
example, if there is a possibility that sediment samples may contain 30% solids, then the
QAPP should include appropriate procedures for identifying and collecting high moisture content
sediment/soil/solid samples that will be usable in achieving project quality objectives.
4.3 Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications
Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications Table with Attached Resumes - Identify the
project personnel participating in responsible roles by name, title and affiliation in tabular format
as shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #6. Include personnel resumes as attachments to the
worksheet. If a resume is on file elsewhere, then document the location of the resume and
summarize the individual’s education and experience on Worksheet #6. If a resume does not
exist or is unavailable, then just summarize the individual’s education and experience on the
worksheet.
This table must include:
• Lead Organization Project Manager - Person with the responsibility and authority to
allocate resources and personnel to accomplish the project tasks as documented in th
QAPP
• Lead Organization Quality Assurance Officer - Individual who provides QA oversight of
project activities and who works independently of those performing project tasks.
• Project Manager(s) andlor Project Contact(s) for other organizations involved in the project
- Include both prime contractors and subcontractors
• QA Manager/Officer andior QA Contact for other organizations involved in the project -
(Quality assurance manager or project quality assurance officer must be independent
of the group performing the task In other words, the person responsible for checking
that correct procedures are used should not be performing the tasks.) Include both
prime contractors and subcontractors.
• Project Health and Safety Officer - Include both prime contractors and subcontractors
• Geotechnical engineers and hydrogeologists - Include both prime contractors and
subcontractors
• Field operation personnel, including field sampling coordinator, drillers, direct push
technology operators (Geoprobes, Cone Penetrometers), and field sampling personnel -
Include both prime contractors and subcontractors
• Analytical services, including on-site field analytical support and off-site fixed laboratory
services - Include both prime contractors and subcontractors
• Data validators - Include both prime contractors and subcontractors
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: l9of 129
• Data usability assessors - Include both prime contractors and subcontractors
• Risk assessors - Include both prime contractors and subcontractors
An example of a completed Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications Table is provided in
Figure 6.
Figure 6. Example Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
El’A-NE QAPP Worksheet #6
ldeiilily project personnel associated with each organization, contractor.
and subcontractor participating in responsible project functions. Include
their title, name oForgan l7atiun for whom they work, and their project
responsibilities Indicate project Case Team members with an’ “. Attach
resumes to this worksheet (Refer to QAP? Manual Section 4.3 for guidance.)
Figure 6. Example Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications Table
Title: Nut ih Street Property QA P1 ’
Revision Number: I
Revision l)ale: 1/9/98
Page 19 of XX
N.mc
l’ilk
Arnilimion
Kespouiibi li liea [
LociiijootPerionutl Resumcl,
II not Included’
Education and Eiptrlcoce
Quaiiflca lIons’
Ito is ned I act •
lise Re, cling I ” .iject %laiuiger
Poe Recycling
(‘ow ilu,ates and overcee, project snasu igenonl t
far lead Organization Oversees contractor
work
.
See attached
l)ann. Steele •
Poe Recycling QA Officer
Poe Recycling
Oversees project QAIQC activities performed
for Lead Organization
.•
See attached
i)orolh) ‘arAer
l’raject Manager
Chaucer Lag
Thicas contracted project uoih and providri
geotechnical expertise
--
SeC attached
Isisre ( uqse tsler •
Project QA C fficer
(‘liaucer Lag
Owrsees project QA/QC activities performed
b ; Chaucer Lag and its subcontractor,
.
See attached
trwsk l’vn,berton
Project 1145 Officer
Chaucer Lag
Directs health 4 safety program implemented
for project
--
Se attached
buses Aeller
teld Iamplmg Coordinator
Chaucer Lag
Directs field sampling activities
..
See attached
Charles lhcA ens
ii cli Installer
Copperfield Drilling
Subcontractor for Chaucer Lag Installs
monitoring wells
Copperfield Drilling Co
60 Main St. Boston MA
II S Diploma. lOps exp
Robert Gal, asis
Lalcoratorj Manager
Austin Laboratories
Subcontractor/or Chaucer Lag
Manages analytical data quality
.
See attached
Julius (i i us coin
laboratory Q4/QC Manager
Austin Laboratories
Oversees analytical Q.4/QC activities and
identtlies necessary Corrective Actions
..
See attached
Isic; Alcott
(at ‘/Al Operator
Austin laboratories
Operates GC/U5 Instrument
Not 4 ,atlabte
Al S Chiemutty. Trinity (01kg.
$ yrs GC/MS tsp at Austin Lab
I I alter Emerso,,
Sani s/e Custodiani
Data Manager
Austin Laboratories
Logs samples into laborato’y arch. yes field
sam.pks and extracts Generates data
packages
-.
See attached
Brenda,, Ru cr 5’
Data I alidato,
8D0 Quality Services
I er /ies and volidage, organic data
Not Available
B S Biology. URI
4 pr, ezp 81)0 Quahtj Service
Scott Fsi:geratd
Risk Assessor
Eco-Risk
Performs risk asseisment for Lead
Organization
..
See Attached
‘if a resume is on file elsewhere, document location in this column and summarize the individual’s education and experience in the next column. If a
resume does not exist for an individual, (lien indicate not available in this column and summarize the individual’s education and experience in the next
column
211 a resume us attached to thus worksheet, then write “See attached” in this column.
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 20 of 129
4.4 Special Training Requirements/Certification
All project personnel must be qualified and experienced in the project tasks for which they are
responsible. Certain projects require uniquely trained personnel to perform specialized field
reconnaissance, sampling, field or off-site analysis, data validation and other project functions.
if specialized training is not applicable to a particular project, then this section is not applicable
to the project and this fact should be noted on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2.
Provide an explanation of the special training that is needed to achieve project objectives.
Special Personnel Training Requirements Table - Provide a Special Personnel Training
Requirements Table, for those projects requiring specialized training, that contains the
information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #7. Include training records
and/or certificates as attachnientsto the worksheet. If training records and/or certificates are on
file elsewhere, then document their location on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #7. If training
records and/or certificates do not exist or are unavailable, then note this information on the
worksheet. An example of a completed Special Personnel Training Requirements Table is
provided in Figure 7.
Figure 7. Example Special Personnel Training Requirements Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #7
Provide the following information for those projects requiring specialized
training Attach training records and/or certificates to this worksheet.
(Refer to Q 4PP Manual Section 4.4 for guidance.)
Figure 7. Example Special Personnel Training Requirements Table
Title: No, 1/i Street Properly QAPJ’
Revision Number: /
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 24 of XX
Project
Function
Specialized Training
Title o(Course or
Description
Training Provided
By
Training
Date
Personnel/Groups
Receiving Training
Personnel Titlesl
Organizatlonat
Affiliation
Location olTraining
RecordslCcr(ificales*
Trace Metal
Sampling f
A ,nhw,zi J J’aier
Clean h’ands/D ,, ly
Hands Sciniplmg
Technique for Ti ace
Metals - OW Method
1669
Torn Cabin of EPA
Region II
09/2 2/9 7
Harriet Stowe
Sampling Crew
Leader
Training Record included as attachment
to the QA PP
Lou’ Flow
Sampling
Low Flow Sampling
Region I SOP
lleathcliff Jones of
EPA Region / Office
of Environmental
Measurement and
Evaluation
06/3 0/9 7
Jane Bronle
Sanipler (Member
of the Sampling
C’rew ,.t
Training records filed in Prune
Cone ractos s Ira ining records at
Corporate Headquarters-Available
i poti request (203-682-5282)
1f training records and/or certificates are on file elsewhere, then document their location in this column. If training records and/or certificates do not
exist or are not available, then this should be noted.
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page. 21 of 129
5.0 Project PlanningfProblem Definition (EPA QA/R-5 Element: A5)
This section documents project planning, identifies the environmental problem. defines the
environmental questions that need to be answered and provides background information. To
ensure QAPP approval, this section must provide an historical, regulatory and programmatic
context for the project and must convey to the reviewer a clear understanding of the project
background, and environmental problem that exists.
5.1 Project Planning Meetings (Scoping Meetings)
Project scoping meetings are key to the success of any project and should be held by the Case
Team prior to QAPP preparation. This section of the QAPP documents the project planning
meetings held during the initial planning phase. Scoping meetings are held to define the purpose
and expected results of the project; the environmental decisions that need to be made; the project
quality objectives necessary to achieve expected results and support environmental decisions; the
sampling, analytical, and data assessment activities that will be performed, and the final products
and deliverables for the project.
Identify the Case Team members who are responsible for planning the project. Individuals
responsible for project management. health and safety, field mobilization, sampling, geotechnical
operations, sample analyses, and QA activities, including field and laboratory assessments, data
validation, and data usability and risk assessments are critical to the success of the project and
should be selected as Case Team members by the Lead Organization. The Case Team should
include, at a minimum, the Project Manager, QA Officer, Health and Safety Officer, Field
Sampling Coordinator, Laboratory Manager, Data Validator, and Risk Assessor. The size of the
Case Team should reflect the complexity of the project. For example, small volunteer
monitoring projects may have Case Teams comprised of only two or three people. Participants
should include project management, data generators (including field and laboratory personnel),
data validators, quality assurance personnel, data users, and any other stakeholders.
At the initial scoping meeting the Case Team should begin by completing the required EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheets with as much information as is available. The worksheets should be finalized
at subsequent meetings and included as Tables, Diagrams and Figures in the QAPP. The QAPP
should include explanatory text for tables, figures and diagrams whenever necessary.
Project quality objectives (PQOs) define the type, quantity and quality of data needed to answer
specific environmental questions and support proper environmental decisions. Project quality
objectives (PQOs) are used synonymously with data quality objectives (DQOs) throughout this
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date 9/10/98
Page 22 of 129
document. PQOsIDQOs should be determined and agreed upon at the initial scoping sessions
using the EPA-NE Systematic Planrnng Process as described in Diagram 1 and Section 7.1. Data
users must decide and agree upon when to collect samples, where to collect samples, how many
samples to collect and how accurate and precise data must be before it can be used to make
decisions.
When critical environmental decisions must be made, the Case Team should follow the Formal
DQO Process as described in the guidance document, Guidance for the Planning for Data
Collection in Support of Environmental Decision Making Using the Data Oualitv Objective
Process , September 1994, EPA/600/R-96/055 (EPA QA/G-4). The Formal DQO Process as
described in EPA QA/G-4 requires statistical expertise to define the amount of error acceptable
when making an environmental decision and includes the following seven steps:
Step 1: State the Problem
Step 2: Identify the Decision
Step 3: Identify the Inputs to the Decision
Step 4: Define the Study Boundaries
Step 5: Develop a Decision Rule
Step 6: Specify Tolerable Limits on Decision Error
Step 7: Optimize the Design
Statistical analysis is beyond the scope of many projects and, therefore, the development of
Formal DQOs using the process described in EPA QAJG-4 will depend upon the critical nature
of the environmental decisions to be made as determined by the Case Team.
For data collection activities that are either exploratory or small in nature, or where specific
decisions cannot be identified, the Formal DQO Process is not necessazy. For these projects, the
Case Team should utilize an abbreviated DQO approach (Steps 1-4, as described above, to help
identify the PQOs and Action Limits) in conjunction with the EPA-NE Systematic Planning
Process (as described in Diagram 1) to select appropriate sampling, analytical and assessment
activities.
Site-specific PQOs identified at the scoping meetings should be documented in Section 7.1 of the
QAPP and on the EPA-NE DQO Summary Form (Appendix 2).
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 23 of 129
Project Scoping Meeting Documentation - Document each scoping meeting. Provide a Project
Scoping Meeting Attendance Sheet that contains the information, as presented in EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet #8a for each scoping meeting held. An example of a completed Project Scoping
Meeting Attendance Sheet is provided in Figure 8.
Include the agenda for project scoping meetings and meeting notes as attachments to EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #8a. Also include an EPA-NE DQO Summary Form that has been filled out
with as much preliminary information as possible.
If project scoping meetings were not held, then document this fact on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
2 and provide an explanation.
Figure 8. Example Project Scoping Meeting Attendance Sheet
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #8a
Complete this worksheet for each project
scoping meeting held. Attach meeting
agenda and notes. (Refer to QAPP Manual
Section 5.1 for guidance)
Title: North Street Property QAPP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 27 of XX
Figure 8. Example Project Scoping Meeting Attendance Sheet
EPA Regulation Program: i FIFRA TSCA CERCLA
DW CWA CAA
Program: Brownfields, NPDES, etc. Voluntpr, Cleanup
Projected Date(s) of Sampling 2/20/98
Project Manager Howard Fast
Site Name North Street Property
Site Location Wordsworth. NH
CERCLA Site/Spill Identifier No. 01
Operable Unit 01
Other Site Number/Code 0 195X
Phase: ERA SA/SI pre-Ri RI (phase I, etc.) FS RD RA
post-RA (circle one)
Other phase:_______________________________________________
Date of Meeting: 12/20/97
Meettng Location Poe Recycling
Name
Title
Affiliation
Phone #
Project Role
Poe Recycling Project
Manager
Poe Recycling
603-667-1100
Project Manager of Lead
Organzarzon
..9 d.
Poe Recycling QA Officer
Poe Recycling
603-667-1112
Oversees Project QA for
Lead Organization
Project Manager
Chaucer Eng
781-957-0171
Contractor Project
Manager
Project QA Officer
Chaucer Eng.
781-957-0173
Oversees Project QA
Project H&S Officer
Chaucer Eng
781-957-0172
Oversees Project H&S
Field Sampling Coordinator
Chaucer Eng
781-957-0170
Coordinates Field
Sampling
I, _ .I
Laboralory Manager
Austin Labs
401-273-3542
Project Lab Manager
EPA Project Manager
US EPA-NE
781-555-9900
EPA-NE Project
Oversight
.5 h,.
EPA QA Chemist
US EPA-NE
781-555-9900
EPA-NE QA/QC
a 7 e .cf e
EPA Risk Assessor
US EPA-NE
781-555-9900
EPA-NE Oversight
Project Risk Assessment
Data Validator
BDO
508-667-1100
Data Validation
Risk Assessor
Eco-Risk
321-568-4488
Risk Assessment
Meeting Purpose:.
Site Concer,tual Desipn
Cr rnmpnt
Tl c,’,,vvad cn,,,nlina ln,ntinn.c rnntaminant.c of concern and Pruiect Action Limits
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date. 9/10/98
Page: 24of 129
5.2 Problem Definition/Site History and Background
This section frames, for the reader/reviewer, the reasons for conducting the project. It presents
historic information. cuirent site condition descriptions and other existing data applicable to the
project. This information is used to clearly define the problem and the environmental questions
that must be answered for the current investigation. This information will be used to develop the
project decision “If..., then...” statements in Section 7.1 of the QAPP that link data results and
possible actions.
Summarize the following information in the text for this section of the QAPP (use EPA-NE
OAPP Worksheet #8b):
• The problem to be addressed by the project. For example, “Residential drinking water wells
in Toadville have shown increasing levels of benzene over the past two years.”
• The environmental questions being asked. For example, “What is the source of the benzene
contamination in the residential drinking water wells of Toadville, NH?”
• Observations from any site reconnaissance reports. Include pertinent existing site
conditions. Information, such as evident soil staining, and the presence of free product
materials, odors and other known hazards, should be identified and their location on site
specified. Physical objects, such as metallic debris, drums, dilapidated buildings,
processing equipment, and known safety hazards, also should be identified and their
location on site specified.
• A synopsis of non-direct measurement data/information from all site reports. References to
existing reports, e.g., monitoring reports and/or remedial investigation/remedial action
reports that describe site conditions and indicator chemicals for long-term remediation
and/or monitoring projects should be cited. Refer to Section 14.0 of this Manual for a
complete discussion of the identification and use of acquired data from secondary sources.
• The possible classes of contaminants and the affected media, as determined by historical
site usage, site neighbors, industrial processes, process by-products, waste disposal
practices, and possible contaminant breakdown products. The past and current chemical use
information discussed in this section will be the basis for deciding on the contaminants of
concern to be investigated during the project.
• The rationale for inclusion of chemical and non-chemical analyses.
Region I QAPP Guidance Drafi 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev. DRAFT
Date 9110/98
Page: 25 of 129
• Information concerning various environmental indicators. These indicators descnbe the
present condition of the environment (water, soil, sludge, sediment, air. biota, etc.) and
provide a benchmark to monitor changes in the condition of the environment. (Refer to
New England Environmental Goals and Indicators Project , Final Report, September 10,
1996 for additional information on environmental indicators.)
Additionally, provide the following items in this section of the QAPP:
Size Maps - Include the following maps andlor figures:
• A detailed site map that shows the site in its present state and locates its boundaries
• A map which places the site in geographical context
• Historical maps or plans of the site pnor to the investigation
• Maps identifying past and future sampling locations (Refer to Section 8.1)
• Historical and current aerial photographs
An 8 x 11” copy of all site maps and drawings should be included in the QAPP in addition
to larger, fold out maps and drawings.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date 9/10/98
Page: 26 of 129
6.0 Project Description and Schedule (EPA QA/R-5 Element: A6)
This section of the QAPP provides a general overview of the activities that will be performed and
how and when they will be performed based upon background information/data. pre-planning
site visits, and scoping meetings. Identify these activities on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #9a.
Specific details for individual project activities will be discussed in later sections of the QAPP.
6.1 Project Overview (Outcome of Project Scoping Activities)
Project planning results in the Case Team reaching agreement on the purpose of the project; the
environmental questions that are being asked; and the environmental decisions that must be
made. The Case Team decides on the project quality objectives, i.e., the type, quantity, and
quality of data needed to ensure that project data can be used for its intended purpose to answer
specific environmental questions and support environmental decisions. The Case Team
determines criteria for how “good” the measurement data must be and documents those
measurement performance criteria in Section 7.2 of the QAPP.
The Case Team agrees on what environmental indicators andlor contaminants of concern (COC5)
must be measured. They also determine the other target analytes that will be measured.
Generally these other target analytes can be measured using the same analytical methods that are
used to determine the COCs. The other target analytes have the potential of becoming COCs
after site characterization activities.
Contaminants of Concern and Other Target Analytes Table (Reference Limit and Evaluation
Table) - Complete the Contaminants of Concern and Other Target Analytes Tables. Provide
separate tables for each medium/matrix, concentration level and analytical parameter. Include
information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #9b. An example of a completed
Contaminants of Concern and Other Target Analytes Table is provided in Figure 9a.
Figure 9a. Example Contaminants of Concern and Other Target Analytes Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
FJ’A-NE QAPP Worksheet #9b
Complete separate tables for each medium/matrix, analytical parameter and concentration
level. List the analyte name and CAS numbers of all Contaminants of Concern (Ci Cs) and
other target analytes that will be measured for the project. Identify the COCs with an
Identify the Project Quantilation Limits required to meet project objectives, i.e., known regulatory
or technical Project Action Limits for each analyte. List the MDLs and QLs of the published
method and the Ml)Ls and QLs achievable by the laboratory. Ensure that the achievable
laboratory quanhilatlon limits are less than or equal to the Project Quantitation Limits and that
Project Quantitation Limits are at least two to five times less than the Project Action Limits.
(Refer to QAP1’ Alanual Section 6.1 for guidance.)
Medium/Matrix: Giound Waler
Region I Matrix (‘ode (from EPA-NE UQO Summary Form): GW
Analytical Parameter: VOA
Concentration Level: Low
Field Analytical or Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP’: L-1
Title: North Street Property (2 PP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 29 of XX
Figure 9a. Example Contaminants of Concern and Other Target Analytes Table (Reference Limit and Evaluation Table)
Analyte
CAS Number
Project Action Limit
(Units)
(wet or dry weight)
Project Quantitatlon
Limit
(Units)
(wet or dry_weight)
Analytical Method
Achievable Laboratory Limits
MDLS ’
Method QL?
MDLs’
QLs ’
Bcii;e ,w
71-43-2
SugiL
I ugIL
003
Not providedm
method
010
050
Tri /iiuroeiI ,e , ,e
79-01-6
S ug/L
I ugiL
0.02
Not provided us
method
0 II
050
• Vim! C/do, ide
75.01-4
2 ug/L
I ugiL
004
Not provided in
method
0 II
0 50
I. 2 -D,c I,Ioroct/su,c
107-06.2
5 ugiL
I ugiL
002
Not provided us
method
0 II
050
Carbo,, 7t ti a h,lü, ide
56-23-5
5 ug/L
I ugiL
008
Not provided us
method
0 12
0 SO
1. 2.D:c/,!o, opropwse
78-87-5
5 ug/L
1 ugiL
002
Not provided in
method
0 11
0 SO
I. 1.2-lncli lorocg/sane
79-00-5
S ug/L
I ug/L
003
Not psovided an
method
0 13
050
!Jro:i.oforrn
75-25-2
S ugiL
1 ugiL
020
Not provided in
method
0 II
0 50
‘SpeciFy appropriate reference number/letter from the Field and Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP ReFerence Tables (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #17 and #20).
‘Aoalytucal ,iielliod ML)Ls anti QL.s documented In validated methods. QLs are usually 3-10 limes higher than the MflLs.
3 Acliievabie MPJLs auid QLs are limits that an individual laboratory can achieve when performing a specific a,ialytical method.
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 27 of 129
Note: Analytical method detection limits (MDLs) are the MDLs that are published in a
validated method. Method quantitation limits (QLs) are QLs that are published in a
validated method.
Achievable MDLs and QLs, also referred to as Practical Quantitation Limits (PQLs),
represent the MDLs and QLs that an individual laboratory can achieve when performing a
specific analytical method. An individual laboratory may not always be able to achieve
the MDLs and QLs that are published in a validated method. In other words, even though
a published analytical method may meet project requirements, this does not ensure that a
laboratory can perform the analytical method satisfactorily. Therefore, laboratory MDLs
and QLsIPQLs must be documented in the laboratory’s SOP for each analytical method
that the laboratory will perform for this project.
Project-required quantitation limits and Action Limits must h established prior to the
selection of sampling and analytical methods. To compensate for potential analytical
inaccuracy at the quantitation limit, project-required QLs should be at least two to five
times less than the Action Limits. QAPPs will not be approved without documented
project-required quantitation limits and Action Limits for each contaminant of concern.
The QLs from individual methods and laboratories are evaluated relative to project-required
Action Limits to determine their suitability to meet project quality objectives. If the published
method quantitation limit exceeds the Action Limit for a contaminant of concern or other target
analyte, then that analytical method is unacceptable for the analysis of that analyte. (However, if
a laboratory has modified the published method to achieve QLs that are less than the Action
Limits, and documented this modification in its laboratory SOP, then that laboratory SOP might
constitute an acceptable method. Refer to Section 7.2 for additional guidance on Quantitation
Limits.)
If the achievable laboratory QL exceeds the Action Limit for a contaminant of concern or other
target compound, then that laboratory is unacceptable for the analysis of that analyte using that
method.
• Sampling Tasks
Briefly explain the rationale for sampling specific media/matrices, concentration levels and
analytical parameters of concern and the rationale for the sampling design selected (including the
logic used to determine sample locations and the type, number and frequency of field samples).
Refer sample locations to historical and current site maps previously included in Section 5.2.
Include any additional maps, if necessary, to delineate site boundaries geographically,
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #9c
Summarize by matrix the number of field and QC samples that
will be collected for each analytical parameter and concentration
level (Refer to QI4PP Manual Section 6.1 for guidance.)
Title: Bronco Camp
Revision Number: 5
Revision Date: 1/29/98
Page: 7 of XX
Figure 9b. Example Field and Quality Control Sample Summary Table
Med,um/
Matrix
Analytical
Parameter
Concentration
Level
Analytical Method!
SOP Reference’
No. of
Sampling
Localion
No. of
Field
Duplicate
PaIrs
Organic
No. No.
of of
MS MSI)
Inorganic
No. of
VOA Trip
Blanks
No. ol
Bottle
Blanks
No. of
Equip.
Blanks
No. oIPF.
Samples
Total N
of Samp
to U .al
No. of
Duplicates
1
I No of
I Spikes
J
GI l
10.1
Low
524 21L .I
14
I
1
I
I
0
,
I
20
Gil
SI OC
Loii/Aledaun,
82 7 OJL .2
6
I
I
I
0
i
i
1
12
Gil
Afeials
Lon/,i!eduun
CLL/L .3
IS
I
0
0
1
I
0
0
I
I
2
‘Complete the Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17), and the Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet #20) and specify the appropriate letter/number reference in (he above table.
2 1f samples will be collected at different depths at the same location, count each discrete sampling depth as a separate sampling location/station.
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 28 of 129
honzontally and vertically. Provide complete details of the sampling rationale, process design
and sampling tasks in Section 8.0 of the QAPP.
Briefly describe the sampling methods that will be used. Describe any new or innovative
sampling techniques that will be employed. Also, describe any specialized equipment andlor
associated operators that’ will be required. Provide complete descriptions of the sampling
methods and associated sampling quality control, and identify all sampling, sample handling, and
custody SOPs in Sections 9.0, 10.0, and 13.0 of the QAPP.
Field and Quality Control Sample Summary Table - Complete the Field and QC Sample
Summary Table. Summarize by matrix, the number of field and QC samples that will be
collected for each analytical parameter and concentration level. This information should agree
with the information provided on the DQO Summary Form. Include information in the format
shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #9c. An example of a completed Field and Quality Control
Sample Summary Table is provided in Figure 9b.
Figure 9b. Exampte Field and Quality Control Sample Summary Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 29 of 129
• System Designs
Provide a bnef descnption of activities for projects that involve remediation and/or monitonng
engineenng designs, e.g., groundwater extraction systems or soil/water/air treatment systems.
Provide complete descriptions of the treatmentimomtoring systems and mclude all treatment
train schematics and process diagrams in Section 8.0 of the QAPP.
• Analytical Tasks
Describe briefly the analytical tasks to be performed including the sample medialmatrices,
analytical parameters, concentration levels, and general description of analytical methods.
Clearly differentiate analytical tasks that will be performed in the field from those performed in a
fixed laboratory. Also, differentiate the data produced for each analytical task into “defmitive”
or “confirmatory” versus “screening” use categories. Describe any new or innovative analytical
techniques that will be employed and explain how the new technique will provide improved data
over traditional/standard methods. Also, describe any specialized equipment and/or analysts that
will be required. Provide complete detailed descriptions of the analytical tasks and associated
analytical quality control, and identify all analytical SOPs and methods in Sections 11.0, 12.0,
and 13.0 of the QAPP.
Identify the analytical services that will be provided for the project.
Analytical Services - Complete the Analytical Services Table. Identify the organization(s)!
laboratories that will provide the analytical services (for all field screening, field analytical and
fixed laboratory analytical work, including all prime laboratories, subcontractor laboratones and
backup laboratories) by medium/matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level. Include
information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #9d. An example of a completed
Analytical Services Table is provided in Figure 9c.
Figure 9c. Example Analytical Services Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #9d
Complete this worksheet for each mediumImatrix, analytical parameter,
and concentration level. Identify all laboratories/organizations that will
provide analytical services for the project, including field screening, field analytical,
and fixed laboratory analytical work. If applicable, identify the backup
laboratory/organization that will be used if the primary laboratory/organizat on
cannot be used (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 6.1, 11.0, and 12.0 for guidance.)
Title: Tremonl Sireel Garage QAPP
Revision Number: 2
Revision Date: 5/15/98
Page 43 of LV
Figure 9c. Example Analytical Services Table
Medium/
Matrix
Analytical
Parameter
Concentration
Level
Analytical Method/SOP’
Data
Package
Turnaround
Time
Laboratory/Organization
(Name and Address: Contact
Person and Telephone Number)
Backup
Laboratory/OrganizatiOn
(Name and Address: Contact
Person and Telephone Number)
Soil
VOA
Medium
F-i
14 days
Northeast Mobile Laboratory
237 Canal St
Lebanon, VT
Art Clunnie, 802 631-8600
EnviroSpec Laboratory
1(15 Lake St
Burl:n&lon. VT
Beth Reach, ic02 842-6832
Soil
SVOA
Medium
F-2
35 days
Northeast Mobile Laboratory
237 Canal St
Lebanon, VT
Art Clunnie, 802 631-8600
EnwroSpec Laboratory
1 (75 LakeS!
Burlington, VT
Beth Reach, B02 842-6832
Soil
PEST/PCBs
Medium
F-3
35 days
Northeast Mobile Laboratory
237 Canal St
Lebanon, VT
Art Clunnie, 802 631-8600
EnviroSpec Laboratory
1(75 Lake St
Burlington, VT
Beth Reach, 02 842-6832
Soil
Metals
Medium
L-l
35 days
DoRite Laboratory
83 Final St.
Ace, NH
Nancy Baker, 603 421-8215
CanDo Laboratory
812 First St
Jac& NH
Rich Worth, 603 629-8438
‘Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17) and from the Fixed Laboratory
Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
PageS 3Oof 129
• Data Verification and Validation Tasks
Briefly discuss how data will be verified internally and validated externally and how analytical
error will be assessed. EPA-NE requires that all data be validated in accordance with Region I.
EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses , prior to
use in environmental decision making. If alternate data validation criteria and guidance will be
used to validate project data, then cite the alternate criteria and guidance in this section. If data
will not be validated, then document this fact and provide justification in this section. Provide a
complete description of the data verification and validation tasks and procedures in Sections 18.0
and 19.0 of the QAPP.
• Quality Assurance Assessments
Include a short description of the quality assurance assessments that will be performed during the
course of the project and the frequency at which each will be performed. If assessments are not
planned, then document this fact and provide justification in this section. Provide a complete
description of the planned assessments in Section 16.0 of the QAPP.
• Data Usability Assessments
Include a short description of how validated project data will be reconciled with the project
quality objectives. Provide a complete description of data usability assessments in Section 20.0
of the QAPP.
• Records and Reports
Summarize the project documents, records and reports that will be compiled andlor generated as
part of the project and those that will be maintained in the site files. Itemize and describe all
project documents, records and reports that will be compiled and/or generated during the course
of this project in Sections 14.0, 15.0 and 17.0 of the QAPP.
6.2 Project Schedule
Project Schedule Timeline - Provide a schedule of the work to be performed in a graphical or
tabular format. The timeline must include the start and completion dates for all project activities
in a format similar to EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #10. Include the quality assurance assessments
that will be performed during the course of the project. Schedule sufficient time for document
review and implementation of effective corrective actions. An example of a completed Project
Schedule Timeline Table is provided in Figure 10.
Figure 10. Example Project Schedule Timeline Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #10
List project activities, anticipated start and completion dates. Identify all
products and/or deliverables as outcomes of project activities
and the anticipated dates of delivery. (Refer to QAPP Manual
Section 6 2 for guidance )
Figure 10. Example Project Schedule Timeline Table
Title: North Street Properly QA PP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 30 of xx
Activities
Dates (MM/DD/YY)
Deliverable
Deliverable
Due Date
Anticipated Date(s) Anticipated Date
of Initial ion of Completion
QAPP Preparation
12/5/97 1/5/98
Q 4PP Document
1/9/98
Well Installation
2/15/98 - 2/25/98 2/25/98
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
Sample Collection
3/2/98 - 4/2/98 4/2/98
N ii Applicable
Not Applicable
Fired Laboratori Technical Systems Audit
2/1/98 2/1/98
TSA Report
2115/98
Field Sampling Technical Si’sierns Audit
3/2/98 - 3/10/98 3/10/98
iSA Report
3/15/98
Laboratory Analysis
3/23/98 - 4/23/98 4/23/98
Data Packages
4/23/98
Data Validation
4/6/98 - 5/7/98 5/7/98
Data Validation Reports
5/7/98
Risk Assessme,,t
5/8/98 6/7/98
Risk Assessment Report
617198
Data Assessnieni Repoi t
5/8/98 6/7/98
Data Assessment Report
6/7/98
F:iiaI Project Report Prepa ation
6/8/98 7/6/98
Final Project Report
7/6/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 31 of 129
Describe the procedure for notification of project participants concerning project schedule
delays. Identify, by job function and organization name, the personnel responsible for providing
as well as receiving such notification, and the personnel responsible for approving schedule
delays.
Discuss all resource and time constraints, and identify all regulatory requirements and/or
restrictions, that will impact the project schedule. Discuss all seasonal sampling restrictions and
considerations.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 32of 129
7.0 Project Quality Objectives and Measurement Performance Criteria
This section of the QAPP documents the environmental decisions that need to be made and the
level of data quality needed to ensure that those decisions are based on sound scientific data.
Project quality objectives must be determined by the Case Team utilizing the EPA-NE
Systematic Planning Process as outlined in Diagram 1 and Section 7.1 below.
7.1 Project Quality Objectives
A systematic planning process results in project quality objectives (PQOs) which ensure that the
nght type, quality and quantity of data are collected for the project. (As previously stated,
Region I uses the terms PQOs and Data Quality Objectives (DQOs) interchangeably.) PQOs
ensure that the proper data are collected and generated to answer environmental questions
regarding a specific environmental problem. The systematic planning process also ensures that
appropriate project decisions are made. The systematic planning process may incorporate the
Formal DQO Process, as described in EPA QAJG-4, when critical environmental decisions are
required. However, for most monitoring and investigative data collection projects, an
abbreviated DQO process should suffice.
Determine the environmental decisions that need to be made based on the stated environnl.ental
problem(s) and questions identified in Section 5.0. Determine project “Action Limits” for each
contaminant concentration which, if exceeded, will trigger specific project actions to be taken.
These “Action Limits” result in “If..., then...” statements that define the link between data results
and possible project actions. For example, “If the mean concentration of cadmium in each waste
pile leachate sample is greater than or equal to 1.0 mgfL (using the TCLP method as defined in
40 CFR 261), then the waste will be considered hazardous and will be disposed of at a RCRA
landfill. If the mean concentration of cadmium is less than 1.0 mgfL (using the TCLP method as
defmed in 40 CFR 261), then the waste will be considered non-hazardous and will be disposed of
in a sanitary landfill.”
A systematic planning process results in qualitative and quantitative statements that answer the
following questions:
• Who will use the data?
(List Data Users on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2)
• What will the data be used for?
Specif ’ the anticipated uses of the data. Simple, clear statements should be used
to describe the data uses. Examples of these statements include: “These data will
be used to determine the nature and extent of contamination”; “These data will be
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 33 of 129
used to determine the health risks to children ages 1-6, residing on the site who
might be exposed to surface soils in the area”; “These data will be used to
determine regulatory compliance with CERCLA statutes”; “These data will be
used to assess the quality of the data generated by Potentially Responsible Parties
(PRPs)”; “These data will be used to identify the source of high nutrient loadings
in the Meandering River.” The anticipated uses of the data should agree with
those identified in Section 5.0 of the EPA-NE DQO Summaiy Form.
• What type of data are needed?
Identify contaminants of concern and other target analytes and select analytical
parameters; determine appropriateness of field screening, field analytical and/or
fixed laboratory techniques; evaluate appropriateness of different types of
sampling techniques, e.g., low flow sampling. (Complete EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet #9b)
• How “good” do the data need to be in order to support the environmental decision?
Establish criteria for performance measures including precision, accuracy/bias,
sensitivity (quantitation limits), data comparability, representativeness and
completeness. (Complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #11, #14, #15, #18, #19.
#21 #22a and b, #23a and b, #24a and b, #25, #27a and b, and #29a and b.)
• How much data are needed?
Determine the number of samples needed for each analytical
parameter/matrix/and concentration level. (Complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
#12)
• Where, when and how should the data be collected/generated?
(Complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #10, #13, #17, and #20)
• Who will collect and generate the data?
(Complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #1, #3, #4, #5a and b, #6, #7, #8a and b,
#9a and d and #16)
• How will the data be reported?
(Complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #26 and #28)
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date 9/10/98
Page: 34 of 129
DO NOT DESCRIBE DQOs BY ANALYTICAL LEVEL! In the past, project DQOs have
been mistakenly described as one of five data quality levels. These levels are not to be used.
These levels described analytical methods, not DQOs. For example, “Level U” field analyses
have the potential to produce fully defensible data that can be used to achieve a variety of
project-specific data quality objectives.
7.2 Measurement Performance Criteria
Once the environmental decisions have been identified, data users and QA personnel can
determine the project quality objectives, including the measurement performance criteria, that
must be satisfied in order to support defensible decisions.
Document the performance criteria selected for the project-specific sampling measurement
systems that will ensure that project objectives are met. For example, appropriate performance
cnteria should be identified to ensure that monitoring wells will be installed correctly arid will
yield representative samples.
Document the performance criteria selected for the analytical measurement systems that will
ensure that project objectives are met. The following paragraphs provide examples of
developing performance criteria for the project-specific analytical measurement systems.
Measurement performance cnteria for precision, accuracy/bias, representativeness, completeness,
sensitivity, quantitation limits, and comparability should be determined for each matrix,
analytical parameter, concentration level and analyte, if applicable. These parameters indicate the
qualitative and quantitative degree of quality associated with measurement data and, hence, are
also referred to as data quality indicators (DQIs). DQIs are also referred to as the PARCC
parameters. In the Performance Based Measurement System (PBMS) (refer to page 63 for
further discussion of PBMS), DQIs as defined by the measurement performance criteria serve as
Measurement Quality Objectives, which are used to select or design protocols and procedures to
meet project-specific quality objectives. (DQIs should not be confused with the overall project
quality objectives that are developed using the Region I Systematic Planning Process and/or
Formal DQO Process.)
A discussion of data quality indicators for which performance criteria should be developed
follows:
Precision: Determine quantitative measurement performance criteria for acceptable field and
laboratory precision for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level. Also
determine analyte-specific measurement performance criteria, if applicable. Determine what
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
DateS 9/10/98
Page: 35 of 129
QA/QC activities and/or QC checks or samples will be performed or analyzed to measure
precision for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level.
Precision is the degree of agreement among repeated measurements of the same characteristic
(analyte, parameter, etc.) under the same or similar conditions. Precision data indicate how
consistent and reproducible the field sampling or analytical procedures have been. “Overall
project precision” is measured by collecting data from replicate field samples. Precision specific
to the laboratory is measured by analyzing laboratory replicate samples. Comparing overall
project precision and laboratory precision will help to identify sources of imprecision if a
problem exists.
If only two replicate samples are collected and analyzed, then these samples are referred to as
field duplicates. Refer to Table 2, Footnote 4 for additional discussion of field duplicates. If two
aliquots of the same sample are prepared and analyzed by a laboratory, then these samples are
referred to as laboratory duplicates. If two aliquots of the same prepared sample are analyzed in
duplicate, then these samples are referred to as analytical duplicates. Duplicate precision is
evaluated by calculating a Relative Percent Difference (RPD) using the following equation (the
smaller the RPD; the greater the precision):
k -xl
RPD= ‘ 2 x100%
x l + x 2
2
x 1 original sample concentration
x 2 =replicaie sample concentration
(Note: To assist the planning team in developing matrix, concentration level, parameter and
analyte-specific field duplicate precision measurement performance criteria, the EPA-NE QA
Unit is currently developing a Field Duplicate Relative Percent Difference Database for
reference.)
If more than two replicate samples are collected and analyzed, then these samples are referred to
as field replicates. If two or more aliquots of the same sample are prepared and analyzed by a
laboratory, then these samples are referred to as laboratory replicates. If more than two aliquots
of the same prepared sample are analyzed in replicate, then these samples are referred to as
analytical replicates. Replicate precision is evaluated by calculating the Relative Standard
Deviation (RSD), also referred to as the coefficient of variation (V), of the samples using the
following equation (the smaller the RSD; the greater the precision):
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 36of 129
%RSD = x 100%
mean
Where,
= 1’I
N n -i
= each individual value used for calculating the mean
x = the mean of n values
n = the total number of values
Accuracy/Bias: Determine quantitative measurement performance criteria for acceptable
accuracy/bias for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level. Also determine
analyte-specific measurement performance criteria, if applicable Determine what QAIQC
activities and/or QC checks or samples will be performed or analyzed to measure accuracy/bias
for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level.
Accuracy is the extent of agreement between an observed value (sample result) and the accepted,
or true, value of the parameter being measured. Accuracy is frequently used synonymously with
bias. Specifically, the term “bias” describes the systematic or pçrsistent error associated with a
measurement process. Both terms are used interchangeably in this document.
Analyte accuracy/bias can be evaluated using different types of QC samples. For example, a
Standard Reference Material (SRM) or a Laboratory Control Sample (LCS), containing a known
concentration of analyte(s) spiked into blank water or other blank matrices, provide information
about how accurately the laboratory (analysts, equipment, reagents, etc.) can analyze for a
specific analyte(s) using a selected method. Also single blind and double blind PE samples
provide information on how accurately the laboratory can analyze a specific analyte using a
selected method. The cumulative laboratory and method accuracy/bias is calculated as a
percentage using the following equation:
Measured Value
Accuracy/Bias = x 100%
True Value
Because environmental samples contain interferences (i.e., other compounds that may interfere
with the analysis of a specific analyte), the accuracy/bias for a specific analyte should be
evaluated in relation to the sample matrix. This is done by analyzing matrix spike samples. A
known concentration of the analyte is added to an aliquot of the sample. The difference between
the concentration of the analyte in the unspiked sample and the concentration of the analyte in
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 37 of 129
the spiked sample should be equal to the concentration of the analyte that was spiked into the
sample. The spike recovery is calculated as a percentage using the following equation:
Spiked Sample Conc. - Unspiked Sample Conc .
%Recovery Accuracy/Bias = X 100/o
Spiked Conc. Added
Frequently, matrix spike samples are prepared and analyzed in duplicate, especially for organic
analyses, to provide sufficient precision and accuracy data to evaluate achievement of project
quality objectives.
Note: In general, published methods provide precision and accuracy/bias statements that are
supported by data generated during method validation studies. Additionally, laboratories should
track and maintain records of precision and accuracy/bias trends for their QC samples (such as
laboratory duplicates/replicates, SRMs, LCS and matrix spike analyses) and include acceptable
precision and accuracy/bias ranges in their analytical SOPs. Published QC data, and familiarity
with routine method performance, will allow project planners to choose project-required
measurement performance criteria that are technically feasible.
Representativeness: Determine qualitative measurement performance criteria for acceptable
representativeness for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level. Also determine
analyte-specific measurement performance criteria, if applicable. Determine what QAJQC
activities and/or QC checks or samples will be performed or analyzed to measure
representativeness for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level.
Representativeness is a qualitative term that describes the extent to which a sampling design
adequately reflects the environmental conditions of a site. It takes into consideration the
magnitude of the site area represented by one sample and assesses the feasibility/reasonableness
of that design rationale. Representativeness also reflects the ability of the sample team to collect
samples and laboratory personnel to analyze those samples in such a manner that the data
generated accurately and precisely reflect the conditions at the site. In other words, a discrete
sample (that is collected and then subsampled by the laboratory) is representative when its
measured contaminant concentration equates to the contaminant concentration of some pre-
defined vertical and honzontal spatial area at the Site. Consider the issues of sample
homogeneity, and sampling and subsampling variability, when developing criteria for
representativeness. The use of statistical sampling design and standardized SOPs for sample
collection and analysis helps to ensure that samples are representative of site conditions.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 38of 129
Comparability: Determine quantitative measurement performance critena for acceptable data
comparability for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level. Also determine
analyte-specific measurement performance cnteria, if applicable. Determine what QAIQC
activities and/or QC checks or samples will be performed or analyzed to measure data
comparability for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level.
Address such issues as consistency in sampling and analytical procedures within and between
data sets. For example, monltonng well sampling SOPs should require that well casings be
notched or permanently marked so that the water level measurement is taken from the same spot
for each sampling event. This will help to ensure data comparability for repeated water level
measurements.
Oversight Split Sampling Data Comparability ;
Whenever oversight split sampling and analysis is performed (e.g., EPA oversight of Lead
Organization and its Contractors/Subcontractors), criteria to compare EPA-generated data with
the data generated by the Lead Organization must be established and documented in the
oversight QAPP prior to data collection.
Comparability criteria should be determined for each matrix, analytical parameter (and analyte, if
applicable) and concentration level. Oversight split sampling comparability criteria must
specify
1. Acceptable % Differences for individual analyte comparisons (for combinations of non-
detects, detects close to the QLs, and detects sufficiently greater than the QLs).
2. Acceptable percentage for number of analytes (per matrix, analytical parameter, and
concentration level) with acceptable % Differences versus total number of% Differences
(per matrix, analytical parameter, and concentration level).
3. The acceptable magnitude and direction of bias for comparisons performed in #1 and #2
above.
4. That PESs are required to be used by all data generators in accordance with the EPA
Region I Performance Evaluation Program Guidance . This will ensure that the
magnitude and direction of bias for each data generator can be determined and compared
to #3 above and the project-specific measurement performance criteria so that data
usability decisions can be made.
5. Acceptable overall comparability criteria for all data generated for use in the project.
Percent difference calculations between split oversight sample data must be performed in
accordance with Equation 3 of the Region L EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev: DRAFT
Date 9/10/98
Page: 39of 129
Evaluating Environmental Analyses , Part I. [ Note: To assist the planning team in developing
matrix, concentration level, analytical parameter and analyte-specific split sampling
comparability critena. the EPA-NE QA Unit is currently developing an Oversight Split Sampling
Comparability Database for reference.]
Whenever split sampling is performed, a comparability flow diagram must be included in
this section of the QAPP. An example flow diagram is provided below in Diagram 2.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
-
U s Not
Cuinpiesbic
Nondeiccis
Rcpoflcd by
Both I aboraloluc5
Detected Result,
Reported by Both
Laboratocics
J
Region I QA I’P Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/50/98
Page: 40 of 529
I
.1
Iloth Itesulls
sKI. (Hgaauc
x RI lnoigaiilc
(hie Detected
Result
One Nondctcc*cd
Result
L
OnthResults
>2 s KL Organic
>4 a RI InorganIc
rn—
Result
2nd
Result
>2 a RI. Organic
>4* RI inorganic
a RI Organic
a RI. Inorganic
Detected Result
El a the Associated
P.1. lotorganic
a the Associated
R i. lot Inorganic
I)ciccted Result
>2 athe Associated
RI. lot Organic
>4* the Associated
RI. foe Inorganic
I
-‘
E3U% I)’ lot Aqueous
Samples
O% IY Co. Aqueous
Samples
I -
3
NOTES
J Date
1 Comparable
= Percent Difference = x 500%
( c )
RL = Reporting Limit is the Quantitation Limit adjusted for any necessary sample dilutions, sample volume deviations, and/or exiract/digeslate volume deviations
Diagram 2- EXAMPLE DATA COMPARISON FLOW DIAGRAM AND CRITERIA FOR INDIVIDUAL AQUEOUS SPLIT SAMPLE RESULTS
(generated using equivalent analytical methods and achieving equivalent QLs)
Region I QAPP Guidance
Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date. 9/10/98
Page 41 of 129
Field Screening/Confirmatory Split Sampling Data Comparabilitv
Whenever full protocol analysis is performed to confirm field screening results, comparability
criteria must be established and documented in the QAPP prior to data collection. Comparability
criteria should be determined for each matrix, analytical parameter (and analyte, if applicable)
and concentration level.
The comparability of field screening data generated on site and split sample confirmation data
generated in a fixed or field laboratory using conventional full protocol analytical methods is the
most important factor for determining whether field screening data will meet the project
objectives and be usable for project decision making. The conventional full protocol analytical
methods that are used to confirm field screening results must be scientifically valid and well
documented methods that have been routinely accepted by regulators, since data comparability
decisions are based upon a limited number of samples analyzed by those conventional full
protocol methods.
“Diagram 3. Comparability Determination” illustrates two approaches that can be used for
determining the comparability of field screening and confirmatory data. One approach involves
the generation and application of pre-design correlation factors to adjust field screening sample
results pnor to performing data comparability calculations. Correlation factor adjustment of field
screening sample results can be critical when a one-to-one correlation does not exist for data
generated with the field screening and confirmatory methods (depending upon differences in
methods selectivity, sensitivity, precision and accuracy as well as the relationship of the
achievable quantitation limits to the project Action Limit).
The other approach does not utilize correlation factor adjustment of field screening sample
results prior to performing data comparability calculations. Note that comparability calculations,
performed with field screening and confirmatory data for which correlation factors have not been
generated andlor applied, may result in project-specific comparability criteria being exceeded
(especially if these criteria are tight).
Both approaches require that data comparability acceptance requirements be developed and
documented in an approved project QAPP prior to initiation of field sampling activities. Both
approaches also require that split samples be collected and analyzed at a 10% frequency
throughout the duration of the field sampling program to asses data comparability.
When developing comparability acceptance criteria for field screening and confirmatory data, the
following issues must be considered:
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Diagram 3. Comparability Determination
Split Sampling
(1:1)
[ Screening ] I Con f irmatoryl
[ Method j
I
Develop a Statistical
Project-Specific
Correlation Factor for
Each Contaminant of
Concern (Mean + SD)
I
Full Scale Sampling
[
10% Screening
[
Perform
Correlation Factor
Adjustment of
Screening Sample
Results
I
VS
dividual %D
J c a
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: Draft
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 42 of 129
Full Scale Sampling
[
I
Perform Overall Evaluation
of Comparability:
Determine % Splits that
Meet Project-Specific
Comparability Acceptance
Criteria (from
Pre-Approved QAPP)
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev: DRAFT
DateS 9/10/98
Page: 43 of 129
re the screening and confirmatory methods based on the same analytical principles 9 If the
screening and confirmatory methods measure target analytes using different principles, then a
one-to-one correlation should not be assumed.
• Do the screening and confirmatory methods analyze for the same list of target analytes? If
not, then a one-to-one correlation should not be assumed.
• Do the screening and confirmatory methods report to the same QL? If not, then how will data
reported below the QL of either one of the methods be handled? Also, are the QLs for the
screening and confirmatory methods significantly less than the project Action Limit.
• Do the screening and confirmatory methods have the same extraction efficiencies, use the
same sample volumes, perform similar sample pretreatment and sample cleanup? These
differences may also account for correlations that are not one-to-one.
• How will percent moisture be accommodated for both screening and confirmatory samples?
• Are the calibration procedures the same for the screening and confirmatory methods, i.e.. will
standard calibration curves be generated or single point calibrations?
Field screening/confirmatory comparability criteria must specif ’:
1. Acceptable % Differences for individual analyte comparisons (for combinations of non-
detects, detects close to the QLs, and detects sufficiently greater than the QLs).
2. Acceptable percentage for number of analytes (per matrix, analytical parameter, and
concentration level) with acceptable % Differences versus total number of % Differences
(per matrix, analytical parameter, and concentration level).
3. The acceptable magnitude and direction of bias for comparisons performed in #1 and #2
above.
4. That PESs are required to be used by all data generators in accordance with the EPA
Region I Performance Evaluation Program Guidance . This will ensure that the
magnitude and direction of bias for each data generator can be determined and compared
to #3 above and the project-specific measurement performance criteria so that data
usability decisions can be made.
5. Acceptable overall comparability criteria for all data generated for use in the project.
Field screening/confirmatory percent difference calculations between the confirmatory and
screening data must be performed in accordance with Equation 4 of the Region I. EPA-NE Data
Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses , Part I. [ Note: To
assist the planning team in developing matrix, concentration level, analytical parameter and
analyte-specific field screening/confirmatory comparability criteria, the EPA-NE QA Unit is
currently developing a Screening/Confirmatory Comparability Database for reference.]
Whenever field screening/confirmatory split sampling is performed, a comparability flow
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 44of 129
diagram must be included in this section of the QAPP. Multiple flow diagrams may be
needed to address QL differences between screening and full protocol methods.
Sensitivity: Determine quantitative measurement performance critena for acceptable sensitivity
to ensure that QLs can be routinely achieved for each matrix, analytical parameter and
concentration level. Also determine analyte-specific measurement performance criteria, if
applicable. Identify which QA/QC activities and/or QC checks or samples will be performed or
analyzed to measure sensitivity.
Sensitivity is the ability of the method or instrument to detect the contaminant of concern and
other target compounds at the level of interest. Method and instrument sensitivity may be
evaluated by preparing and analyzing a Laboratory Fortified Blank (LFB). An LFB is a blank
matrix that is spiked at the Quantitation Limit with the contaminants of concern. Sensitivity may
be measured by calculating the percent recovery of the analytes at the quantitation limit.
Quantitation Limits: Document the project-required limits of quantitation for each matrix,
analytical parameter, concentration level, and analyte. Differentiate between project “Action
Limits,” and project-required Quantitation Limits. The Action Limit for a contaminant of
concern or other target compound is the numerical value that causes the decision maker to choose
one of the alternate actions. It may be a regulatory threshold, e.g., MCL; a risk-based
concentration level; a reference-based standard; a technological limitation, etc. Due to
uncertainty at the quantitation limit, project-specific QLs should minimally be one-third of
the Action Limit, and ideally one-tenth of the Action Limit. Refer to Diagram 4 for a
representation of these relationships. Also differentiate between Method Detection Limits
(MDLs) and Quantitation Limits (QLs) documented in a published analytical method versus
MDLs and QLs that an individual laboratory can routinely achieve.
The following issues should be considered when selecting project-specific QLs:
• A laboratory MDL is a statistically derived detection limit and should be lower than the
concentration at which the laboratory can quantitatively report. Laboratories determine
their “best case” sensitivity for analytical methods by performing MDL studies.
• The QL is the minimum concentration of an analyte that can be routinely identified and
quantified above the MDL by a laboratory. QLs should minimally be three times the
achievable laboratory MDL, and ideally ten times the achievable laboratory MDL.
Calibration curves should always include a standard concentration at the QL to ensure
sensitivity. QLs are also known as: Practical Quantitation Limits (PQLs) and Minimum
Levels (MLs).
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev. DRAFT
Date. 9/10/98
Page: 45of 129
• Frequently, QLs for specific samples must be adjusted for dilutions, changes to sample
volume/size and extractJdigestate volumes, percent solids, and cleanup procedures; these
QLs are then referred to as Sample Quantitation Limits (SQLs) or Reporting Limits (RLs).
SQLsIRLs must be j th the project Action Limits for project quality objectives to be
definitively met. Sample results that are reported to SQLsIRLs that are higher than the
project Action Limits cannot be used to determine whether or not the Action Limit has been
exceeded. Thus environmental decision making may be adversely impacted by the failure
to meet project QLs.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
I ”
SQL/RL
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: Draft
Date. 9110/98
Page: 46 of 129
Achievable Laboratory Method Detection Limit-
l.abij,aior,cs determine their “best case
scnsmvny for analytical methods by pCiIOmiIng
MDI studies
Project Action Limit
Action Limit may be based on regulatory
standard, a reference-based standard,
Iechno ogical limitation. etc
Diagram 4. Determining Project Quantitation Limits
QL thai is adjusted for dilutions,
cbangcs so sample vulumelsizes
and easraci/digesi ale volumes.
percent solids and cleanup
procedures arc referred to as
Sampic Quantitation Limit (SQL)
or Repoating Limit (RL)
I I
I
0 MDL
I
U
Project QL
Project Quantital ion Limit should be
• 3- 10 times lower tham Action Limit
• 3. lOtimes higher thanMDL
• Verified by the analysis of a standard at
that concentration In thc calibration curve
Region I QAPP Guidance
Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date. 9/10/98
Page. 47of 129
Completeness: Determine quantitative measurement performance cnteria for acceptable
completeness for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level. Also determine
analyte-specific measurement performance cnteria, if applicable. Identify which QA/QC
activities will be performed to measure completeness.
Completeness is a measure of the amount of valid data collected using a measurement system. It
is expressed as a percentage of the number of valid measurements that should have been
collected. Separate values should be provided for the whole data set vs. critical data (a subset of
the whole data set). Since lack of data completeness may require resampling and additional
costs, discuss how sufficient data will be guaranteed for critical sample locations.
Measurement Performance Criteria Table - Provide a Measurement Performance Criteria Table
that contains the information in the format in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #11. An example of a
completed Measurement Performance Criteria Table is provided in Figure 11.
Figure 11. ExampLe Measurement Performance Criteria Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #11
Complete this worksheet for each medium/matrix, analytical parameter and
concentration level. Identify the DQ I, measurement performance criteria, and
QC sample and/or activity used to assess the measurement performance for
the sampling and/or analytical procedure. Use additional worksheets if necessary.
If MPC for a specific DQI vary within an analytical parameter, i.e., MI’C are analyte-specilic,
then provide analyte-specitic MPC on an additional worksheet. (Refer to QAP?
Manual Sections 7, I and 7.2 for guidance.)
Figure ii. Example Measurement Perlormance Criteria Table
Title: Non/i Street Property QAPP
Revision Number: /
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 31 of XX
Medium/Matrix
Ground I Voter
Analytical
Parameter
YOA
Concentration
Level
Low
Sampling
Procedure
Analytical
Method/SOP 1
LJaIa Quality
Indicators (DQIs)’
Measurement Performance Criteria
QC Sample and/or Activity
Used to Assess Measurement
Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for Sampling (S.
Analytical (A) or both
(S&A)
S-i
L- I
Prec,s,o,,-Overa//
RJ’D 30% when VOC detects for both field
duplicate samples are QL
RPD s 40% when gaseous VOC detects for
both field duplicate samples ate QL
Field Duplicates
S+A
Precision-Lab
RPLJs2O% when VOC detects for both
laboratory duplicate samples ore QI.
IWO 30% when gaseous P VC’ dew ects for
both laboi atory duplicate samples are QL
Matrix Sp ikeiMatrix Spike
Duplicates
‘4
Accuracy/bias
±20% VOCs except volatile gases ±40%
Matrix SpikelMal ’ ix Spike
Duplicates
A
Accuracy/bias
No false negatives, no false positives ,
quantrtation within warning limits (t2o,)
Single Blind P13
A
Accuracy/bias-
Contanianatson
No target compounds QL
Equipmeiit Blanks, Trip Blanks,
Method Blanks & Iiisti uineiit
Blanks
5+4
Sensitivity
+40% @ QL
Laboratory Foitijied Blapik @ QL
A
‘Reference sor Number from EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13.
‘Reference analytical method/SOP Number from EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #17 and #20.
3 Dala Quality Indicators (a.k.a. PARCC parameters, i.e., precision, accuracy/bias, sensitivity, data coutptetcness 1 comparability)
-------
EPA-NE QAIP Worksheet #11
Complete this worksheet for each mediumImatrix, analytical parameter and
concentration level. Identify the DQI, measurement performance criteria, and
QC sample and/or activity used to assess the measurement performance for
the sampling and/or analytical procedure. Use additional worksheets if necessary.
If MPC for a specific DQI vary within an analytical parameter, i.e., MPC are analyte-specific,
then provide analyte-specilic MPC on an additional worksheet. (Refer to QAPP
Manual Sections 7 I aiid 7 2 Jbr guidance.)
Figure II. Example Measurement Performance Criteria Table
Title: North Street Properly QAl’!’
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 3/a of XX
Medium/Matrix
Ground Waler
Analytical
Parameter
L’OA
Concentration
Level
Lois’
Sampling
Procedure’
Analytical
Method/SOP 2
Data Quality
Indicators (DQIs)’
Measurement Performance Criteria
QC Sample and/or Activity
Used to Assess Measurement
Performance
QC Sample Assesses
Error for sampling (S
Analytical (A) or boll.
(S&A)
S-I
L- I
Data Completeness
85% Overall, 100% Critical Data
Data Completeness Check
S+A
Comparability
This is the first offive rounds of sampling
Subsequent data Hill be compared to this
data set A criterion of 35% Difference for
individual VOC’s @ QL and a criterion of
45% Difference/or individual gaseous VOcs
QL will be used to conipare individual
analy lesfrona those data sets
Comparability Check
S+A
‘Reference SOP Number from EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13.
2 Reference analytical method/SOP Number from EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #17 and #20.
3 Data Quality Indicators (a.k.a. PARCC parameters, i.e., precision, accuracy/bias, sensitivity, data completeness, comparability)
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 48 of 129
After measurement performance criteria have been established, data generators and QA
personnel can select sampling and analytical procedures/methods. They will select methods
and procedures that have QC acceptance limits which support the achievement of
established performance criteria. Concurrent with the development of measurement
performance criteria and the selection of sampling and analytical procedures/methods
should be the determination of the analytical data validation criteria. Data users and QA
personnel should select data validation criteria that support both the established project-
specific measurement performance criteria and the analytical method/procedure QC
acceptance limits. This will ensure that only data meeting project-required measurement
performance criteria are used in decision making.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9f 10/98
Page: 49 of 129
MEASUREMENT/DATA ACQUISITION ELEMENTS
This element group describes how project data will be collected, measured and documented.
Proper implementation of those activities/tasks will help to ensure that the resultant data are
scientifically sound, of known and documented quality, and are suitable for their intended use.
Quality control activities that will be performed during each phase of data collection/generation,
from sampling to data reporting, are identified. QC acceptance limits are documented and the
required corrective actions for non-conformances are described, It is important to remember that
each phase of data collection/generation is interdependent arid, therefore. quality must be
factored into all project activities/tasks. The other two QAPP element groups. Assessment!
Oversight and Data Validation and Usability, evaluate the activities/tasks described in this
Measurement/Data Acquisition element group.
Sampling Tasks
The sampling sections of the QAPP include all components of the project-specific sampling
system, including sampling process design and rationale, sampling procedures and requirements,
as well as sample handling and custody requirements. To simplify QAPP preparation, written
SOPs should be included as attachments to the QAPP, whenever possible.
The following QA1 P sections should provide sufficient documentation to assure the reviewer
that representative samples of the appropriate mediumlmatrix will be properly and consistently
collected at the appropriate locations and that preventive and corrective action plans are in place
prior to initiation of the sampling event. The terms “medium” and “matrix” are frequently used
interchangeably. More accurately, however, the term “medium” refers to a substance (e.g.. air,
water, soil) whereas the term “matrix” refers to a specific type of medium (e.g., surface water,
drinking water, etc.).
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 50 of 129
8.0 Sampling Process Design (EPA QAJR-5 Element: BI)
This section of the QAPP descnbes the sampling system in terms of what media/matrices will be
sampled, where the samples will be taken, the number of samples to be taken and the sampling
frequency. Whether the QAPP describes an initial site investigation, a large scale remedial
investigation/feasibility study, a long-term treatment monitoring program, or a volunteer
monitoring program, the rationale for sampling specific points or locations must be
explained in the QAPP.’
8.1 Sampling Design Rationale
For each medium/matrix, provide detailed justification for the sampling design selected for the
project. Use EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #12a to describe the logic used to determine sample
locations, analytical parameters and concentration levels and the type. number, and frequency of
field samples and field QC samples to be collected. Describe the following information
pertaining to the sampling plan selection:
• If a grid system will be used to select random sampling locations, then describe the basis for
selecting the size of the grid. Note, that if the grid system is to be used for long-term
monitoring or a high degree of accuracy is required. then the grid system should be surveyed
by a certified land surveyor. Also, note that simple random sampling is used primarily when
the variability of the medium is known to be relatively small, i.e., the medium is
homogeneous.
• If biota will be sampled, then describe the rationale for species and seasonal selection.
• If a watershed is being investigated, then describe the rationale for sampling each medium and
sample location.
• If surface water samples will be collected, then describe the rationale for location selection.
• If field analytical measurements and/or screening techniques will be used to identify sample
locations, then provide decision trees that document the critical decision points of the selection
process.
• If samples will be composited, then provide the rationale and procedure for compositing.
• If sediment and/or peat matrices will be sampled, then describe the procedures to ensure that
percent solids are greater than 30% in accordance with Region I policy. A detailed discussion
and rationale explaining this policy may be found in the Region I. EPA-NE Data Validation
Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses .
• If a biased sampling approach will be used to select sampling locations, then describe the
rationale for choosing a non-statistical approach.
• If biased/judgmental sampling will be performed, then describe the criteria for selecting “hot
spots”.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date. 9/10/98
Page. 51 of 129
Sampling Location Maps - Include additional site maps. charts and plans to identify and
document specific sample locations. Site maps must include the site borders, all well boring and
test pit installations from previous investigations; buildings; hills; waterbodies; depressions; etc.,
and must identify all areas with known or suspected oil/chemical spills andlor toxic substance
releases. The purpose of these maps is to allow unequivocal sample location determination.
Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis Method/SOP Requirements Table - Provide a
Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis Method/SOP Requirements Table that contains the
information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #12b. Selected information from
Sections 9.0, 11.0 and 12.0 of the QAPP must be utilized to complete this worksheet. An
example of a completed Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis Method/SOP Requirements
Table is provided in Figure 12.
Figure 12. Example Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis
Method/SOP Requirements Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EI 5 A-NE QAPP Worksheet #l2h
List all site locations that will he sampled and include sample
location II) number, if applicable. Specify medium/matrix and,
if applicable depth at which samples will be taken. Complete all
required in formation, using additional worksheets if necessary.
(Refer to QAPP Manual Section 8.1 for guidance.)
litle: Bhsnipu’ rschLc
Revision Number: 8
Revision l)ate: 5/6198
Page !Oof . X
Figure 12. Example Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis Method/SOP Requirements Table
Sampling
l.ocation”
Location ii)
Number
Medium!
Mains
i)eplii
(hosts)
Analytical
Parameter
Concentralio
level
Number of
Samples(ideatiIy
field duplicates
and replicates)
Sampling
SUP’
Analytical
Method/SOP’
Sample
Volume
Containers
(Numbersiet
and type)
Vreurvalion
Requirements
(chemical
temperature.
light_protected)
I Iaeimum
lioidingTlme
(preparatioiLl
analysis)
hilt ’-!’ •
(10!
6 1 1
20-25
‘
104
Low
I
5-I
L-l
lx 115 ,nLj
lx 125 mL
amber glass
!lClpll<2. 4(’ .
Light Protected
14 days/or
analysis
SlOC
Lass/A fed,i,m
I
S-i
L .2
2 Liters
2 x I Liter
amber glass
Ice
7 days for exir
4 (1 dai ifor anal
hletals
Lou/Medium
I
5-2
L-3
I Ltter
I Xl Liter
plastic
IINO, ,lI<2
28 days for hg
180 days for
others
h I l l-i ’
002
(,ll
10-35
(ni)
$04
Low
I + I Field Dup
S-I
L-I
dx uS niL ,
4x 12$ niL
amber glass
hICIplI<2. fC,
Light Protected
l d ithys for
analysis
SIOC
Lois/Medium
I + I Field Dup
S-I
L.2
4 Liters
dxl Liter
amber glass
Ice
7daysforextr
40 days for anal
Metals
Lair/Medium
I + I Field Dup
5-2
L-3
2 Liter
2 Xl Liter
plastic
IINO, p 1 1 < 2
28 days for hg
180 days for
others
Al i i’-J’
003
GI l
30-35
(in)
104
Lair
S-I
L-I
2 x 125 mLs
2 z 125 niL
amber glass
IICIpII<2. 4C.
Light Protected
14 days for
analysis
SIVC
Lo ,s/Medtum
I
S.2
L-2
2 Liters
2 I Liter
amber glass
Icc
7 days for extr
40 days for anal
hfeiaIj
1.ou-/Medtum
I
5-2
L3
I Liter
I Xl Liter
plastic
IIN O,p II<2
28 do;’, for hg
180 days for
othsrj
AlIt -4’
004
GI 1
li-JO
(iii)
$04
Lair
I
S-I
L-l
lx 125 mLs
2e 125 mL
amber glass
lClpIl<2. dC.
I ighit Protected
Id days for
analysis
SJ ’OC
Low/Medwn,
I
S-i
L-2
2 Liters
lii Liter
amber glass
Ice
7da ;sforextr
40 days for anal
Metal.,
Loss-/Aledtt ,m
I
S-I
L-3
I Liter
I -% I Liter
plastic
IIN O ,pl l<2
28day sforh lg
180 daysfr other,
‘Indicate critical field sampling locations with .
‘Indicate background sampling locations with ‘.
‘Complete the Project Saniplitig SOP HeFereitce Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet # 13), Field Analytical Method/SOP ReFerence Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17), and
Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP ReFerence Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20) and speciFy the appropriate kiter/number reFerence in the above table.
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 52 of 129
9.0 Sampling Procedures and Requirements (EPA QAIR-5 Elements: B2, B6, B7, B8)
This section of the QAPP describes how samples will be collected. The selected sampling
procedures must be appropriate to ensure that representative samples are collected in a consistent
manner by project personnel; contamination is not introduced during collection; and all required
sample medialmatrices, locations and properly preserved volumes are collected to meet project
objectives.
9.1 Sampling Procedures
Sampling SOPs - All sampling procedures that will be used in the project must be documented
in the QAPP to allow for review and approval. Standardized sampling procedures provide
consistency between samplers; facilitate collection of accurate, precise and representative
samples; and help to ensure data comparability and usability. While it may be possible to
comprehensively describe the sampling procedures for small projects within the text of the
QAPP, the most efficient and cost effective way to document project-specific sampling
techniques is to include sampling SOPs as attachments to the QAPP.
SOPs should be written and formatted in accordance with Guidance for the Preparation of
Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs’ for Quality-Related Documents , November 1995,
EPA/6001R-96/027 (EPA QA/G-6). In addition to a detailed step-by-step description of the
sampling procedure, aft SOPs must specify acceptable limits of performance and required
corrective actions.
Include SOPs for sampling each medium or matrix, for each analytical parameter, by each type
of equipment and technique. Those SOPs must detail the appropriate number, size and type of
sample containers to be used for collection of each field sample and field QC sample and the
proper temperature, light and chemical preservation procedure for those samples.
Include SOPs for any planned contingency actions that require additional and/or alternate
procedures. For example, include procedures for sampling high moisture content soils/sediments
when those matrices potentially contain peat.
Provide a detailed description, explanation, and SOP for the use of all new and/or innovative
sampling techniques that will be employed during the project. Provide documentation of the
procedures as well as performance data and criteria to support the use of new/innovative
techniques.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 53 of 129
Examples of sampling SOPs include, but are not limited to:
• The Region I “Low Stress (low flow) Purging and Sampling Procedure for the Collection of
Ground Water Samples from Monitoring Wells” most recent revision.
• SOPs for Soil Sampling during Monitoring Well Installation
• Sampling SOPs for Surface and Subsurface Soils
• SOPs for the Collection of Sediments
• SOPs for the Collection of Surface Water Samples from Lakes, Ponds and Streams
• SOPs for the Collection of Drinking Water from Residential Homes
• Sampling SOPs for Ambient Air, Stack Gases and Soil Gas
• SOPs for Collection of Samples from Waste Storage Tanks and Waste Drums
• Sample Compositing SOPs
• Split Sampling SOPs
• Equipment Cleaning SOPs
• Equipment Decontamination SOPs
• Field Equipment Calibration SOPs
• Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection SOPs
• SOPs for Inspection and Acceptance Requirements for, Supplies
Project Sampling SOP Reftrence Table - Provide a Project Sampling SOP Reference Table that
contains the information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13. An example of
a completed Project Sampling SOP Reference Table is provided in Figure 13.
Figure 13. Example Project Sampling SOP Reference Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13
List all SOPs associated with sample collection. Include copies of
all written SOPs as attachments to the QAPP. Sequentially number
sampling SOP references with an “S” prefix in the Reference Number
column Use additional pages if necessary. The Reference Number
can be used throughout the QAPP to refer to a specific SOP.
(Refer to QAP? Manual Section 9.1-9.3 for guidance.)
Title: No, ib Si ,eei Property QAPP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: l/9/98
Page 33 of
Figure 13. Example Project Sampling SOP Reference Table
Reference
Number
Title, Revision Date and/or Number
Originating Organization
Equipment
Identification
Modified for
Project Work
Y or N
Comments
S-I
EPA-NE Low Sti ess SOP, Rev 2, July 30, /996
Region 1. EPA New England
Adjustable rate.
Submersible pump with
Teflon tubing (1/4 ,,,ch
1D)
N
S-2
CE-Deconia,n,,,aiion Procedures for Monitoring
Well Equipment, Rev 1. 1996
chaucer Engineering (CE)
Subn:ers:ble Pumps
N
S-3
CE-Sample Packaging and Shipping Procedures,
Rev 4. /995
chaucer Engineering (CE)
Not Applicable
N
S-4
CE-Chain-of-Custody Procedures and Field
Documentation, Rev 2, /996
Chaucer Eiigineering (CE)
Not Applicable
N
S-5
CE-Hazardous Waste Disposal Procedures,
Rev I, /996
Chaucer Engineering (CE)
Not Applicable
N
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev. DRAFT
Date 9/10/98
Page 54of 129
Note that all project sampling SOPs must be listed, including, but not limited to: sample
collection, sample preservation, equipment cleaning and decontamination, equipment testing,
inspection and maintenance, supply inspection and acceptance, and sample handling and custody
SOPs.
9.2 Sampling SOP Modifications
If EPA Sampling SOPs are modified or the Investigative Organization’s routine Sampling SOPs
are modified to meet project quality objectives, then describe the modification(s) in this section
of the QAPP and indicate, on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13, that a modification occurred.
9.3 Cleaning and Decontamination of Equipment/Sample Containers
This section of the QAPP details both the procedures for the initial cleaning of sampling
equipment subsequent decontamination procedures that will be followed during the sampling
event. These procedures help to ensure that collected samples are representative of the sampling
location by verifying that sampling equipment are clean and free of contaminants of concern,
other target compounds, andlor interferences. Cleaning/decontamination procedures must cover
all equipment that contacts a sample.
Equipment Cleaning SOPs - Include Equipment Cleaning SOPs as attachments to the QAPP.
Also, list these SOPs on the Sampling SOP Table. Initial Equipment Cleaning should address:
• How equipment will be cleaned initially prior to field activities
• Frequency at which equipment will undergo full cleaning protocols
• Criteria for measuring cleanliness
If pre-cleaned bottles are used, then the QAPP should identify the vendor and describe where the
certificates of cleanliness will be maintained.
Equipment Decontamination SOPs - Include Equipment Decontammation SOPs as attachments
to the QAPP. Also, list these SOPs on the Sampling SOP Table. Decontamination procedures
for each type of equipment should address:
• How equipment will be decontaminated in the field
• Frequency at which equipment will be decontaminated
• Criteria for measuring the effectiveness of the decontamination procedures
• Disposal of decontamination by-products, if applicable
Discuss or include a table identifying JJ the equipment that will come in contact with each
sample for each mediumlmatrix. For example,
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9f98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 55 of 129
Equipment [ ______________ Matrices
Soil Sediment Groundwater Surface Water
Split Spoon Sampler X
Eckman Dredge
X
Submersible Pump
X
Kemperer Tube
X
If applicable, discuss or include a table identifying equipment that will come into contact with
each sample for each medium/matrix and for a specific analytical parameter. For example,
Matrix: Soil
[ _______________ Parameter
Equipment [
VOA
Semivolatile
Metals
Encore Sampler
X
Split Spoon Sampler
X
X
Stainless Steel Bowl
X
X
Plastic Scoop
X
9.4 Field Equipment Calibration
This section of the QAPP ensures that all field equipment, including tools, gauges, pumps, etc.,
are calibrated to ensure performance within specified limits and to ensure that corrective action
measures are taken to fix problems prior to and during field operations. This section of the
QAPP demonstrates the ability of the equipment to collect representative samples and data
during field operations.
Include field equipment calibration procedures as an attachment to the QAPP. Calibration of
field equipment should follow EPA procedures where appropriate.
Field Sampling Equipment Calibration Table - Provide a Field Sampling Equipment
Calibration Table that contains the information in the format described in EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet 14 All field equipment other than analytical instrumentation must be listed,
including but not limited to: tools. gauges, and pumps. An example of a completed Field
Sampling Equipment Calibration Table is provided in Figure 14.
Figure 14. Example Field Sampling Equipment Calibration Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #14
Identify all field equipment and procedures that require
calibration and provide the SOP reference and person responsible
for corrective action for each type of equipment. If frequency of calibration,
acceptance criteria and corrective action information is not included in an SOP,
then document this information on the worksheet. (Refer to QI4PP
Manual Section 9.4 for guidance.)
Title: Swamp Street Q4PP
Revision Number: /
Revision Date: 3/6/98
Page 35 of XX
Figure 14. Example Field Sampling Equipment Calibration Table
Equipment
Procedure
j
Frequency of
Calibration
Acceptance Criteria
j
Corrective Action (CA)
Person Responsible
for CA
SOP
Reference*
Type S Pit ot
40 CFR Part 60.
Appendix A,
Method 2
Every 6 months
As per 40 CFR Part 60.
Appendix A, Method 2
Replace fcrueria exceeded
Jane Airway
S-l0
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 56of 129
9.5 Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Requirements
This section of the QAPP describes the procedures and documentation activities that will be
performed to ensure that field and sampling equipment are available and in working order when
needed.
Equipment maintenance logs must be kept and equipment must be checked prior to use.
Describe the records that will be kept to document field equipment maintenance, testing and
inspection activities.
Discuss the availability of spare parts and/or equipment to ensure that project schedules are met.
Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table - Provide a Field Equipment
Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table that contains the information in the format described
in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #15. An example of a completed Field Equipment Maintenance,
Testing and Inspection Table is provided in Figure 15.
Figure 15. Example Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #15
Identify all field equipment and instruments (include
analytical instruments on Worksheet #19) that require maintenance
and provide the SOP reference and person responsible for corrective
action for each type of equipment. If frequency of calibration 1 acceptance
criteria and corrective action information is not included in an SOP,
then document this information on the worksheet. (Refer to QJ1PP Manual
Section 9.5 for guidance.)
Title: North Street Property QAP?
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 38 of XX
Figure 15. Example Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table
Sampling Equipment!
InsI,umcut
Maintenance
Acihily
Testing Activity )
Inspection Respon ibk
Activity Pion
Frequency
Acceptance Criteria
Corrective Action
j
SOP
Relerenee
Submersible Pump
Visual inspection/ar
defec,ive parts
James Keller
Each pump prior to
nrc
No visually defective
pails
Use backup pump
S-i
Submersible Pump
Opera i on
James Keller
Each pump prior to
use
Pump is operable
Repair f not operable
S-i
Submersible Pump
Clewi iiig
James Keller
Each pwnp prior to
use
No visually dirty parts
Reclean
S-I
Submersible Pump
Equipment Blank (EB)
James Keller
Collect an ER prior to
sampling of 2nd
sampling location
No contaminants of
concern and/or other
target compounds
detected at or above
Q:iantstation Limit and
no interferences
deiected
IJEB contamination
It vets impact data
usability, then
reclean. retest and
,-esarnple and/or
qiialifi data during
data validation
S-i
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table IEPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
DateS 9/10/98
Page: 57 of 129
9.6 Inspection and Acceptance Requirements for Supplies/Sample Containers
This section documents the procedures and activities that will be performed to ensure that all
sampling supplies and sample containers are free of contaminants of concern, other target
compounds, and interferences.
Itemize the supplies and sample containers that will be used when performing field activities
including sampling activities. Identify all vendors for supplies and sample containers.
Describe the procedures that will be used to ensure adequate supplies and sample containers are
on hand, and sample containers are traceable and clean. Discuss procedures for tracking, storing
and recording supplies and lot numbers for sample containers, as well as procedures for verifying
container cleaiijiness, such as bottle blank analysis. Document the frequency for inspection
activities, acceptable criteria, and the corrective action procedures employed to prevent the use of
unacceptable supplies and/or sample containers. Identify the personnel responsible, by job
function and organizational affiliation, for checking supplies, sample containers, and sample
container certificates of cleanliness, and the personnel responsible for implementing corrective
actions. The required information may be presented in a table similar to EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet #15. If this information is contained in an SOP, then cite the SOP reference and
include the SOP as an attachment to the QAPP.
For guidance on container cleanliness criteria, refer to Attachment D, “EPA Specifications and
Guidance for Contaminant Free Containers,” December 1992 of the Region I. EPA-NE Data
Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses .
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 58of 129
10.0 Sample Handling, Tracking and Custody Requirements (EPA QA/R-5 Element: B3)
10.1 Sample Collection Documentation
This section of the QAJ P describes field documentation procedures that will be followed for the
project. Field analytical and fixed laboratory documentation procedures are discussed elsewhere,
in Section 15.0, in conjunction with data management and project records. Proper field sampling
documentation, and field analytical and laboratory documentation, help to ensure sample
authenticity (i.e., the sample identity is correct) and data integrity.
10.1.1 FieldNotes
To provide a permanent record of field activities and possible introduction of sampling error,
observations made and measurements taken in the field must be recorded. Typically, field data
are recorded in field logbooks or on field data collection forms.
The following information should be included in the field logbooks/field data collection forms:
• Site name and location
• Sample project identification number
• Names, job functions, and organizational affiliations of personnel on-site
• Dates (month/day/year) and times (military) of all entries made in logbooks/forms and user
si—s
• Descriptions of all site activities, including site entry and exit times
• Site location by longitude and latitude centroid, if known
• Weather conditions, including temperature and relative humidity
• Site observations
• Identification and description of sample morphology and collection locations
• Sample collection information, including dates (month/day/year) and times (military) of
sample collections, sample collection methods and devices, station location numbers,
sample collection depths/heights, sample preservation information, sample pH (if
applicable), analysis requested (analytical parameters), etc., as well as Chain-of-Custody
(COC) information such as sample location identification numbers cross-referenced to field
sample numbers
• Contractor and subcontractor information (address, names of personnel, job functions,
organizational affiliations, and contract number, contract name and work assignment
number)
• Records of photographs taken
• Site sketches and diagrams made on-site
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 59of 129
Descnbe the field information that will be recorded for each medium/matrix and each type of
sampling procedure, since field information is medium/matrix and procedure dependent. For
example, documentation of momtoring well sample collection should provide documented
information that includes screen interval, pump intake, purge rate, purge volume, temperature,
relative humidity, specific conductance, pH, redox potential, dissolved oxygen and turbidity.
(An example Well Purging - Field Water Quality Measurements Form is provided in Appendix
3). For a soil boring, the documented field information should include drilling method, borehole
diameter, ground elevation, water level, and soil descriptors like color, odor and grain size.
(Example Soil Boring Log Forms are included in Appendix 3).
If field data collection forms will be used., then include example forms in this section of the
QAPP as figures. Alternatively, include the example forms as attachments to the QAPP and
reference the appropriate attachment.
If field notebooks will be used, then include the requirements for the notebooks in this section.
Bound notebooks with water resistant, sequentially numbered pages, and indelible ink entries
should be required.
Regardless of the means for recording sampling information, copies of field data records should
be included with the associated Data Validation Reports, in accordance with Region L EPA-NE
Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Environmental Analyses , to facilitate the
identification of sampling error.
10.1.2 Field Documentation Management System
Describe the field documentation tracking and management system as a part of the overall
project data tracking and management system, which is further described in Section 15.0. The
title of each notebook should indicate its function and each notebook used for a specific site or
project should be referenced to all the other project notebooks, including the project manager’s
daily log. Also, each notebook should be tracked and archived with other project records in
accordance with the project data management system.
10.2 Sample Handling and Tracking System
This section documents the procedures that will be followed to identify and track samples
collected in the field, samples analyzed in the field, and samples delivered or shipped to a fixed
laboratory for analysis and sample transfer throughout the laboratory. If samples are shipped to a
fixed laboratory(s), then the laboratory’s sample handling and tracking system should be
described in this section. Proper sample tracking systems support the COC procedures which, in
turn, help to ensure sample authenticity and data defensibility.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9110198
Page: 60 of 129
Define the term “sample” or reference the regulatory definition. Since the definition of “sample’
is program-dependent, ensure the correct usage of the term “sample”. If a soil sample is
operationally defined in the field by mesh size, then this should be noted. Also, if a laboratory
subsamples a field sample based on certain criteria (e.g., mesh size), then those activities and
definitions should be documented in this section of the QAPP.
Describe the sample numbering system for field sample collection and provide an example. If
applicable, the numbering system should follow specific programmatic requirements that apply
to the project (e.g., CLP and EPA-NE Delivery of Analytical Services (DAS) sampling tracking
procedures). Use a systematic approach for numbering samples so that each sampling location,
medium/matrix type, sample depth or height, and the date/time of collection can be uniquely
identified and cross-referenced to the programmatic sample number, if applicable.
Describe the laboratory sample tracking procedures. If laboratory identification numbers will be
used to track samples internally, then the laboratory procedure must describe how these
laboratory identification numbers will be cross-referenced with the sample number assigned in
the field.
Describe temperature and preservation (including light protection) procedures that maintain
sample integrity in the field prior to and during shipment to the laboratory.
Describe temperature and preservation (including light protection) procedures that maintain
sample integrity immediately upon receipt by the fixed laboratory or mobile field laboratory.
Describe sample storage procedures used by the fixed laboratory or mobile field laboratory.
Sample Container, Volume and Preservation Table - Document required sample volumes,
container types, numbers of containers and preservation procedures (temperature, light,
chemical) for each analytical parameter, matrix and concentration level in a table. This table can
be separate or, if appropriate, combined with the Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis
Method/SOP Requirements Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #l2b).
Define how samples will be batched or grouped to be sent to the laboratory. It is recommended
that samples be grouped in Sample Delivery Groups (SDGs). An SDG is defined as a group of
twenty or fewer field samples within a project, received by a laboratory over a period of up to
fourteen calendar days. PESs and other field QC samples (e.g., equipment blanks, VOA trip
blanks) are counted as field samples in the twenty sample SDG total.
Describe how samples will be delivered or shipped to the laboratory. Include the name of the
earner service, if applicable. Samples should be transported directly to the laboratory within
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date. 9/10/98
Page: 61 of 129
twenty-four hours of sample collection, or shipped by an overnight delivery service (with coolers
under custody seal) within twenty-four hours of sample collection. A major exception to this
requirement is when published analytical holding times are less than twenty-four hours from
sample collection. If alternate shipment schedules will be used, then describe those alternate
timeframes and provide rationale for their use. Shipment papers. including bills of lading and
airbills, must be retained by the laboratory with COC records.
Include provisions for packaging, marking/labeling and shipping samples in compliance with the
most recent Department of Transportation (DOT) regulations for shipping hazardous and
nonhazardous materials. Air carriers which transport hazardous materials require compliance
with the current edition of the International Air Transport Association (IATA) Dangerous Goods
Regulations. which applies to shipment and transportation of hazardous materials by air carriers.
Following IATA regulations will also ensure compliance with U.S. DOT regulations.
Include examples of all sample shipment forms to be used (these may be the same as the COC
forms, which are discussed in Section 10.3 of this Manual).
Sample Handling Flow Diagram - Provide a flow chart that diagrams the flow of samples from
the time of collection to laboratory delivery to final sample disposal. Indicate the personnel, and
their organizational affiliations, who are primarily responsible for ensuring proper sample
handling, custody, storage and disposal. Specify length of time samples, digestates and/or
extracts, and biological collections will be retained by the laboratory prior to disposal. An
example of a Sample Handling Flow Diagram is provided in Figure 16.
Figure 16. Example Sample Handling Flow Diagram
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #16
Use this worksheet to develop a (low diagram describing the flow of samples. Racord personnel and
their organizational affiliations, who are primarily responsible for ensunng proper handling, custody,
and storage of field samples from the time of collection to laboratory delivery, to final sample disposal.
Indicate number of days original field samples and their extracts/digestates will be archived pnor to
disposal (Refer to Q4PP Manual Section 10.2 for guidance.)
s2oq .
Title: North Street Property QAPP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page / 6 of X l ’
Figure 16. Example Sample Handling Flow Diagram
Analysis: AuWn Laboratories
Sample Receipt Waiter Emerson
Sample Custody & Storage: Walter Emerson
Sample Prapmation: N/A
Sample Detcmiinative Analysis. Lacy Akon
Sample Archival
Sample Storage (No. of days from sample collection): 60
Sample Extract/Digestate Storage (No. of days from exvaction/digestion) N/A
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 62 of 129
Sample Container Label (Sample Tag) - Specify the required sample label information in this
section and include an example of a sample container label. Sample containers should be
labeled, using indelible ink, with the following minimum information:
• Site name and location
• Sample project identification number
• Sample collection location and depth/height
• Collection date (month/day/year) and time (military)
• Sample collection method (composite or grab) and device
• Sample preservation method (chemical or physical (ice), and indicate if sample must be
light protected)
• Sample pH, if applicable
• Analysis requested (analytical parameter)
• Sampler’s signature
Describe how the information on the label will be preserved, such as covering the label with clear
tape to minimize water damage during transit.
10.3 Sample Custody
A sample is in “custody” if it is in the actual physical possession of authorized personnel or in a
secured area that is restricted to authorized personnel. For some projects, an evidentiary paper
trail documenting sample custody is required to meet project quality objectives. Since it is often
difficult to predict what samples and/or projects will require proof of custody after the fact, all
data collection events should employ standard COC procedures and documentation to ensure
data authenticity and defensibility.
This section of the QAPP describes the procedures that will be used to maintain sample custody
and integrity, and to document implementation of proper COC procedures. The evidentiary trail
from sample collection through data generation and archival is maintained through sample
custody procedures and documented by complete COC records, including COC forms, Traffic
Reports, Sample Tags/Labels, Cooler Custody Seals, Sample Custody Seals, Laboratory Sample
Receipt Forms, Laboratory Sample Transfer Forms, etc. Note that only through complete
documentation can the end user prove that the individual sample results are reflective of a
particular sample (collected at a specific site location on a unique date and time) and that the
sample was handled as prescribed. COC procedures ensure accountability for the location and
integrity of the sample at all times. Refer to the EPA policy document, National Enforcement
Investigations Center (NEIC) Policies and Procedures , EPA-330/9-78-001-R, May 1978, Rev.
December 1981, for information regarding COC procedures.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 63 of 129
Included, in this section of the QAPP, are the field sampling team’s procedures for maintaining
and documenting sample custody from the time samples are collected in the field through
packaging, shipment and delivery to the laboratory. Field sampling documents that describe
COC procedures, including SOPs, should be included as an attachment to the QAPP.
Included, in this section of the QAPP, are the laboratory’s procedures for maintaining and
documenting sample custody from the time the samples are received at the laboratory through
archival and disposal. Laboratory documents that describe the COC procedures, either Sample
Custody SOPs or the LQAP, should be included as an attachment to the QAPP.
Chain-of-Custody Documentation - Include examples of all COC documentation including
COC Forms, Traffic Reports, Sample TagsfLabels, Custody Seals. Laboratory Sample Receipt
Forms, Laboratory Sample Transfer Forms, etc. that will be used during the project.
An example of a Chain-of-Custody Form is provided in Appendix 3.
Sample Handling, Tracking and Custody SOPs - Include all sample handling, tracking and
custody procedures that ensure sample integrity/custody is maintained during sample collection,
packaging, handling, shipping and laboratory sample receipt through archival and disposal as
attachments to the QAPP. List Sampling COC SOPs on the Project Sampling SOP Reference
Table (EPA-NE QAP? Worksheet #13). List COC SOPs associated with field or fixed
laboratory analysis on the Field Analytical or Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table
(EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #17 and #20, respectively).
Examples of Sample Handling, Tracking and Custody SOPs include, but are not limited to:
• Field Documentation SOPs and Records Management SOPs
• Sample Custody/Sample Security SOPs (field)
• Sample Handling and Tracking SOPs (field)
• Sample Packaging and Shipping SOPs (field)
• Sample Receipt and Storage SOPs (laboratory)
• Sample Custody/Sample Security SOPs (laboratory)
• Sample Tracking SOPs (laboratory)
• Sample Disposal or Archival SOPs (laboratory)
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/ 10/98
Page: 64 of 129
Analysis Tasks
The following sections of the QAPP include all components of the project-specific analytical
measurement system, including field and fixed laboratory analytical methods and SOPs; method
and laboratory-specific QC measurements, acceptance criteria and corrective actions; calibration
procedures; and instrument/equipment/supply maintenance, testing and inspection requirements.
Region I defines field analytical tasks as those analytical activities that are not performed in a
fixed laboratory. Field analysis includes both semi-quantitative/semi-qualitative field screening
techniques and definitive full protocol analytical methods. Definitive data may be generated for
field parameters including, Specific Conductance, Temperature, DO, pH, Turbidity, OPRJEh
using field instrumentation. Definitive inorganic and organic data may be generated in a mobile
field laboratory equipped with a GC, GC/MS, ICP, etc.
These sections of the QAPP should provide sufficient documentation to assure the reviewer that
accurate, precise and usable data will be generated and that preventive and corrective action
plans are in place prior to the initiation of the sampling event.
The EPA is currently implementing a Performance Based Measurement System (PBMS) for
environmental data generation/collection for all of its media programs. Under the new PBMS,
the data quality needs of a project, which are determined using a systematic planning process,
dictate the selection and/or design of sampling and analytical procedures. When PBMS is fully
implemented, the regulated community would be able to use any sampling or analytical
procedure that meets the project-specific quantitative and qualititative measurement performance
criteria (which are called Measurement Quality Objectives under PBMS). PBMS requires
documentation that selected analytical procedures meet specified measurement performance
criteria. PBMS applies to field analytical and fixed laboratory measurements that will be used
for both screening and definitive purposes. PBMS does not apply to method-defined parameters
such as TCLP, BOD, airborne and stationary source particulate matter, etc.
All contracted and/or subcontracted field analytical and fixed laboratory services must be in
place in order for the final QAPP to be approved.
Specific guidance for procuring laboratory services is provided in Attachment Q of the Region I.
EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses . Where
regulatory and/or programmatic requirements specify that a laboratory be certified (e.g., EPA
water supply program), documentation of the laboratory certification should be included as an
attachment to the QAPP.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page 65 of 129
11.0 Field Analytical Method Requirements (EPA QA/R-5 Elements: B4, B6, B7, B8)
This section of the QAPP describes the analytical techniques that will be used in the field or by
an on-site mobile laboratory to generate screening as well as definitive data for the project. It
documents the field analytical methods and SOPs that will be used to meet measurement
performance criteria and achieve project-required quantitation limits for the contaminants of
concern and other target compounds at the concentration levels and in the specific medial
matrices as identified on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #9a and #9b. Note the difference
between methods and analytical SOPs: methods describe preparatory and
analytical/determinative techniques used in target analyte identification and quantitation,
while analytical SOPs document how a particular laboratory will perform a specific
analytical method.
11.1 Field Analytical Methods and SOPs
FieldAnalytical Methods and SOPs - All field analytical methods and procedures that will be
used in the project must be documented in the QAPP to allow for review and approval.
Differentiate between field screening procedures and field analytical procedures used to generate
definitive data. While it may be possible to describe simple field analytical procedures within
the text of the QAPP, the most efficient and cost effective way to document project-specific
measurement procedures is to include analytical methods and SOPs as attachments to the QAPP.
Include methods/SOPs for each analytical parameter, medium/matrix and concentration level that
will be investigated. All methods/SOPs must contain the maximum allowable holding time from
sample collection to sample preparation and/or analysis (as appropriate).
If definitive data will be generated by using a mobile on-site laboratory, then the organization
operating that mobile laboratory should provide the equivalent of a Laboratory QA Plan/Manual
to be included as an attachment to the QAPP. This document is not necessary if only field
screening data are being generated.
Analytical methods should be written and formatted in accordance with the Environmental
Monitoring Management Council (EMMC) Method Format (which is provided in Appendix 4).
Analytical methods must specify appropriate QC checks and samples with explicit concentration
and frequency requirements for preparation and analysis, QC acceptance limits and required
corrective actions for each step of the method.
Analytical SOPs should be written and formatted in accordance with Guidance for the
Preparation of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs for Oualitv-Related Documents ,
November 1995, EPAI600IR-96/027 (EPA QAJG-6). In addition to a detailed step-by-step
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 66 of 129
description of the procedure, all SOPs must specify appropriate QC checks and samples
with explicit concentration and frequency requirements for preparation and analysis, QC
acceptance limits and required corrective actions for each step of the procedure.
Include analytical methods and SOPs for any planned contingency analytical work that may be
required.
Provide a detailed description, explanation and SOP for the use of all new and/or innovative
analytical techniques that will be employed during the project. Provide documentation of the
procedures as well as method performance data and criteria to support the use of new/innovative
techniques.
Examples of field analytical methods and SOPs include, but are not limited to:
• EPA Standard Methods
• Field Analytical SOPs
• Sample Receipt and Storage SOPs
• Sampling Tracking SOPs
• Sample Preparation SOPs
• Glassware Cleaning SOPs
• Calibration SOPs
• Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Activities SOPs
• Analytical Standards Preparation and Traceability SOPs
• Data Reduction Procedures
• Documentation Policies/Procedures
• Data Verification Procedures
• Data Management Procedures
• Sample and Sample ExtracuDigestate Disposal SOPs
Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table - Provide a Field Analytical Method/SOP
Reference Table that contains the information in the format described in EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet p17. An example of a completed Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table is
provided in Figure 17.
Figure 17. Example Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17
List all methods/SOPs that will be used to perform field analysis either
directly in the field or in a mobile field laboratory. Indicate whether
method/procedure produces screening or definitive data. Sequentially number
field analytical method/SOP references with an “F” prefix in the Reference Number
column. Use additional pages if necessary. Include copies of all methods/SOPs
as attachments to the QAPP. The Reference Number can be used throughout
the QAPP to refer to a specific method/SOP. (Refer to QAPP Manual
Sections II .1 and II 2 for guidance.)
Title: Noitli Street Property QAPP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 40 of X X
Figure 17. Example Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table
Reference
Number
Title, Revision Date and/or
Number
Definitive
or
Screening
Data
Region I
NESTS
Method Code
Originating
Organization
Analytical
Parameter
Instrument
Organization Performing
Field Analysis
Modified for
Project Work
Y or N
F- I
CE-Procedu, efor Calibrating
Field lnsirunie :1ai,on. Oct
1997
Definitive
N/A
Chaucer
Engineeriiig (CE
p!-1
pH Probe
Chaucer Engineering (CE.)
C’/,aiicer Engineering (CE)
N
N
DO
DO Probe
Specific
Conductance
Specific
Conductance
Electrode
Chaucer Engineering (CE)
N
Temperature
Temperature
Sensor
Chaucer Engineering (CE)
N
Turbidity
Turbidimeter
Chaucer Engineering (CE)_
N
ORP/Eh
ORP/Eh
Electrode
Chaucer Engineering (CE)
N
* For environmental data collection performed by EPA or its contractors, indicate the appropriate NESTS Method Code as described on the
EPA-NE DQO Summary Form.
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 67 of 129
11.2 Field Analytical MethodJSOP Modifications
If full protocol methods andlor other published methods and/or standard SOPs are modified to
meet project quality objectives, then describe the modification(s) in this section. For example, a
field screening analytical SOP for analyzing PCBs in soil requires that 1 gram of soil be
extracted. If previously collected site data showed high levels of PCB contamination (i.e., above
the calibrated measurement range), then the data generators may choose to extract a smaller
volume of sample. This would constitute a modification to the SOP.
11.3 Field Analytical Instrument Calibration
To ensure that the analytical methods and the selected instrumentation meet the project
requirements for selective, sensitive, accurate and precise detection and quantitation of the
analytes of interest, it is necessary to completely describe the calibration procedures for each
field analytical instrument. This section of the QAPP demonstrates the ability of the field
analytical technique to accurately and precisely identify and quantitate the contaminants of
concern and other target compounds at the required quantitation limits and within the required
measurement ranges.
Field Analytical Instrument Calibration Table - Provide a Field Analytical Instrument
Calibration Table that lists all field analytical instrumentation (including, but not limited to,
screening instruments, XRF, total organic vapor analyzers (PH) or FID), portable GC5, and
immunoassay kits) and that contains the information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet #18. An example of a completed Field Analytical Instrument Maintenance and
Calibration Table is provided in Figure 18.
Figure 18. Example Field Analytical Instrument Calibration Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPI Worksheet #18
Identify all field analytical instrumentation that require calibration and provide
the required information for each. Use additional pages if necessary. If
required information is included in an SOP, then summarize relevant
inlormation on the worksheet and reference the appropriate SOP number.
(Refer to QAP? Manual Section 11.3 for guidance.)
Title: No,:!, Si, eel Propesii’ Q4PP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 43 of XX
Figure 18. Example Field Analytical Instrument Calibration Table
Instrument
Activity
Frequency of
Calibration
Acceptance
Criteria
Corrective Action (CA)
Person Responsible
for CA
Method/SOP
Reterence*
p 11 I’rohe
Calibrate probe with 3
temp equilibrated sids
to luachet erpected p1-I
ulites
-Daily - before use
-Calibration check
every 4 hours of use
and a: end of day
3 std.s provide
stable readings
10 I p 1 -I iui:t
within 3 nun
If probe readiisg fails to stabilize, do no,
use check/replace membrane and
recalibrate or service as necessary Repeal
analysis of affected samples or qualify data
if analysis cannot be repeated
James Keller
F-I
l)() l’rcthe
(‘alibi ale iiiiIi 2 sids -
Sofia atc’d DO rid
and U U ing/L DO std
-Daily - before use
-Calibration check
every 4 hours of use
and at end of day
± 0 2 nigiL for 0 0
niglL DO std
If DO reading exceeds criterion, then
prepare nesi’ 00 mg/L DO std. clean probe
and/or change membrane Recalibrate or
service as necessary Repeat analysis of
affected samples or qualify data if analysis
cannot be repeated
lames Keller
F-I
(i , ,ului ti ’iti’
A fetcr
(‘alib,aie electrode
is,th 1 std
-Daily - before use
-Calibrauon check
at end of day
+1 pn ,ho/cm of
sid
If sp coi,ductai,ce reading exceeds
criterion, then clean probe or service as
necessary and recalibrate Repeal analysis
of affected samples or qualify data if
analysis cannot be repeated
James Keller
F4
7/ierna,stor-
Teniperature
Scncor
Calib: ate against NIST
certified thermometer
-Daily - before use
-Calibration check
at nd of day
*0 IYC of NIST
certified
thernionieter
If temperature sensor reading exceeds
criterion, service or replace as necessary
and recalibrate Repeal analysis of
affected samples or qualify data if analysis
cannot be i epeated
Jaiiies Keller
F-I
Tu’-hidinieter
(‘alibriste is’ith 0 02
NTU and 2 oilier rIds
to bracket expected
sanaple conce,,t, a: ion
tange
-Daily - before use
-Calibration check
at end of day
*5% per scale
If turbidity reading exceeds criterion, the,,
recalibrate or service as necessary Repeat
analysis of affected samples or qualify data
if analysis cannot be repeated
James Keller
F-I
()RP/E/,
Electi ode
Calibrate against I
Zobell solution
-Daily - before use
-Calibration check
at end of day
* I ow of std
if ORP/Eh reading exceeds criterion. the,.
have manufacturer recalibrate Repeat
analysis of affected samples or qualify data
if a :alysis cannot be repeated
James Keller
F-I
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number Irons Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev: DRAFT
Date: 9R0/98
Page 68 of 129
Calibration procedures may be documented separately in this section of the QAPP or included in
the appropnate field analytical SOPs as attachments to the QAPP. In either case. the following
items, where appropriate, must be addressed for each analytical procedure.
• Frequency of initial and continuing calibrations
• Number of calibration points, calibration levels for multipoint curves, and calibration
standards at the required quantitation limit concentration for each contaminant of concern
and other target compounds
• Linearity calculation techniques
• Acceptance criteria for calibrations
• Calibration level for calibration verification standards. In order to assess instrument drift, a
calibration verification standard should be run periodically during the analytical sequence
and at the end of the analytical sequence.
• Corrective actions for non-conformances
• Calibration/Standards Documentation: Describe what documentation will be generated for
calibrations and standards for each instrument. Note that a plot for each regression curve
must be provided for all non-linear curves that will be used to quantitate field samples.
• Standards Traceability: Describe the procedures to be used to assure standard traceability.
Standards must be traceable to a verifiable source such as a NIST standard. Standards may
be purchased as ampulated mixtures with certificates of analysis, however, it is the
laboratory’s responsibility to ensure the accuracy of the standard solutions.
• Second Source Verification: Describe the use of second source verification standards.
Even certified standards may change over time or not meet vendor’s specifications. A
relatively inexpensive way to verify the analytes and concentration of a standard is to
analyze a standard containing the same analytes from another vendor By applying routine
comparability criteria, greater assurance is gained in the identification and quantitation of
target analytes in an analytical sample. The data from the two standards can be compared
using previously established comparability criteria to assess accuracy.
11.4 Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Requirements
This section of the QAPP describes the procedures and documentation activities that will be
performed to ensure that all field analytical instrumentation and equipment are available and in
working order when needed.
Instrumentlequipment maintenance logs must be kept and instrumentation and equipment must
be checked prior to use. Describe the records that will be kept to document field analytical
equipment/instrumentation maintenance, testing and inspection activities.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 69 of 129
Discuss the availability of spare parts or spare instruments to ensure that project schedules are
met. Discuss how instruments are controlled in the field and during storage, instrument security
and log-in/log-out procedures to ensure instrument availability.
Field Analytical Instrument /Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table - Provide
a Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table that
contains the information in the format described in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #19. An example
of a completed Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection
Table is provided in Figure 19.
Figure 19. Example Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment
Maintenance Testing and Inspection Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #19
Identify all field analytical instrumentation/equipment and provide the required
information for each If required information is included in an SOP, then summarize
relevant information on the worksheet and reference the appropriate SOP number.
(Refer to QAPP Manual Section II 4 for guidance.)
Title: North Si, eel Properly QAPP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9198
Page 45 of XX
Figure 19. Example Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table
Instrument
Maintenance Aclivily
Testing Activily
Inspection Activity Frequency
J
Acceptance
Criteria
Corrective Action
Responsible Person
Method/SOP
Re(erencc
pa ’! Probe
(‘lea,, probe
QC Check
isual Inspection
IVhen unstable
readings occur
Evety 4 hours
Dali)’ before use
Stable after 3
mm
+0 I p/I unit
No defective parts
noted
Clean probe
and/or replace
membrane and/or
replace or cer,lce
other defective
parts
James Keller
F-I
DO Probe
See copr-i
F-I
Conductivity Meter
.See SOP!-!
‘>
F-!
Temperature
Sensor
See SOP F-I
)
F-I
Turbids,neter
See SOP F-!
F 1
ORP/Eh Electrode
See 50P F-I
,
F !
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number from Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 70 of 129
11.5 Field Analytical Inspection and Acceptance Requirements for Supplies
This section of the QAPP documents procedures and activities that will be performed to ensure
that all supplies used in field anal ’tical work will be available when needed and will be free of
contaminants of concern, other target compounds, and interferences.
Itemize the supplies that will be used when performing field analytical work. Identi& all
vendors for supplies and reagents.
Describe the procedures that will be used to ensure supply cleanliness and reagent purity.
Discuss procedures for recording reagent lot numbers and procedures for measuring supply
cleanliness. Document corrective action procedures employed to prevent the use of unacceptable
supplies. Identify the person(s) responsible for checking supplies and implementing corrective
actions. if this information is contained in an SOP, then cite the SOP reference. Alternatively,
the required information may be presented in a table similar to EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #19.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
PageS 71 of 129
12.0 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method Requirements
(EPA QA/R-5 Elements: B4, B6, B7, B8)
This section of the QAPP describes the analytical techniques that will be used by the fixed
laboratory to generate screening as well as definitive data for a project. It documents the fixed
laboratory analytical methods and SOPs that will be used to meet measurement performance
criteria and achieve project-required quantitation limits for the contaminants of concern and other
target compouiids at the concentration levels and in the specific media/matrices as identified on
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #9a and #9b. Note the difference between methods and
analytical SOPs: methods describe preparatory and analytical/determinative techniques
used in target analyte identification and quantitation, while analytical SOPs document how
a particular laboratory will perform a specific analytical method.
12.1 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Methods and SOPs
Fixed Laboratory Analytical Methods and SOPs - All fixed laboratory analytical methods and
procedures that will be used in the project must be included in the QAPP to allow for review and
approval. While it may be possible to describe simple fixed laboratory analytical procedures
within the text of the QAPP, the most efficient and cost effective way to document project-
specific measurement procedures is to include analytical methods and SOPs as attachments to the
QAPP. Include methods/SOPs for each analytical parameter, medium/matrix and concentration
level that will be investigated. All methods/SOPs must contain the maximum allowable holding
time from sample collection to sample preparation and/or analysis (as appropriate).
If the analytical procedures are documented in the fixed laboratory’s QA Plan or Manual, then it
may be easiest to include the relevant sections in the project QAPP or reference the appropriate
sections of those documents in the project QAPP. This would preclude including separate
analytical SOPs (assuming that those relevant sections of the fixed laboratory’s QA Plan/Manual
contain all of the required information). Laboratory QA Plans or Manuals must be included for
each laboratory retained to provide analytical services.
Analytical methods should be written and formatted in accordance with the EMMC guidance
provided in Appendix 4. Analytical methods must specify appropriate QC checks and samples
with explicit concentration and frequency requirements for preparation and analysis, QC
acceptance limits and required corrective actions for each step of the method.
Analytical SOPs should be written and formatted in accordance with Guidance for the
Preparation of Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs for Ouality-Related Documents ,
November 1995, EPA/6001R-96/027 (EPA QA/G-6). In addition to a detailed step-by-step
description of the analytical procedure, all SOPs must specify appropriate QC checks and
samples with explicit concentration and frequency requirements for preparation and
analysis, QC acceptance limits and required corrective actions for each step of the method.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10198
Page: 72of 129
Include analytical methods and SOPs for any planned contingency analytical work that may be
required.
Provide a detailed description, explanation and SOP for the use of all new and/or innovative
analytical techniques that will be employed during the project. Provide documentation of the
procedures as well as method performance data and criteria to support the use of new/innovative
techniques.
Examples of fixed laboratory methods and SOPs include, but are not limited to:
• EPA Standard Methods
• Fixed Laboratory Analytical SOPs
• Sample Receipt and Storage SOPs
• Sampling Tracking SOPs
• Sample Preparation SOPs
• Glassware Cleaning SOPs
• Calibration SOPs
• Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Activities SOPs
• Analytical Standards Preparation and Traceability SOPs
• Data Reduction Procedures
• Documentation Policies/Procedures
• Data Verification Procedures
• Data Management Procedures
• Sample and Sample ExtractfDigestate Disposal SOPs
Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table - Pros ide a Fixed Laboratory
Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table that contains the information in the format shown in
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20. An example of a completed Fixed Laboratory Analytical
Method/SOP,Reference Table is provided in Figure 20.
Figure 20. Example Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPI’ Worksheet #20
List all methods/SOPs that will be used to perlorm analyses in fixed
laboratories Indicate whether method procedure produces definitive
or screening data Sequentially number fixed laboratory SOP references
with an “L” prefix in the Reference Number column. Use additional pages
if necessary. Include copies of all methods/SOPs as attachments to
the QAPP or attach Laboratory QA Plans/Manuals for each laboratory that
will provide analytical services and reference the appropriate sections in
the project QAPP. The Reference Number can be used throughout the QAPP
to refer to a specific methodlSOP. (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 12.1
and 12.2 for guidance.)
Title: North Si, cci Properly QAPP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 47 of XX
Figure 20. Example Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table
Reference
Number
Fixed Laboratory
Performing Analysis
Title, Revision Date and/or Number
Definitive
or
Screening
Data
Region I
NESTS
Method
Code*
Analytical
Parameter
Instrument
Modified for Project Work
Y or N
L- /
Austin Laboratories
Method 524 2 Measurement of Purgeable
Organic Compounds in Water by
Capillary Column Gas
Chromatography/Mass Speciromeir
Rev 4 1. 1995
Definitive
524 2
VGA
GC’/MS
V
-A4S/MSD QC sample added
-See QAPP text for complete
description of method and
modifications
L-2
A ustin Laboratories
Glassware Cleaning for Volatile Organic
Analyses. Rev 3. 1996
NA
NA
VOA
GCYMS
N
L-3
A ustin Laboratories
Standards Preparation and Traceability
for Volatile Organic Analyses. Rev 1.
1995
NA
NA
VOA
GC/MS
N
L-4
Austin Laboratories
Sample Receipt. Custody, and Storage,
Rev 3. 1995
NA
NA
VOA
Ge/MS
N
L-5
Austin Laboratories
Preventative Maintenance and
Corrective Action Procedures for Gas
Clzronsatographs and Gas
Chron:aiograpWMass Spectrometers,
Rev 2, 1995
NA
NA
VOA
GC ’/MS
N
L-6
Ai st,n Laborago, ies
Hazardous Waste Determination and
Disposal Procedures, Rev I. 1996
NA
NA
VGA
GC’/MS
N
L- 7
Austin Laboratories
Final Report Prepai ation for Organic
Analyses, Rev 5, 1996
Definitive
NA
VOA
GC/MS
N
* For environmental data ‘ollection performed by EPA or its contractors, indicate the appropriate NESTS
NE DQO Summary Form.
Method Code as described on the EPA-
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 73 of 129
12.2 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP Modifications
If standard EPA methods or other published methods and/or SOPs are modified to meet project
quality objectives, then describe the modification(s) in this section. For example, the USEPA
CLP LowIMedium Concentration VOA Method in the Statement of Work for Organic Analysis
OLMO3.2 specifies a target compound list of 33 volatile organic compounds. The project
planning team may choose to add an additional compound (e.g., dioxane) to the target compound
list because it is a contaminant of concern at the site. This would constitute a modification to the
standard EPA method.
12.3 Fixed Laboratory Instrument Calibration
To ensure that the analytical methods and the selected instnimentation meet the project
requirements for selective, sensitive, accurate, and precise detection and quantitation of the
analytes of interest, it is necessary to completely describe the calibration procedures for each
fixed laboratory analytical instrument. This section of the QAPP demonstrates the ability of the
fixed laboratory analytical technique to accurately and precisely identify and quantitate the
contaminants of concern and other target compounds at the required quantitation limits and
within the required measurement ranges.
Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance and Calibration Table - Provide a Fixed
Laboratory Instrument Maintenance and Calibration Table that lists all fixed laboratory
analytical instrumentation and that contains the information in the format shown in EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #21. An example of a completed Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance
and Calibration Table is provided in Figure 21.
Figure 21. Example Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance and Calibration Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #21
Identify all fixed laboratory analytical instrumentation that require calibration
and provide the required information for each. Use additional pages if necessary.
If required information is included in an SOP, then summarize relevant information
on the worksheet and reference the appropriate SOP number. (Refer to QAPP
Manual Section 12 3 for guidance)
Title: North Street Property QAPP
Revision Number: 1
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 53 of XX
Figure 21. Example Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance and Calibration Table
Instrument
Activity
List Mainlenance, Testing
and Inspection Activities
Frequency oF
Calibration
Acceptance Criteria
Corrective
Action (CA)
Person
Responsible For
CA
Method/SOP
Reference*
GC/MS
VOA Analysis
Check connections, replace
di.sposables, bake out
instrument, recondition trap
and column, and perform
leak tests
IC-ins Irument receipt.
ntajor instrument
change, when CC
does not meet criteria
CC-al beginning of
each 12 hr shift, daily
before use
Mm RRF 005
for most VOC’s
except Ketones. THF,
etc See Method L- I
for complete list of
miniiiiuni RRFs
Mar RSD ±25%
for all target
compounds
See method
See method
Lucy Alcott
L- 1
Mm RRF 005
for most VOCs
except Ketones, THF.
etc See Method L- I
for complete list of
minimum RRFs
Mar %D ±30% for
all target compounds
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number from Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 74 of 129
Calibration procedures may be documented separately in this section of the QAPP or included in
the appropriate fixed laboratory analytical SOPs as attachments to the QAPP. In either case, the
items listed in Section 11.3 must be addressed for each analytical procedure.
12.4 Fixed Laboratory Instrument’Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection
Requirements
This section of the QAPP describes the procedures and documentation activities that will be
performed to ensure that all fixed laboratory instrumentation and equipment are available and in
working order when needed.
Equipment maintenance logs must be kept and equipment must be checked prior to use.
Describe the records that will be kept to document fixed laboratory instrumentation maintenance,
testing and inspection activities.
Discuss the availability of spare parts or spare instruments to ensure that project schedules are
met. Discuss how instruments are controlled, instrument security and log-in/log-out procedures
to ensure instrument availability.
List all instrument maintenance, testing and inspection activities on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
#21.
12.5 Fixed Laboratory Inspection and Acceptance Requirements for Supplies
This section of the QAPP documents procedures and activities that will be performed to ensure
that all supplies used in fixed laboratory work will be available when needed and will be free of
contaminants of concern, other target compounds, and interferences.
Itemize the supplies that will be used when performing fixed laboratory work. ldentii y all
vendors for supplies and reagents.
Describe the procedures that will be used to ensure supply cleanliness and reagent purity.
Discuss procedures for recording reagent lot numbers and procedures for measuring supply
cleanliness. Document corrective action procedures employed to prevent the use of unacceptable
supplies. Identii , the person(s) responsible for checking supplies and implementing corrective
actions. If this information is contained in an SOP, then cite the SOP reference. Alternatively,
the required information may be presented in a table.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 75of 129
Quality Control Tasks
13.0 QuaLity Control Requirements (EPA QA/R-5 Elements: B5)
Quality Control (QC) is the system of technical activities which measures the performance of a
process. Different QC checks and samples are used to both prevent and identify specific sources
of error in a particular project activity or part of a process. For additional information on QC
checks and samples and guidance on the interpretation of QC data and its impact on data
usability, the reader should refer to the most recent revision of the Region L EPA-NE Data
Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses .
There are two general types of QC checks and samples:
1. Batch-specific QC: These include QC samples that are handled, prepared, and analyzed
concurrently with environmental samples to ensure that the procedures used to collect.
transport, and analyze a group/batch of samples are performed under known, well-defined
conditions (i.e., they are in control).
Certain QC samples provide batch-specific information that reflects the cumulative
measurement error for a specific project activity, or group of activities. For example, an
equipment blank identifies the level of contamination introduced into a batch of samples
when sequential field samples are taken using the same sampling equipment. To further
isolate potential sources of equipment blank contamination, additional QC samples must be
collected and analyzed, including bottle blanks, trip blanks (volatile organics only),
decontamination solvent blanks and laboratory blanks. Refer to Tables 2, 3 and 4 for a
summary of specific information derived from QC samples.
Field and laboratory instrument performance, calibration checks and PESs, Laboratory
Fortified Blanks, etc., are also examples of QC associated with defmed groups or batches of
samples.
2. Sample-specific QC: In contrast to batch-specific QC, sample-specific QC checks and
samples are used to evaluate potential sources of error in the collection, transport and
analysis of individual samples. For example, the addition of acid preservative to aqueous
metal samples must be evaluated for each individual sample. Also, sample-specific
matrix effects and laboratory performance on individual organic samples are assessed by
spiking samples with surrogate compounds prior to preparation andlor analysis and
determining their recoveries. Matrix spikes and matrix spike duplicates are also used to
assess matrix effects and laboratory performance on individual organic and inorganic
samples. Instrument performance precision for the analysis of each organic sample may
be monitored by the addition of internal standard compounds.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 76of 129
In some situations, sample-specific QC data may be used to evaluate an entire sample
group/batch. For example, matrix spike/matrix spike duplicate (MS/MSD) data are used to
determine laboratory precision and method bias for specific organic sample matrices at the
time of sample preparation and analysis. MSIMSD data can be used in conjunction with
other QC data to determine if field sample results for a particular sample, or an entire
group/batch of samples, should be qualified due to an existing sample preparation and/or
analytical error.
Acceptable limits of performance must be defmed quantitatively and/or qualitatively and
documented in methods/SOPs and summarized in worksheets/tables for each QC check and
sample used in the project. These method- and laboratory-specific QC acceptance limits
must support the measurement performance criteria that were determined during the
systematic planning process. In turn, project data validation criteria should support both
method- and laboratory-specific QC acceptance limits and the project-required
measurement performance criteria. It may be necessary to modify the validation criteria
specified in Region I. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating
Environmental Analyses to achieve project objectives. For example, the USEPA CLP Low
Concentration VOA Method in the Statement of Work for Organic Analysis OLCO2. 1 states
that the Percent Difference (%D) between the most recent initial calibration and the
continuing calibration must not exceed ±30%. However, the Region I Functional
Guidelines validation criteria for continuing calibration %D is ±25%. If project quality
objectives allow for greater variability of data than allowed by the Region I Functional
Guidelines, then an expanded %D validation criteria should be documented in the QAPP.
See Appendix 3-3 of the Region I Functional Guidelines for additional discussion.
13.1 Sampling Quality Control
This section of the QAPP identifies the QC procedures, checks, samples, and their respective
acceptance limits, that will be used during the project to monitor the quality of various aspects of
the sampling event(s). Their required analysis frequency, acceptance limits and corrective
actions are also documented in this section of the QAPP.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 77 of 129
Types of Field QC Samples are listed in Table 2 and include, but are not limited to:
Table 2 - Types of Field QC Samples and Required Frequency
Field QC
Data Quality
Indicator&
EPA-NE Required Frequency 2
Chemical
Equipment Blank
(Rinsate Blank)
Contamination
(Accuracy/Bias)
Minimum 5% per parameter/per matrix/per sampling
procedure/per sampling team
Bottle Blank
Contamination
(Accuracy/Bias)
Minimum 1 per Lot # of bottles
VOA Trip Blank
Contamination
(Accuracy/Bias)
Minimum I per shipment cooler
Cooler Temperature Blank
(VOA only)
Preservation
(Accuracy/Bias)
Minimum 1 per shipment cooler
Performance Evaluation Sample
(PES) 3
Accuracy/Bias
Minimum I per SDG/per parameter/per matrix/per
concentration level
Field Duplicates 4
-Collocated Samples
-Duplicate Subsamples
Precision
Minimum 5% per parameter/per matrix/per sampling
procedure/per sampling team
Field Spli&
Enterlaboratory
Comparability
As per method and based on DQOs
Biological 6
Biological QC Checks (Biological
Specimen Samples)
Reproducibility, etc
As per method and based on DQOs
See Table 4 for additional DQI information.
2 The QAPP should indicate any deviations from EPA-NE required frequencies and provide justification.
3 Performance Evaluation Samples have been arbitrarily included under Field QC Samples. They primarily measure
analytical error, since their composition is unknown to the laboratory and they ongmate outside of the laboratory.
4 Fteld duplicates are two samples taken from and representative of the same population. Field duplicates are camed
through all steps of the sampling and analytical procedures in an identical manner and provide overall precision
information for the data collection event. Field duplicates can be subdivided into two categories. collocated samples and
duplicate subsamples
-Collocated samples are two samples collected next to each other in the same vertical position They are the result of
two separate sample collections at the same sample location. Collocated samples include, ambient air monitoring
samples, composite water samples, surface water grab samples, side by side sample corers, etc
-Duplicate subsamples are subsainples of one sample collection at one sampling location. For example, duplicate
subsamples are sometimes taken from soil borings or sediment cores
5 Split samples are two or more subsamples taken from a field sample and analyzed by different laboratories to assess
interlaboratory comparability. Field samples are homogenized to correct for sample inhomogeneity that would
adversely impact split sample data comparability pnor to splitting. Split samples should be as identical as possible
6 For additional examples of Biological QC Samples refer to Attachment B and C of the EPA-NE QAPP
Compendium
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 78 of 129
Field Sampling QC Table - Provide Field Sample QC Tables that contain the information in the
format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet 22a. An example of a completed Field Sample QC
Table is provided in below in Figure 22a.
If method/SOP QC acceptance limits exceed the project-specific measurement performance
criteria, then the data obtained may be unusable in making project decisions.
Figure 22a. Example Field Sampling QC Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 79of 129
If analytical parameters have multiple analytes. then provide a Field Sampling SOP Precision
and Accuracy Table that contains the information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet #22b. List the field precision and accuracy/bias (in terms of contamination) expected
for each analyte when using the specified sampling (and analytical) technique. An example of a
completed Field Sampling SOP Precision and Accuracy Table is provided in Figure 22b.
Figure 22b. Example Field Sampling SOP Precision and Accuracy Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #22a
Complete a separate worksheet for each sampling technique, medium/matrix, analytical parameter and concentration
level If an arialyticalparanieter’ has multipLe anaLytes. then complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #22b
Worksheet l$22b lists the overall field and analytical precision and accuracylbias expected for each nalyte when
using the specified sampling and analytical technique. lfmethod/SOP QC acceptance limits 2 exceed the measurement
perfon’nance criieria , then data may not meet user needs (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 13 0 and 131. and Table 4
For guidance
Figure lb. Example Field Sampling QC Table
Title: North Street i’ropeny Q4PP
Revision Number I
Revision Date: ilglc&
Page 5 6 of XX
Sampling SOP’
S - I
Mcdiuni/Mairix
Gil ’
Analytical t’araincicr’
I 04-524 2
Concentration I evel
Lou ’
Analytical McihudlSt)P
Reference
L-I
Sampler s Name
James Keller
Fieid S anipting
Organization
Chaucer Engineering
No of Sample I ocationa
5
Fieid (K
FrcqucocylNumbcr
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Umits’
Correcilve Ac lton (CA)
i’enonD) ResponsIble for
CA
t)ata Qusitty
tndtcaior (DQI)
Mea surement
Performance Criteria’
Equipment Blankal Rinsate
Blanks
I
No target compounds a QL
Ql I ug/L
Reclean, retest, resainp le. and/or
qisa45’ data
Fteld Sampler and Data
l’alrdator
Accuracy/bias-
Contam ination
No target compounds QL
Bottle Blanks
prei wusly ana lyzed
Lot 4 I’6285
No target compound.s a QL
Reclean, retest, reswnplc. and/ c,
quaI fy data
Field Sarnp icr and Dada
I’altdator
Accuracy/b ias-
Contamination
No target compounds a QL
\IOA lisp Blanks
1 per cooler
No target compounds a QL
Reckon, retest, resample. and/or
qual9y data
Field Sampler and Data
I’alidatar
Accuracy/bias-
Contam ination
Na target canipounds a QL
Cooler Temperature Blanks
I per cooler
4°C ±2°C
Resainple and/os qualify data
Field Sampler and Data
I ‘islidarar
Accuracy/bias-
preservati on
4°C, ±2°C
Field Duplicate Pa irs
See Worksheet W22b
Assess lobora loty precision and
resample and/or qualqfy data
— Field Samplt s and Data
I’alidator
Precision
RPD s 30% when P VC
dsiects for both field
duplicates are a QL
RPDc 4 0 °Ji when gaseous
P VC dettcrs for both field
duplicates are a QL
Collocated Samples
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Field Splits
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applica bit
Not applicable
Not opp lrcoble
Not applicable
PES sent to i.abcraimy
I
No false negatives, no false
positives, all target
compound.s ti’tthln
quantitatii’e iiurnlng limits
Qualify data and direct laboratory
to imeatigote problem
Data t’alidator and
Listsoraiory QAIQC Manager
Accnroc,j’/bias
No false negatives no false
positives, all target
compounds ivithin
quantttotive iiornrng limits
O il ier
*speciry appropnaw referet. :e ntsmberlletter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet ff13), Field Analytical MethodlSOP Reference
Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17), and Fised Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 8Oof 129
13.2 Analytical Quality Control
This section of the QAPP identifies the QC procedures, checks, and samples, and their respective
acceptance limits, that will be used during the project to monitor the quality of various
preparatory and analytical steps. EPA methods generally provide QC acceptance limits for most
of the QC checks and samples required by those methods. Certain EPA methods (and other non-
EPA methods) require that laboratories generate their own specific QC acceptance limits for
some of the QC checks and samples required by those methods. These method- and/or
laboratory-specific limits, however, may not be “tight” enough to support the project quality
objectives. In other words, QC sample or check results may meet method/SOP QC acceptance
limits but fail to meet the project measurement performance criteria as defined and documented
in Section 7.2. Therefore, it is important to select methods having QC acceptance limits that
support the collection of usable project data. Subsequently, it is critical to choose a laboratory
that is capable of meeting the project-required QC acceptance limits. Under the new PBMS
(refer to page 63, Analysis Tasks discussion) analytical procedures would be designed or selected
based on their ability to meet project measurement performance criteria (otherwise known as
measurement quality objectives under PBMS). Again, method- and laboratory-specific QC
acceptance limits, project measurement performance criteria and project validation criteria must
be complementary for project objectives to be achieved.
For some projects, the selected EPA method or non-EPA method may not have sufficient QC
checks and samples built into the method. In these cases, the Case Teams will need to specify
what additional QC checks and samples must be analyzed by the laboratory. The laboratory
should document additional project-required QC in its analytical SOPs along with the required
frequency acceptance criteria, and corrective actions for those QC checks and samples.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 81 of 129
Types of Field Analytical and Fixed Laboratory QC checks, samples and procedures are listed in
Table 3 and include, but are not limited to:
Table 3 - Types of Field Analytical and Fixed Laboratory QC Checks/Samples
and Required Frequency
Analytical QC Data Quality Indicators’ EPA-NE Required Frequency 2
Chemical
Method Blank
Accuracy/Bias (Contamination)
Minimum I per SDG/per parameter/per matrix/per
concentration level
Reagent Blank
Accuracy/Bias (Contamination)
As per method and based on DQOs
Storage Blank
Accuracy/Bias (Contamination)
Minimum I per Aqueous VOA SDG
Instrument (System) Blank
Accuracy/Bias (Contamination)
As per method and based on DQOs
Laboratory Duplicates
Precision
Minimum I per Inorganic SDG/per parameter/per
matrix/per concentration level
internal Standards
Precision and Accuracy/Bias
As per method and based on DQOs
Analytical Replicates
Precision
As per method and based on DQOs
Matrix Spike Duplicates
Precision and Bias
Minimum I set per Organic SDG/per parameter/per
matrix/per concentration level
Matrix Spike
Bias
Minimum I per inorganic SDG/per parameter/per
mamx/per concentration level
PES - Single Blind and Double
Blind
Bias
Minimum I per SDG/per parameter/per matrix/per
concentration level
Surrogate Spikes
Bias
As per method and based on DQOs
Laboratory Control Sample
(LCS)-Zero Blind PES
Bias
As per method and based on DQOs
Laboratory Fortified Blank
(LFB) 3 -Zero Blind PES
Bias and Sensitivity
Minimum I per Aqueous Low Concentration
Organic SDG/analytical parameter
As per method and based on DQOs for other
parameters, matrices, and concentration levels
Method Detection Limit Studies
(MDL)
Sensitivity
Annually per laboratory/per parameter/per
matrix/per concentration level
Instrument Performance Check
Samples
Sensitivity
As per method and based on DQOs
Initial Calibration
Accuracy
After initial instrument set up, as per method and
when calibration verification fails
Continuing Calibration andlor
Calibration Verification Checks
Accuracy
Minimum I per analytical shift and more
frequently as per method and based on DQOs
Biological 4
Biological QC checks
(Biological Specimen Samples)
Reproducibility, etc.
As per method and based on DQOs
‘See Table 4 for additional DQI information
2 The QAPP should indicate any deviations from EPA-NE required frequencies and provide justification
3 An LFB is defined in EPA-NE as an aliquot of reagent matrix spiked with several or all of the target
compounds/analytes at or below their quantitation lunits.
4 For additional examples of Biological QC Samples refer to Attachments B and C of the QAPP Compendium.
Region I QAPP Guidance
Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 82 of 129
As previously discussed, different types of QC checks and samples provide data that can be used
to isolate different sources of error throughout the measurement system. including
contamination, poor precision, poor accuracy/bias, and poor sensitivity. Table 4 summanzes the
information denved from different sampling, transportation, and laboratory QC checks and
samples. Note that this list does not include all possible QC checks and samples that are
available to the user. Also note that analytical methods may defme the purpose of specific QC
samples differently (e.g., Dioxin methodologies), and therefore it is necessary to adhere to the
QC definitions of the specific methods employed.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Table 4. Information Derived from Quality Control Checks and Samples
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev Draft
Dale 9/10/98
Page 83of 129
Data Quality
Information
Provided)
QC Checks
and Samplc
su ent
.
Sampling
Equipment
Sample
Container
Preservation
1 echnique
Sample
Mains
Shipment
Process
Sample
Storage®
Laboratory
Sample
Preparation
Reagents
Simple
Preparation
Equipment
Analytical
Method
Reagenta
Analytical
Equipment
Purpose
Accuracy/Bias
(Contamination)
Equipment
Blank
(Rinsate
Blank)
,
x
x
x
x
X
To evaluate carryover contamunauon
resulting from successive use of
sampling equipment
Bottle Blank
per Lot
X
X
X
X
X
To evaluate contamination introduced
from the sample container
‘OA Irip
Blank
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
X
loevaluate contamination introduced
during shipment
Storage Blank
x
x
x
x
X
loevaluale cross contamination
introduced during sample storage
Method Blank
X
X
X
X
loevaltiate contamination introduced
during sample preparation and/or
analysis by laboratory, including
reagents, equipment, sample handling
and ambient laboratory conditions
Reagent
Blank
per Lot #
X
X
X
X
To evaluate contamination introduced
by specific method reagents
Instrument
(System)
Blank
X
X
To evaluate contamination originattng
from the analytical reagents
instrumentation
Accuracy/Bias
(Preservation)
Cooler Temp
Blank-
VOA only
X
ro evaluate whether or not samplcs
were adequately cooled during
shipment
Region I QAPP Gutdance Draft 9/98
-------
Table 4. Information Derived from Quality Control Checks and Samples (continued)
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev Draft
Date 9/10/98
Page 84of 129
Data Quality
Indicator
Information
Provided)
QC Checks
and Samples
Sourees utMe suremesit Err w
S*WpteCollectI*
S*mp i t abOr*IOr
‘p
Sampling
Equipment
Sample
Container
Preservation
I echniquc
Sample
Matrix
Shipment
Process
Sample
Storage @
Laboratory
Sample
Preparation
Reagents
Sample
Preparation
Equipment
Analytical
Method
Reagents
Analytical
Equipment
Purpose
Accurac)/B,as
Matrix Spike
x
x
x
X
X
fo determine laboratory
preparatory and analytical bias for
specific compounds in specific
sample matrices
Surrogate
Spike
X
x
x
x
X
To evaluate laboratory preparatory
and analytical bias for specific
sample matrices
Laboratory
Control
Sample (LCS)
-Zero Blind
X
X
X
X
To evaluate the laboratory’s
ability to accurately identiI ’ and
quanlitate target compounds in a
reference matrix at a known
concentration, usually mid range
of the calibration curve
Performance
Evaluation
Sample-
Ampulated
Single Blind
Performance
Evaluation
Sample-Full
Volume Single
Blind
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
X
x
X
x
To evaluate sampte handling
procedures from ficld to
laboratory To evaluate the
laboratory’s ability to accurately
identify and quantitate target
compoundsunareferencematriX
Frequently used for data quality
assessments and for laboratory
self-assessments and external
assessments, . c , pre-awards and
laboratory 1 S/ts
rerrormance
Evaluation
Sample-
Double Blind
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
X
To evaluate sample handling
procedures from field to
laboratory To evaluate the
laboratory’s ability to accurately
identify and quantitate target
compounds in a reference matrix
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Table 4. Information Derived from Quality Control Checks and Samples (continued)
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: Draft
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 85 of 129
Data Quality
Indicator
(Type of
Information
Provided)
QC Checks
and Samples
SU U MtkkU t Cflt Etrat
. S..
Samv r ct on
S... .
. .. . .. .
Sample
Tiinspod
.... ....
..
S .. .. .. •. ..
.. . 5 .. S
Sampling
Equipment
Sample
Container
Preservation
Technique
Sample
Matrix
Shipment
Process
Sample
Storage®
Laboratory
Sample
Preparation
Reagents
Sample
Preparation
Equipment
Analytical Analytical
Method Equipment
Reagents
Purpose
Accuracy/Bias
(continued)
l.ahoratory
Fortified
Dlank (LFiI)
X
X
X
X
A type of LCS used to evaluate
laboratory (prepaiatory and
analytical) sensitivity and bias for
specific compounds in a reference
matrix at the quantitatlon limit
concentrations
Initial
Calibration
X
X
To ensure that the instrument is
capable of pmducing acceptable
qualitative and quantitative data
Continuing
Calibration!
Continuing
Calibration
Verificalion
X
X
To ensure the accuracy and
stability of the instrument
response
tnstrument
Perrormance
Check Sample
X
X
To verify that an instrument can
accurately identify and quantitate
target analytes at specific
concentration levels
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Table 4. Information Derived from Quality Control Checks and Samples (continued)
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev Draft
Dale 9/10/98
Page 86of 129
Data Quality
Indicator
( ype o
In form ahon
Provided)
QC Checks
anti Samples
SuvrcuotMeuUremcflt Etror
Sai pi Co flo
smpte
TflflSliOft
I. rstorv
Sampling
Equipment
Sample
ContaIner
Preservation
1 echnique
Sample
Mains
Shipment
Process
Sample
Storage tlj
Laboratory
Sample
Preparation
Reagents
Sample
Preparation
Equipment
Analytical
Method
Reagents
Analytical
Equipment
Purpose
Sensitivi*
LFB
X
X
X
X
A iypc of LCS used to evaluate
laboratory (prepacalory and
anal)l lcal) sensitivity and bias for
specific compounds in a reference
matrix at the Quantitation Limit
concentrations
MDI Studies
X
(ii
performed
using same
reference
matrix)
X
X
X
X
A statistical detemitnation that
defines the minimum
concentration of a substance that
can be measured and reported with
99% confidence that the analyie
concentration is greater than zero
Quantitation Limits
(QLs)/Practical Qis (PQLs) are
generally 3-10 times the MDL
Low Point of
Initial
Calibration
Cur c
-
X
X
To ensure that the instrument is
capable of producing acceptable
qualitative and quantitative data at
the lowest concentration that
sample results will be reported, the
Quantitation Limit
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Table 4. Information Derived from Quality Control Checks and Samples (continued)
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev: Draft
Date 9/10/98
Page. 87 of 129
Data Quality
Indicator
(T prof
Infor iat ion
Providtd
QC (he ks
and QC
Samples
Sour ei oIMti urewent Error
pi CUII tdntt S* .ip1e b r.t*r
.. S..
.-
Sampling
Equipment
Sample
Container
I
Preservation
technique
-
Sample
Matrl
Shipment
Process
Sample
Storage®
Laboratory
Sample
Preparation
Reagents
Sample
Preparation
Equipment
Analytical
Method
Reagents
Analytical
Equipment
Purpose
Precision
Field
Duplicates
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
To measure overall precision by
evaluating cumulative effects of
both field and laboratory precision
Laboratory
Duplicates
X
X
X
X
X
To evaluate laboratory preparatory
and analytical precision
Mains Spike
Duplicates
X
X
X
X
X
To determine laboratory
preparatory and analytical bias and
precision for specitic compounds
in speci tic sample matrices
Analytical
Replicates
(e.g., duplicate
Injections)
X
To evaluate analytical precision
for determinative instrumentation
Internal
Standards
X
To evaluate biological instrument
precision and stability
lnterlaboratory
Comparability
Field Splits
x
x
x
X
X
X
To evaluate sample handling
procedures from tield to laboratory
and to evaluate intcrlaboratory
comparability and precision
Reproducibility
Biological QC
Check
x
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
ro evaluate biological sorting
reproducibility between
laboratories and/or analysts
Region I QAPP Gutdance Dralt 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page 88of129
13.2.1 Field Analytical QC
Field Analytical QCSample Table - Provide Field Analytical QC Sample Tables that contain
the information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #23a. An example of a
completed Field Analytical QC Sample Table is provided in Figure 23a.
If method/SOP QC acceptance limits exceed the project-specific measurement performance
criteria, then the data obtained may be unusable in making project decisions.
Figure 23a. Example Field Analytical QC Sample Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #23a
Complete a separate worksheet for each medium/matrix, analytical parameler
and concentration level If an analytical parameteri has multiple analytes, then
complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #23b Worksheet 1 123b lists (he precision and
accuracy/bias expected for each analyte when using the specified analytical method or
SOP If method/SOP QC acceptance limits 2 exceed the measurement performance
criteria ’, then data may not meet user needs, (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections
13 0 and 13 2, and Tables 3 and 4 for guidance)
Figure 23a. Example Field Analytical QC Sample Table
Title: W C B IOH’tlj’ields QAPP
Revision Number: Draft
Revision Date: 6/23/98
Page 25 or XX
Mcd iuun/Mairu x
Sin!
Saiiipling SOP
.S .l
Analytical Parameter’
PCBs-Scree iung
Concentration I evei
Alediwn
Analytical Mctliod/ SOP
Re Ieicuicc
F-Il
Field AnaI)(icai
Organization
S 4RP
No of Sample I ocatuiiis
20
i.aburstory QC:
Frequency/Number
Method/SOP
QC Acceptance Limits ’
Corrective ActIon (CA)
Person(s) Responsible br
CA
Dali Quality
indicator (DQI)
Meisureineol
Perborm.nce CrIteria’
Method Blank
I per cx iv batch and
dail; after calibration
No Aroclors a lppm QL
Reclean reextract and reanalyze
Analyst and Data Ver(fter
Accuracy/bias
Contamination
No .4roclors a I ppm QL
Reagent 13 1a ,iL
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Storage itla ,iL
N4
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Instrument Blank
I evecy’ 10 samples and
as needed to assess
carrj 01 erfron, high
concentratso,i samples
No .4roclors a I ppm QL
Continue analyzing unstn,nisnt
blanL5 until acceptable
Analyst and Data I er fler
Acciiracy/ bias
Con lammatio u l
No Aroclors a I ppm QL
Laboratory Duplicate
I per 20 samples
See IV rksIueet M23b
Reanalyze and qualify data
Analyst and Data Ver fler
Analytical precision
RPD 50%
Laboratory Matrix Spike
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Matrix Spike Duplicates
N4
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
LCS
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
LFB ( Qt
I per erlr batch and
daily after method blA
60 140%
Reextract and reanalyze Do not
proceed with sample analysis
until acceptable P bS is obtained
Analyst and Data I erifter
Accuracy/bias
i40Y 0 @ QL
Surrogates
i per sample
40-60%. Rls within 30 sec of
CCAL
Reanalyze and quianti,fr data
Analyst and Data I erufier
Accuracy/bias
*40% ® QL
Internal Standards (tSs)
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Other Performance
Evaluation Samale
Da,l ’
No false negatives. iio false
positives, all Aroclors within
quantitative warning limits
Reextract, reanalyze
Qual& allfield data associated
with unacceptable PES
Analyst and Data Verifier
4t -c llrac)/bias
No false negatives, no false
positives, all Aroclors hit/tin
quantitative warning limits
* Specify appropriate r Ference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13) and (he Field
Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page. 89 of 129
If analytical parameters have multiple analytes. then provide a Field Analytical Method/SOP
Precision and Accuracy Table that contains the information in the format shown in EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet 23b. An exampLe of a completed Field Analytical Method/SOP Precision
and Accuracy Table is provided in Figure 23b.
Figure 23b. Example Field Analytical Method/SOP Precision and Accuracy Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #23b
Complete this worksheet when an analytical parameter
has multiple analytes. Describe the overall precision and
accuracy/bias acceptance criteria for the analytical methodl
SOP for all COCs and other target analytes. IdentifS’ the
COCs with an “k”• Use additional worksheet pages
if necessary. (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 13.0
and 13.2 for guidance.)
Sampling SOP: S-i
Analytical Method/SOP: F-il
Title: W. C Brownjields
Revision Number: Draft
Revision Date: 6/23/98
Page 26 of ) 2
Figure 23b. Example Field Analytical Method/SOP Precision and Accuracy Table
Analyte
Achievable Sensitivity/ [ Field Analytical Precision
Quantitation Limits j
Field Analytical
Accuracy/Bias
Aroclor 1242
/ uglg (thy weigh:)
RPD 50%
40-160%
Aroclor 1254
1 uglg (dry weigh:)
RPD 50%
40-160%
Aroclor 1260
1 ug/g (thy weight)
RPD 50%
40-160%
* Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #13) and the Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 9Oof 129
Field Screening/Confirmatory Analysis Decision Tree - If field screening techniques are
utilized, provide a decision tree or logic diagram to describe how samples will be selected for
subsequent confirmatory analysis.
13.2.2 Fixed Laboratory QC
Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample Table - Provide Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC
Sample Tables that contain the information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
24a. An example of a completed Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample Table is provided in
Figure 24a.
If method/SOP QC acceptance limits exceed the project-specific measurement performance
criteria, then the data obtained may be unusable in making project decisions.
Figure 24a. Example Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #24a Title: North Street Property QAPP
Complete a separate worksheet for each medium/matrix, analytical parameter Revision Number: I
and concentration level If an analytical parameter has multiple analytes, then Revision Date: 1/9/98
complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #24b Worksheet #24b lists the precision and of X ’
accuracy/bias expected for each analyte when using the specified analytical method or age
SOP If method/SOP QC acceptance limits exceed the measurement performance
criteria 5 , then data may not meet user needs (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 13 0
and 13 2, and Tables 3 and 4 for guidance.)
Figure 24a. Example Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample Table
“Mcdium/Mamx
QW
Sampling SOP
S-I
Ana lviical
Paramet er’
VO4 -524 2
Conccnmeion Lcvci
Low
AnaiyucaiMethodl
SOP Reference’
L-I
Laboratory Name
Austin Laboratories
No of Sample S
Locations
Laboratory QC:
Frequency/Number
Method/SOP
QC Acceptance Umi&
Correcnve Acnon
(CA)
Person(s)
Responsible mr CA
Data Quality
indicator (DQ1)
Measurement
Performance
Cntena 3
Method Blank
I per 12 hr sh(ft
No arges compoimdr QL
ReclewL retest. &
,, i a e
Analyst & Data
Vajidator
Accuracy/bias-
Contamination
No target
compowtdr QL
Reagent Blank
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
VA
Storage Blank
I per SDG
No target compowids QL
ReclewL retest &
reanalyze
Analyst & Data
Validwor
Accuracy/bias-
Coiuamtnanon
No target
compounds QL
lnsuwncnt Blank
As needed-to a u
carryowrfrorii high
cone samples
No Larger compowida s QL
Reclean retest. &
reanalyze
Analyst & Data
Voisdato,
Accuracy/bias-
Cosuaminanon,
No target
compounds QL
Laboratory
Duplicate
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
VA
Laboratory Mamx
Spike
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
VA
Mamx Spike
Duplicates
1 per LOG
See Works/we: f 24b
Reanalyze mid
qiasl fy data
Analyst & Data
Validator
Accuracy/bass &
Precision
Accuracy/bias-
*20% except for
VOC gases ±40%
Precision
RPDt2O%
LCS
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
VA
LFB
1 per day prior to
sample analysis
±40% @ QL
Do not proceed with
analysis win!
acceptable LFB
obtained
Analyst & Data
Vahdato,
Senswviay
±40% ( QL
Surrogates
Jper sample
80 .120% RRTs within 30
sec of CC
Rewsalyze and
qualifr data
Analyst& Data
l altdator
Accuracy/bias
-
internal Standards
(ISs)
2 per sample
Area counts within range of
-50 0% and+I00% of IC
IS Area RTsw,thin30zec
of CC
Reanalyze and
qua4fy data
Analyst & Data
Validator
Accuracy/bias &
Precision
—
Other___
* Specif ’ appropriate reference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #13) and the Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
#20).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 91 of 129
If analytical parameters have multiple analytes, then provide a Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP
Precision and Accuracy Table that contains the information in the format shown in EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #24b. An example of a completed Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Precision
and Accuracy Table is provided in Figure 24b.
Figure 24b. Example Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Precision and Accuracy Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #24b
Complete this worksheet when an analytical parameter
has multiple analytes. Describe the overall precision and
accuracy/bias acceptance criteria for the analytical method!
SOP for all COCs and other target analytes. Identify the
COCs with an “ “. Use additional worksheet pages
if necessary. (Refer to QAAP Manual Section 13.0 and
13.2 for guidance.)
Sampling Method: S-i
Analytical Method/SOP: L-1; VOA - 524.2
Title: North Street Property QAPP
Revision Number: /
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 59 of X
Figure 24b. Example Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Precision and Accuracy Table
Analyte Achievable Laboratory
Sensitivlty/
Quantitation Limits
Analytical Precision
Analytical Accuracy/Bias
Vmyl Chloride
/ ugiL
RJ’D 30%
60-140%
‘Benzene
RPD 20%
80-120%
Tnchioroezhene
RPD 20%
80- 120%
S
1.2-Dichioroeghane
RPD 20%
80-120%
Carbon Tetrach/oride
1. 2-D:chloropropane
1. 1.2-Tnchloroethane
cs-l,3-Thch loropropene
Bromoforin
Tetrachioroethene
1.2-D:bromoethane
1,4-D:chlorobenzene
Bromobenzene
Bromochioromethane
Bromodichioromethane
.
Bromomethane
RPD 30%
60- 140%
* Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #13) and the Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
#20).
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page. 92of 129
Data Acquisition Tasks
14.0 Data Acquisition Requirements (Non-direct Measurements) (EPA QA/R-5 B9)
This section of the QAPP identifies the sources of previously collected data and other
information that will be used to make project decisions. It is essential to identify the limitations
on the use of acquired data, since using data and information that are not generated under the
same quality objectives as the current investigation, may result in erroneous decisions. Diagram
5 outlines the process used to evaluate acquired data.
Acquired data are defined as information from any source outside of the current activity that may
impact the environmental decision making process. Secondary sources of acquired data and
information include, but are not limited to:
I Historical data (e.g., from organization’s/facility’s corporate records andlor federal/state
local records pertaining to previous monitoring events, site assessments, investigations, etc.)
Historical data may have been used in Section 5.2 to describe the site history and define the
environmental problem.
• Background informationldata from organization’s/facility’s corporate records andlor
federal/state/local records pertaining to site-specific industrial processes, process by-S
products, past and current chemical uses, raw material and finished product testing, waste
testing and disposal practices, and potential chemical breakdown products
• Data generated to verify innovative technologies and methods
• Data generated from computer databases (such as manufacturers’ process/product
information, waste management or effluent information)
• Environmental indicator data obtained from federal/state/local records
• Computer models or algorithms
• Literature files/searches
• Publications
• Photographs
• Topographical Maps
Note that the quality of acquired data will become an increasingly important issue for many EPA
programs, e.g., Brownfields initiative. To ensure that correct environmental decisions are made,
the same care should be taken using secondary data as is taken in generating new data.
Non-Direct Measurements Criteria and Limitations Table - Present a table that includes all
non-direct measurement data/infonnation that will be used for this project and their originating
sources in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet p25. Specify how those acquired
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: Draft
Diagram 5. Acquired Data Evaluation Process Daze 9/10/98
Page 93of129
PROCESS INFORMATION NEEDED
Gcnerat;onlCollection of
Original Data
C ,,
‘aJ
Data Generator Intomipuon .
E ______________
cl) ___________
0
a.
Gcncrazion(Collecuon of
Data
c i t
Evaluation of Acqwred Data
for Project Use
I-
L I
Information Doctmicnied .
• Project A pomx Critena
Identification and Docimientanon of
Lunttauons on Use of • .4cqt Data Uses
• Acquired Data Limitations
Acquired Data for this Project
• Organ mist Lcad
Completion of Environmciflal
Problem Definition Protect Case Team
(Section 5.2 & Diagram I)
• Originating Organization
• QAPP Approval Daie
• Data Gcncrazion/Coflecuon Dale(s)
• Data Types
• Data Generation Format
Data Source Infomnatron :
• Ongmauuig Organization
• Data Reporting Daze(s)
• Data Reporting Fomiar(i.e., Report,
Laboratoiy Darn Result Sheets, eta)
Sources Identified .
• H ricai Data
• Baclcgrcmd Infomiation
• DataGenaatedtoVent ’Iimovanvc
Tedinologies and Methods
• Do s Gateraled from Computer Databases
• Enviroor sattai Indicator Data
• Computer Models or Algorithms
• Liatrenee Fdcs/Sesrches
.Putd icanons
•
•Topogrsphlcal Maps
• Origmal Data Generation RequiremcmslCritena/R.esults
- Purpose and Scvpc of Original Study
• Effeenv ness of Saippling Design and Procedures
- Effectiveness of Analytical Procedures
• QC Procedures, Oteth and Samples
- Method andlor Lbvigo j.SpcciflcQC A r 1 itce Criteria.
Dacimt on and Results
• Verification and or Validation Procedures, Cn na,
Daanncnxio end Results
-Other M ’n U Procedures, Criteria. Decwrientaiion
- Softwere Validation Procedures, Criteria. Documentation,
end Results
• Docimemilion Co inplerfv t (Original Approved QAPP.
Final Report. Data GemLrna end Reporting Formats, eta)
d Quality ComidcomonslProblemzlUncerrnznues
• ad
Region I QAPP Guidance
Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 94 of 129
data/information will be used and the limitations on their use. Note: Since this table does not
capture all required information regarding acquired data. it is necessary to provide additional
information in the text. An example of a completed Non-Direct Measurements Critena and
Limitations Table is provided in Figure 25.
Figure 25. Example Non-Direct Measurements Criteria and Limitations Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #25
Identify information and/or data generated/collected outside of the current
data collection activity that will be used to make environmental
decisions for the project. Specify how those acquired data/information
will be used and the limitations on their use. These limitations include
data quality considerations/problems as well as documentation completeness.
(Refer to QAPI’ Manual Section 14 0 for guidance.)
Title: Titanic Shipyard QAPP
Revision Number: 2
Revision Date: 11/30/97
Page 20 of XX
Figure 25. Example Non-Direct Measurements Criteria and Limitations Table
Non-Direct Measurement
(Secondary Data)
Data Source
(Originating Organization,
Report Title and Date)
Data Generator(s)
(Originating Org., Data Types, Data
Generation/Collection Dates)
How Data Will Be Used
Limitations on Data Use
Soil Gas Data
Bio Watch Consulting. LTD
Titanic Shipyard Investigation
Report.” 11/20/95
Bio Watch Consulting. LTD
VOC Soil Gas Data. Sample Collection
Dates 10/19-23/95
To assess the potential sources of
contansinated soil and resultant
groundwater migration
I Unvalidated data used to
generate report
2 Insufficient data points to
fully characterize on-site
contamination and off-site
migration
Municipality Drinking
Water Data
XYZ Municipality
Quarterly Drinking Waler
Check Report, 6/95 - 6/96
Smith Laboratories, Inc
VOC Drinking Water Data. Sample
Collection Dates 6/12/95. 9/15/95,
12/10/95, 3/6/96. 6/12/96
To assess existing groundwater
contanhinotion
I Unvalidated data used to
generate report
2 Limited number of wells
exist to sample
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 95of 129
Evaluate and discuss: The quality of all non-direct measurement data as well as the
completeness of the data documentation. Identif ’ the generator(s) of the data, dates the data
were generatedlcollected and reported, source(s) from which the data were obtained and
procedures originally used to generate and collect the data (including sampling, analytical, and
assessment procedures). If known, describe all QC procedures, checks and samples that were
analyzed with the data set. Describe the method andlor laboratory-specific QC acceptance
criteria used for data generation and ascertain whether or not data were verified and/or validated.
If data were verified and/or validated, then describe the criteria and procedures used, the
documentation provided, as well as, the results obtained from previous verification and/or
validation activities. Refer to Sections 18.0 and 19.0 for a complete discussion of data
verification and validation.
Discuss in the text, the quality of the previously generated data, addressing the following issues:
• lithe data were generated under an approved QAPP or other sampling document, reference
the document by title, date, originating organization, and approving organimtion.
• Evaluate the purpose and scope of previous studies and compare with current study
objectives. Evaluate similarities and differences of the measurement performance criteria
and data quality indicators.
• Evaluate the design and implementation of previous studies by examining the following
issues:
• Whether study was conducted properly
• Whether control responses were within acceptable limits
• Whether standard sampling and analytical methods and/or standard QA/QC
protocols were available and followed by the study
• Include a brief description of the sampling procedures per matrix type (e.g., grab/grid for
surficiai soils, etc.) and analytical procedures per matrix type (e.g., SW-846 Method
3550/8270 for surficial soils, etc.).
• If performance and/or system audits and/or split sampling activities were performed, then
synopsize the results of those audits/activities.
• If data were verified and/or validated, reference the verification and/or validation procedure
by title, date, and originating organization.
• If data are obtained from a computer model/algorithm, then provide a brief description of
the validation of that computer software.
• If data are obtained from a database, then provide a brief discussion on the integrity/
accuracy of the database information.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 96 of 129
• Discuss the adequacy of the original QA documentation under which secondary data were
generated. For example, if insufficient raw analytical data are available to verify that an
instrument was calibrated accurately, then the secondary data may be not be usable for their
intended purpose.
Discuss all possible limitations on the use of previously generated/collected non-direct
measurement data for this project based upon the uncertainty surrounding their quality. Discuss
the nature and magnitude of that uncertainty. For example, discuss the impact of using
unvalidated historical monitoring data to answer project questions and support project decisions.
Unvalidated data may be scientifically inaccurate or may not meet the objectives of the user.
Also, discuss the impact of using acquired data with known analytical or sampling inaccuracy/
bias and/or imprecision. For example, document the sampling and analytical methods used to
collect and analyze soil VOA samples and discuss possible low bias in sample results.
Document the acceptance criteria used to determine whether those previously generated/collected
non-direct measurement data/information are usable for this project. For example, if acquired
drinicing water data will be used to answer project questions, then the QAPP should state that
only data generated by EPA/State certified or NELAP-accredited Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA) laboratories will be used for this project. Provide comparability criteria for previously
generated/collected non-direct measurement data (e.g., historical routine monitoring data) and the
data generated for this project.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 97of 129
Data Management Tasks
15.0 Documentation, Records and Data Management
(EPA QAJR-5 Element: AlO and BlO)
All project data and information must be documented in a format that is usable by project
personnel. This section of the QAPP describes how project data and information will be
documented, tracked and managed from their generation in the field to fmal use and storage in a
manner that ensures data integrity and defensibility.
15.1 Project Documentation and Records
Project Documents and Records Table - Provide a Project Documents and Records Table that
contains the information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #26. Identify the
documents and records that will be generated for all aspects of the project, including but not
limited to:
1. Sample Collection Records
• Field logbooks/notes
• Field data collection sheets
• COC records
• Custody Seals
• Sample Tags
• Telephone logs
• Airbills
• Corrective action reports
2. Field Analysis Records
• COC records
• Sample receipt forms/sample tracking forms
• Preparation and analysis forms and/or logbooks
• Tabulated data summary forms and raw data for field samples, standards, QC checks and
QC samples
• Other project-specific documents, i.e., telephone logs, MDL studies, Initial Precision and
Accuracy (IPA) Tests and corrective action reports
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 98 of 129
3. Fixed Laboratory Records
• COC records
• Sample receipt forms/sample tracking forms
• Preparation and analysis forms andlor logbooks
• Tabulated data summary forms and raw data for field samples, standards, QC checks and
QC samples
• Other project-specific documents in the laboratory’s possession, i.e., telephone logs,
MDL studies, IPA Tests, Laboratory Pre-award Documentation (including Pre-award PE
sample data and relevant copies of proposal package), and corrective action reports
4. Project Data Assessment Records
• Field Sampling Audit Checklists
• Field Analytical Audit Checklists
• Fixed Laboratory Audit Checklists
• PE Sample Results
• Data Validation Reports
• Telephone logs
• Corrective Action Reports
An example of a completed Project Documents and Records Table is provided in Figure 26.
Figure 26. Example Project Documents and Records Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #26
Identify the documents and records that will be generated
for all aspects of the project (Refer to QAPP Manual
Section 1 5 1 for guidance)
‘I’it Ic: 7 “(“Ic Shipyard Q 4 PP
Revision Number: 2
Revision Date: 11/30/97
Page 22 of XX
Figure 26. Example Project Documents and Records Table
Sample Collection Records
Field Analysis Records
Fixed Laboratory Records
Data Assessment Records
Other
Field Notes
Saniple Receipt. Custody and
Tracking Records
Sample Receipt, Custody and
Tracking Records
Field Sanipling Audit Checklists
COC Records
Standards Traceability Logs
Standard Traceability Logs
Field Analysis A tidit Checklists
Air Bills
Equipnzent Calibration Logs
Equipment Calibration Logs
Fixed Laboratory Audit
Checklists
Boring Logs
Sample Prep Logs
Sample Prep Logs
Data Validation Reports
Sample Thg
Run Logs
Rim Logs
PE Sample Results
Custody Seals
Equipment Maintenance,
Testing and Inspection Logs
Equipment Maintenance.
Testing and Inspection Logs
Corrective Action Forms
Telephone Logs
Corrective Action Forms
Corrective Action Forms
Telephone Logs
Corrective Action Forms
Reported Field Sample Results
Reported Field Sample Results
Reported Results for Standards,
QC Checks and QC Samples
Reported Results for Standards.
QC Checks and QC Samples
Instrument Printouts (raw data)
for Field Samples. Standards,
QC Checks and QC Samples
instrument Printouts (raw data)
for Field Samples, Standards,
QC Checks and QC Samples
Data Verification Checklists
Data Package Completeness
Checklists
Sample Disposal Records
Sample Disposal Records
Telephone Logs
Telephone Logs
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 99of 129
15.2 Field Analysis Data Package Deliverables
Specify required data package turnaround times for each field analytical parameter. Itemize the
required data package deliverables for all field analytical data generated in the field.
Field Analytical-Screening Data: The requirements for field analysis (screening) data packages
are project-specific. However, EPA-NE recommends that complete data packages (see Tables 5
and 6) be generated to ensure that data can be properly validated in accordance with Region I.
EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses . In
addition, the usability of field screening data depends upon the project quality objectives and the
comparability of those data to the full protocol (on-site mobile laboratory andlor fixed
laboratory) confirmatory data. If comparability issues arise during the comparison of field
screening and full protocol data and they cannot be resolved due to the nonexistence andlor
unavailability of sufficient documentation for the field screening data, then the achievement of
the project objectives may be jeopardized since those field screening data cannot be used to make
the planned project decisions.
Field Analytical-Definitive Data-Field Measurement: If field measurements (for example,
Specific Conductance, Temperature, DO, pH, Turbidity, ORPIEh, and residual chlorine) are
taken, then all field and QC sample results, calibrations and calibration verifications should be
recorded in a field log notebook to ensure proper verification of sample results.
Field Analytical-Definitive Data: If field analytical data are generated for definitive purposes,
i.e., by full protocol methods, then a complete data package (See Tables 5 and 6) should be
generated to ensure that data can be properly validated in accordance Region I. EPA-NE Data
Validation Functional Guidelines for EvaluatingEnvironmental Analyses .
If complete field analysis data packages (i.e., original raw data) are not required deliverables,
then the QAPP must justify this decision and specify which project data will be kept by the field
analytical unit, where the data will be stored (provide the organization’s name and address, and
identify exact location in building), and for how long (the length of required record storage is
program-dependent).
Even if complete data packages are not required deliverables in the QAPP, all hardcopy and
electronic data/information relevant to the project must be archived by the field analytical unit
together in one location to ensure their availability for potential future retrievalIuse.
For all data collection events performed by or for EPA-NE, it is required that magnetic tapes of
all field samples, QC checks and samples, standards and blanks be archived, if applicable to the
analytical technique, and be available upon request for one year from date of generation.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev: DRAFT
Date: 9/10198
PageS lOOof 129
15.3 Fixed Laboratory Data Package Deliverables
Specify required data package turnaround times for each analytical parameter for each fixed
laboratory retained to provide analytical services. Itemize the required data package deliverables
for all data generated in a fixed laboratory.
For all data collection events performed by or for EPA-NE, a complete laboratory data package
(as itemized in Tables 5 and 6) should be provided for each set of samples designated as a group,
i.e., SDG. A complete data package ensures that data can be properly validated in accordance
with Region I. EPA-NEData Validatio itFunctional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental
Analyses .
For all data collection events performed by or for EPA-NE, it is required that magnetic tapes of
all field samples, QC checks and samples, standards and blanks be archived. if applicable to the
analytical techmque, and be available upon request for one year from date of generation.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 101 of 129
As detailed in the “Training Manual for Receiving Laboratory Data Package Completeness,”
Appendix G of the Region I. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating
Environmental Analyses , complete laboratory data package deliverables include the following
documents:
Table 5- Complete Laboratory Data Package Documentation
COMPLETE LABORATORV DATA PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION
1. Original sample data package including tabulated summary forms and raw data for field samples. standards, QC
samples, and blanks (see below - sample data package)
2. A completed and signed Document Inventory Sheet used to record the inventory of the complete laboratory data
package
3 All original shipping documents including, but not limited to, the following documents.
a. Client Chain-of-Custody Records/Traffic Reports
b. Airbills
c. Custody Seals
d. Sample tags (if present)
4. All original receiving documents including, but not limited to, the following documents:
a Sample Log-En Sheet used to document the receipt and inspection of samples and containers
b. Other receiving forms or copies of receiving logbooks
c. Sample Delivery Group cover sheet identi1 ’ing the samples received for the group of samples in the data
package
5. All original laboratory records of sample transfer, preparation, and analysis including, but not limited to, the
following documents:
a Original preparation and analysis forms andlor copies of preparation and analysis logbook pages
b Internal sample and sample extract (organics) or sample digestate/distillate (inorganics) transfer Chain-of-
Custody records
6 All other original project-specific documents in the possession of the laboratory including, but not limited to, the
following documents:
a Telephone contact logs
b Copies of personal logbook pages
c All handwritten project-specific notes
d All other project-specific documents not covered by the above
SAMPLE DATA PACKAGE DOCUMENTATION
I Narrative
2. Tabulated summary forms for
• Field sample data (in increasing Client sample identification number)
• Laboratory standards (in chronological order by instrument)
• QC samples (in chronological order by type of QC sample)
• Blanks (in chronological order by instrument)
3. Raw data for field samples, laboratory standards, QC samples, and blanks (in chronological order by instrument)
4 Laboratory logbook pages for preparation and analysis of field samples, standards, QC samples, and blanks
5 Chain-of-Custody Records
6 Other project-specific documents in the laboratory’s possession
For organic data each type of tabulated summary form must be grouped by fraction (volatile, semivolatile,
pesticidefPCB). Depending on whether the data package contains organic or inorganic analytical data, the required
tabulated forms and format for field samples, standards, QC samples, and blanks will vary .
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Table 6 - Laboratory Data Package Elements
Region I QAPP Gu Idance
Rev DRAFT
Date 911 ( 1/98
Page 102 01129
DATA PACKAGE ELEMENTS
VOA
SVOA
PESTJPCB
METALS
CU
J__OTHER
• INVENTORY ShEET (Org and Inorg DC- i Fonn)
X
X
X
X
X
X
• NARRATIVE (Org Narrative. burg Cover Page)
X
X
K
K
K
K
• EPA SIIIPPINO IRECEIVINCJ DOCUMENTS AND INTERNAL LABORATORY COC RECORDS
-Airb i lls -
K
K
X
K
- . X
K
- Chain tat Custody Records/Forms (Traffic Report) - -
X
K
K
K
- X
-
?1.
-SampleTags
x
x
x
x
x
x
- Sample Log in Sheet (Org and burg DC-I Form) -
X
K
X
K
K
K
- Miscellaneous Shipping/Receiving Retords .. . . . .
.
. .
..
. .
..
- Internal Lab Sample Transfer Records and Tracking Sheets
K
K
K
K
K
K
• SAMPL.E DATA
- Tabulated Summary Form for Field Sample and PE Sample Results (Ore and Inor !? !r ! . .
K
X
X
2 1 ..
.
- Tentatively Identilied Compounds Tabulated Summary ! tt !s !0r Form IT (S) . -
K
K
.- .
-
--
- Reconstructed Total ion Chromatogram RIC !or each sample . .
.
.
- Raw spectra of target conipouiai and background subtracted spectrum of tar!etconspou S for each sample - -
- K
.
.
- Mass spectra of all reported TICS/three best library matches (or each sample
from
. -
.
.. ‘1.
.
. .
. .
-
- Clirornato rants
sample .. . . .
- CC Integration report or data system printouts and calibration plots for each sample .. . .
.
.
.
.
- Pesticide/PCI) Identification Tabulated Summary Form (Or; Form X l
?1..
.
.
.
- For PcatJPClis confirmed by GC/MS, copies of raw spectra and bacipround subiracied spectru m of target compounds
,
.
1 .
.
.
. .
.
- CPC sample cbromatogrants
K
?!
.
.
.
..
- Manual worksheets . . - .
.
X
X
X
. 21..
- Sample preparatmon/extraction/digestton log (Inorg Forms XIII) and logbook pages
K
K
K
X
K
I C
VOA = volatile organic compounds C M = cyamde
SVOA = sernivolattle organic compounds Other = tither parameters
PEST = pesticide organic cutmspouiids ( ) = Form Nunther, refer to CLP SOW ( ‘truss
PC I ) = pt’lychlorinated hiplienylc
Region I QAPP Guidatice Drafi 9/98
-------
Table 6 - Laboratory Data Package Elements (continued)
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev• DRAFT
Dare 9/10/98
Page 103 ol 129
DATA PACKAGE ELEMENTS
VOA
SVOA
PEST/PCB
METALS
Cr4
OThER
• SAMPLE DATA (continued)
- Sample analysis run log (Inorg Form XIV? and Io brrok pa cs
X
X
X
X
X
•
X
-ICPRawL)ata
.
X
.
- Furnacc AA Raw Data
- - X
.
Mercury Raw Data .
Cyanide Raw Data
.
.
X
•
Other Analytical Raw Data
X
• STANDARDS DATA
- Method Detection Limit Study Tabulated Summary Form
.
X
•
X
X
X
X
• Initial Calibration Tabulated Summary Form (Org Form VI. Inorg Form IIA) .
•.. .
X
X
X
X
•
•
(
Continuing Calibration Tabulated Summary Form (Org Form VII , lnor Form lIP.) -
..
. X
.
- .
.
X.
(
RICs and Quan Re ons br al! (3C/MS standards . . . .• .
X
X
•
•
Pesticide Analyte Resolution Tabulated Surnmaty Form (Or Form VI, Pest-4) ,• • ,
.. .
•
.
Pesticides Calibration Verilication Tabulated Summary Form (Or Form Vil, F- Pcsl-2)
• •
•
.
.• X
- Pesticide Analytical Sequence Tabulated Summary Form (Or Form VIII Pesi)
•
.. .
•
•
.
- GC Chtomatugrams and data system priniouts for all OC tarxIards •
•
.
- For Pesticide /Aroclors confirmed by GC/MS. CO iCS ni srectra lot standards usd •
.
. .
.
.
.
- (3PC Caltbrat,rpn Tabulated Summary Form (Org Form IX, Pcsi-2) •
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
- Florisil Cartrtiige Check Tabulated Summary Form(Or? FornilX. Pest-I)
,
.
. .
X
•
- Insirument Detection Limits Tabulated Summary Form (Inor Form X) • .. .
“
(
.
ICP huerelemeru Correction Factors Tabulated Summary Form (Inor form XIA and X!B)
•
•
. •
. .
X
. .
.
- ICP Linear Ran?cs Tabulated Summary Form (lnor on X!l) .
.
•
. X
,•
- CRDL Standards for AA and ICP Tabulated Summary Form (!nor Earns I!B) ..
. ..
..
•
X
Standards preparation logbook pages
X
X
X
X
X
X
VOA = volatile organic compounds CN = cyanide
SVGA = sernivnlatile orgaiiic ennipounmis Other = other parameters
PEST = pesticide organic cniiipiiummds ( ) = Fortn Nunihcr. refer to CLP SOW forms
PUB = polycliltirinamed biplietsyl
Region I QAPP Guidance DraIl 9/98
-------
Table 6 - Laboratory Data Package Elements (continued)
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev : DRAFT
Date. 9/10/98
Page 104 of 129
[ DATA PACKAGE ELEMENTS
VOA
SVOA
PESTIPCB
METALS
CN
OThER
• QC DATA
- Tuning and Mass Calibration Tabulated Summary form (Or ForrnV)
X
X
- Surrogate Percent Recovery Tabulated Summary rorm (Ore Form!I) .
X
X
X
- MS/MSI) Recovery Tahulatcd Summary Form (Org Form III) ...
X
X
X
- Method Blank Tabulated Summary Form(Org Form IV and lnor Form III) -
X
X
X
X
• Internal Standard Area and RT Tabulated Summary Form (Ore Form VIII) -
- X
X
•
•
- QC Raw Data - RICs Chromato?rams. Quan Reports. Inze ration Reports. Mass Spectra.
.
. X
X
X
ICP Interre,cni.c Check Sautiple Tabulated Summary !9” (!‘i . !“).
.
- Spike Sample Recovery Tabulated Summary !?r Form VA
.
• Post Digest Spike Sample Recovery Tabulated Summary Form (Inor? Form V8)
X
- Duplicates Tabulated Summary Form(Inor Form VI)
.. . .
X
- Internal Laboratory Control Sample Tabulated Summary Form (Inor Form VII) • ...
. ...
.‘
- Standard Addition Results Tabu!atcd Summary Form (Inor Form YIII)
. . ..
. . .
ICP Serial Dituttuns Tabulated Summary Form (lnor ForrnlX)
.x
.QC Raw Data - ICP. Furnace. Mercury computer prmtouts.cw
..
..
- QC sample preparation logbook pages
X
X
X
X
X
X
• MISCELLANEOUS DATA
Original preparation and analysis lorms or copies of preparatwfl aixi icjgbook PM 55
.. x
-Screenin records
.
...
.
- All ,nstnsment output. includin? strip charts, from screenuM
..
. X
Preparation Lop Raw Data , . ...
.
- Percent Solids Ociermunatuon Lo ....
. .
.. X
.
. X
• Other Records (ca Telephone Cominunicatton Log)
X
X
X —
X
X
X
VOA = volatile organic compounds CN cyanide
SVOA = teintvolatile organic compounds Other other parameters
PEST = pesticide organic compounds ( ) = Form Number, reler to CLP SOW lorms
PCB = prilyclilnrinatrd hiphcuiyls
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: lOSof 129
15 4 Data Reporting Formats
Discuss procedures andlor SOPs for recording data, including guidelines for recording
(manually, legibly in ink, initialed and dated by the responsible person) and correcting data (e.g.,
single line drawn through errors, initialed and dated by the responsible person).
Include, as an attachment to the QAPP or provide in the LQAP or Laboratory QA Manual,
example copies of hardcopy data reporting forms and all verification checklists/forms. If
applicable, discuss electronic data deliverables format and content specifications, and necessary
computer configuration requirements. Include, as an attachment to the QAPP or provide in the
LQAP or QA Manual, example copies of all electronic data deliverable forms.
15.5 Data Handling and Management
Describe all computerized and manual procedures that trace the path of all data from generation
to final use and storage. Alternatively, include applicable SOPs as attachments to the QAPP.
Also describe the associated quality checks for error detection that are performed to ensure data
integrity. The following data management steps should be addressed:
• Data Recording
- Provide examples of data entry forms.
- Describe internal checks to detect errors, i.e., transcription and calculation errors, etc., the
resultant documentation generated. and responsible personnel. Provide examples of all
verification checklists/forms.
• Data Transformations/Data Reduction
- Provide formulae used in data conversions, e.g., calculation of dry weight field sample
concentrations, etc.
- Describe when and how data conversion procedures are performed, how they are
checked, the resultant documentation generated. and responsible personnel.
- Describe all data manipulations involved in reducing raw data to reportable data and
responsible personnel.
- Provide an example of how raw data are reduced for all manual and automated
calculations, e.g., calculation of sample concentrations from peak areas, etc.
- Provide references to specific software documentation for automated data processing.
- Describe internal checks to detect errors, the resultant documentation generated, and
responsible personnel. Provide examples of all verification checklists/forms.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: lO6of 129
• Data Transfer/Transmittal
- Identify electronic data transfer software.
- Provide examples of electronic data transfer forms.
- Describe manual data transcription and electronic transmittal procedures, the resultant
documentation generated. and responsible personnel.
- Describe internal checks to detect errors, the resultant documentation generated, and
responsible personnel. Provide examples of all verification checklists/forms.
• Data Analysis
- Identify and describe the data equipment and computer hardware and software that will
be used to process, compile and analyze project data, e.g., the Laboratory Information
Management Systems (LIMS), and acquired/secondary data (as discussed in Section
14.0).
- Describe in detail, and/or include as attachments to the QAPP, the computer models
and/or algorithms that will be used for data analysis and justify their use for this project.
- Identify hardware requirements (specifically computer disk space, memory, and speed)
that will be required to run and compile modeling data.
- Describe any specific performance requirements for the hardware/software configuration.
model or algorithm.
- Describe computer test procedures and manual verification check procedures used to
demonstrate acceptability of hardware/software configurations and computer programs
and models, the resultant documentation generated, and personnel responsible. Provide
example check data and examples of all verification checklists/forms.
• Data Assessment
- Describe in detail, and/or include as attachments to the QAPP, the computer validation
programs that will be used to validate data.
- Describe in detail, and/or include as attachments to the QAPP, statistical computer
programs that will be used to assess data.
• Identify hardware requirements (specifically computer disk space, memory, and speed)
that will be required to run validation and/or assessment software.
- Describe computer test procedures and manual verification check procedures used to
demonstrate acceptability of hardware/software configurations and computer programs,
the resultant documentation generated, and personnel responsible. Provide examples of
all verification checklists/forms.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 107 of 129
15.6 Data Tracking and Control
• Data Tracking
- Describe, and/or include as attachments to the QAPP, procedures for tracking data as they
are collected, transformedlreduced, transmitted and analyzed; the resultant documentation
generated, and the responsible personnel.
• Data Storage, Archival and Retrieval
- Discuss, and/or include as attachments to the QAPP, data storage, archival and retrieval
procedures for all project data, documents, records and reports. Differentiate between
hardcopy and electronic data and information.
- Identify specific project data, documents, records, reports, etc. that will be stored and/or
archived. Differentiate between hardcopy and electronic data and information.
Differentiate between documentation stored at a subcontracted laboratory and
documentation archived by the Lead Organization. If data package deliverables do not
include all data documentation, then describe what data (for field screening, field analysis
and fixed laboratory) will be kept by which laboratory or other organization, and provide
the exact physical locations, i.e., complete laboratory/organization name, address and
specific location in the building.
- Identify the org ni7itions and personnel that are responsible for storing/archiving/
retrieving specific project documents. Identify the responsible document control
personnel, including organizational affiliation, telephone and telefax number.
- Describe where the documents will be stored during the project and where the documents
will be archived. Provide exact locations (organization name, complete address and
specific location in building) and tixneframes in which documents will be moved from
one location to another.
- Indicate when documents will be archived to a final location.
• Data Security
- Describe, and/or include as attachments to the QAPP, procedures for data security.
- Describe, and/or include as attachments to the QAPP, procedures for computer security.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region 1 QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 108 of 129
ASSESSMENT/OVERSIGHT ELEMENTS
This element group ensures that planned project activities are implemented as descnbed in the
QAPP, and that reports are provided to apprise management of the project status and any quality
issues which arise during implementation. Assessment activities ensure that the resultant data
quality is adequate for its intended use and that appropriate responses are in place to address non.
conformances and deviations from the QAPP.
Frequently, deviations from the QAPP are identified by project personnel without the benefit of
formal scheduled assessments. This section also addresses these situations and describes the
process by which the need for corrective action is documented, reported, implemented and its
effectiveness assessed.
16.0 Assessments and Response Actions
This section of the QAPP identifies the number, frequency and type of planned assessment
activities that will be performed for the project. Assessments should be conducted periodically
throughout the project by entities internal andlor external to the project to ensure that usable data
are generated. In addition, oversight assessments should be performed by the Approval
Authority to identify and correct non-conlormances so that project quality objectives can be
achieved.
Appropriately scheduled assessments allow management to implement corrective action
measures in a timely manner, thereby minimizing the impact of a non-conformance on achieving
project quality objectives. The project quality objectives dictate the type, frequency, and extent
of the assessments which should be performed.
Choose assessments that identify activities with the most influence on data quality and that
provide information about potential problems and mistakes. Sampling error is generally thought
to contribute the majority of the measurement error associated with project data, where:
Measurement Error = Sampling Error + Analytical Error
Therefore, it is recommended that all data generation/collection operations include at least one
field sampling technical systems audit (TSA) at the start of field sampling activities so that
effective corrective action measures can be implemented to mitigate the extent and impact of
identified non-conformances. Investigative projects and routine monitonng projects should also
include field analytical, field laboratory andior fixed laboratory TSAs as appropriate. A
Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study with known human health and/or ecological risks
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 109 of 129
should include comprehensive assessments of field sampling and field analyticallfleld
laboratory/fixed laboratory measurement procedures, proposed remediation technologies, and an
evaluation of the risk assessment procedures that will be employed.
Use EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #27a to describe activities for identifying and correcting any
problems encountered during the project.
16.1 Planned Assessments
If no assessments are planned., then document this information and provide a justification in this
section of the QAPP.
Project Assessment Table - Provide a Project Assessment Table that includes the information in
the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #271,. An example of a completed Project
Assessment Table is provided in Figure 27.
Figure 27. Example Project Assessment Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #27b
Identify the frequency, number and type of planned assessment
activities that will be performed for the project. (Refer to
QAP? Manual Sectious 16.0-16.3 for guidance.)
Figure 27. Example Project Assessment Table
Title: Noitit Street Properly QAPP
Revision Number: I
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 54 of XX
Assessment Type
Frequency
Internal or
External
Organization
Performing Assessment
Person(s) responsible For
performing assessment, title
and organizational affiliation
Person(s) responsible for
responding 10 assessment
findings, title and
organizational afliliallon
Person (a) responsible for
idenuilying and
impleinenling corrective
ictions (CA), title arid
organizational affiliation
Person (a) responsible
For monitoring
effectiveness oF CA,
title and organizational
affiliation
Field Sampling
Ted/mica! Systems
Audit
I/A l
startup of
sampling
internal
Chaucer Engineering
Claire Carpenter, Project
QA Officer Chaucer
Engineering
James Keller, Field
Sanipling Coordinator,
Chaucer Engineering
James Keller. Field
Sampling Coordinator.
Chaiices Engineering
Claire Carpenter,
Project QA Officer,
C/iauc er Engineering
Fixed Laboratory
Technical Systems
Audit
i/Prior to
sample
receipt
External
Chaucer Engineering
Claire Carpenter, Project
QA Officer, Chaucer
Engineering
John Grissom, Laboratory
QA/QC Manager, Austin
Laboratories
John Grissom,
Laboratory QA/QC
Manager, Austin
Laboratories
John Grsssom,
Laboratory QA/QC
Manager. Austin
Laboratories
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: hOof 129
Many different types of assessments are available to evaluate the effectiveness of project
activities. The following may be performed as internal or external assessments by project
participants or as oversight audits by EPA-NE or the delegated Approval Authority.
Field Sampling Technical Systems Audit (TSA) - A thorough on-site audit during which
sampling design, equipment, instrumentation, supplies, personnel, training, sampling procedures,
COC, sample handling and tracking, data reporting, data handling and management, data
tracking and control, and data verification procedures are examined for conformance with the
QAPP. It is recommended that at least one Field Sampling TSA be performed at the start of field
sampling activities so that effective corrective action measures can be implemented to mitigate
the extent and impact of identified non-conformances.
EPA-NE routinely performs Oversight Field Sampling TSAs at the beginning of field sample
collection activities to assess the proper implementation of the documented field sampling
procedures, to identify needed corrective actions and to provide technical assistance to field
samplers.
Field Analytical TSA - A thorough audit of on-site field analytical techniques (not performed in
a mobile field laboratory) during which the equipment, instrumentation, supplies, personnel,
training, analytical methods/procedures, sample handling and tracking, data reporting, data
handling and management, data tracking and control, and data verification procedures are
checked for conformance with the QAPP. A Field Analytical TSA can be performed prior to the
start of, at the start of, or at any time during field sampling activities. However, it is
recommended that at least one Field Analytical TSA be performed prior to the start of the field
sampling activities so that effective corrective action measures can be implemented to mitigate
the extent and impact of identified non-conformances.
Field Laboratory TSA - A thorough audit of an on-site field laboratory during which the facility
(e.g., mobile lab, trailer, etc.), equipment, instrumentation, supplies, personnel, training,
analytical methods/procedures, laboratory procedures, sample handling and tracking, data
reporting, data handling and management, data tracking and control, and data verification
procedures are checked for conformance with the QAPP. A Field Laboratory TSA can be
performed prior to the start of, at the start of, or at any time during field sampling activities.
However, it is recommended that at least one Field Laboratory TSA be performed prior to the
start of the field sampling activities so that effective corrective action measures can be
implemented to mitigate the extent and impact of identified non-con.formances.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: ilIof 129
Fixed Laboratory TSA - A thorough audit of a fixed laboratory during which the facility,
equipment, instrumentation, supplies, personnel, training, analytical methods/procedures,
laboratory procedures, sample handling and tracking, data reporting, data handling and
management, data tracking and control, and data verification procedures are checked for
conformance with the QAPP. A Fixed Laboratory TSA can be performed pnor to the start of, at
the start of, or at any time during field sampling activities. However, it is recommended that at
least one Fixed Laboratory TSA be performed prior to the start of the field sampling activities so
that effective corrective action measures can be implemented to mitigate the extent and impact of
identified non-conlormances.
Split Sampling and Analysis Audit - A comparison study to assess interlaboratory precision
and accuracy. Split samples are collected by the investigative organi7ation. The sampler collects
one field sample and then physically splits it into two representative sample aliquots. One split
sample is analyzed by the audit laboratory and the other by the investigative organization. Split
samples quantitatively assess the measurement error introduced by the organization’s sample
shipment and analysis system. Split sample comparability criteria must be generated prior to
sample collection and documented in an approved QAPP. Refer to Diagram 2, Example Data
Comparison Flow Diagram and Criteria for Individual Aqueous Split Sample Results.
EPA-NE frequently performs Oversight Split Sampling and Analysis Audits to identify data
quality issues pertaining to sample shipment and analysis, and to identify needed corrective
actions.
Performance Evaluation Sample Tracking and Analysis - Results from Performance
Evaluation Samples (PESs) are statistically analyzed to provide information on routine
laboratory performance and the overall accuracy and bias of the analytical method. In
accordance with EPA Region I Performance Evaluation Program Guidance , a PES is sent with
each sample delivery group (for each matrix, analytical parameter, and concentration level) that
is sent to a laboratory unless an EPA or non-EPA PES does not currently exist for that particular
matrix, parameter or concentration level.
Data Validation TSA - A thorough review of the complete Data Validation Report including a
review of the associated analytical data package deliverables (tabulated and raw data) to ensure
that all required analytical data package deliverables and Data Validation Report components
were provided and contain the specified information. The Data Validation TSA also ensures that
the data validation procedures and actions specified in the most recent revision of the Region L
EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluation Environmental Analyses are
utilized, the data validation criteria specified in the QAPP are met, and the method- and
laboratory-specific QC acceptance criteria specified in the QAPP are met and were appropnate
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: ll2of 129
for achieving the project measurement performance cnteria. The Data Validation TSA also
evaluates whether the project-specific measurement performance criteria and data validation
criteria were appropriate for meeting the specified PQOsIDQOs and whether there were
analytical measurement performance usability issues affecting PQOIDQO achievement.
Data Package ISA - This is a type of Data Validation TSA that is limited to a review of the
complete analytical data package deliverable generated by the field and/or fixed
laboratory/organization to ensure that all required deliverables (tabulated and raw data) are
provided and contain all the information required to reproduce all reported results. The Data
Package TSA also ensures that the data verification procedures specified in the QAPP are used
by the laboratory/organization producing the analytical data package deliverable, it ensures that
the method- and laboratory-specific QC acceptance criteria specified in the QAPP are met and
were appropriate for achieving the project measurement performance criteria.
Management Systems Review (MSR) - A review of an organization or organizational subset to
determine if the management structure, policies, and procedures are sufficient to ensure that an
effective quality system is in place to support the generation of usable project data.
Audit Checklists - Use project-specific questionnaires and checklists when performing
assessments. Completed checklists should be attached to the QA Management Reports as
described in Section 17.0. Include project-specific Audit Checklists as attachments to the QAPP.
An example Laboratory Evaluation Summary questionnaire form is included in Appendix 5.
Note: Written Oversight Reports and Split Sampling Results received from EPA-NE or the
delegated Approval Authority, and subsequent corrective action responses generated by the
Investigative Organization, should be included in QA Management Reports and Final Project
Reports.
16.2 Assessment Findings and Corrective Action Responses
Describe how QAPP deviations and project deficiencies, which are identified through the
planned project assessments, will be handled. An example Technical Systems Audit Report is
included in Appendix 5. Assessment findings that require corrective action initiate a sequence of
events that include documentation of deficiencies, notification of findings, request for corrective
action, implementation of corrective action, and follow-up assessment of the corrective action
effectiveness.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: ll3of 129
For each type of assessment:
• Describe how deficiencies will be documented and communicated (e.g., verbal debriefing after
audit and/or written audit report, etc.).
• Describe what type of corrective action responses will be required and how corrective action
responses will be documented.
• Identify who will be notified of audit findings. Provide name, title, organization affiliation,
position, and telephone/telefax number of all individuals that must be notified of
deflciencies/non-conformances.
• Identify to whom the corrective action responses will be directed and in what timeframe.
• Include timeframes allowed for the notification of audit fmdings, the request for corrective
action and the transmittal of corrective action responses.
The required information may be presented in tabular format and attached to EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet #27.
The content and format of corrective action responses should be tailored to suit the project
quality objectives. In certain situations, a letter documenting specific procedural changes may be
a sufficient corrective action response. Appropriate procedural changes can include, but are not
limited to: additional staff training, revision of SOPs, and rescheduling of field and analytical
activities (to ensure holding times are met, etc.). Corrective actions, which require immediate
implementation to ensure that project quality objectives are met, may require work to cease until
those corrective actions are implemented and their effectiveness verified.
16.3 Additional QAPP Non-Conformances
Corrective action (CA) procedures also must be implemented when deviations from the QAPP
are noted by project personnel outside of the formal assessment process. In other words,
corrective action needs to be initiated whenever project personnel identify field sampling and/or
analytical problems that could potentially impact data quality and/or usability. Such incidents
should be documented and resolved using the procedures and personnel that were detailed for
planned assessments in Sections 16.1 and 16.2 of the QAPP.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: ll4of 129
17.0 QA Management Reports
Planned QA Management Reports ensure that management and stakeholders are periodically
updated on the project status and the results of all QA assessments. Efficient communication of
project status and problems allows management to implement timely, effective corrective actions
so that project quality objectives can be met.
QA Management Reports Table - Provide a QA Management Reports Table that contains the
information in the format shown in EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #28. Identify the frequency and
types of planned QA Management Reports, the projected delivery dates, the personnel
responsible for report preparation and the report recipients. An example of a completed QA
Management Reports Table is provided in Figure 28.
Figure 28. Example QA Management Reports Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #28
Identify the frequency and type of planned QA Management
Reports, the projected delivery date, the personnel responsible
for report preparation and the report recipients. (Refer to QAPP
Manual Section 17 0 for guidance.)
Figure 28. Example QA Management Reports Table
Title: North Street Property QAPP
Revision Number: 1
Revision Date: 1/9/98
Page 56 of XX
Type of Report
Frequency (daily, weekly
monthly, quarterly,
annually,_etc.)
Projected
Delivery Dale(s)
Person(s) Responsible for Report Preparation,
Title and Organizational Affiliation
Report Recipient(s), Title
and Organizational Affiliation
Verbal Status Report
Daily
At the end of
every day offleld
activities
James Keller, Field Sampling Coordinator,
Chaucer Engineering
Dorothy Parker. Project Manager/Geotechnical
Engineer. Chaucer Engineering
Verbal or Wi iuen Status
Report
As necessary
As necessary
Dorothy Parker. Project Manager/Geolechnical
Engineer. Chaucer Engineering
Howard Fast, Poe Recycling Project Manager, Poe
Recycling
Field Sampling Technical
Systems Audit Report
1/A: startup of sampling
3/15/98
Claire Carpenter. Project QA Officer, Chaucer
Engineering
Dorothy Parker, Project Manager/GeotechniCal
Engineer & James Keller, Field Sampling
Coordinator, Chaucer Engineering. Howard Fast.
Poe Recycling Project Manager. Poe Recycling
Fixed Laboratory
Technical Systems Audit
Report
I/Prior to sample receipt
2/15/98
Claire Carpenter, Project Q .4 Officer. Chaucer
Engineering
John Gr,sso,n, Laboratory QA/QC Manager &
Robert Galvan:, Laboratory Manager, Austin Labs,
Howard Fast, Poe Recycling Project Manager. Poe
Recycling, Dorothy Parker, Project
Manager/Geotechnical Engineer, Chaucer
Engineering
Data Assessnient Report
I/After all data generated
and validated
6/7/98
Brendan Rivers, Data Validator, BDO Quality
Services, Claire Carpenter. Project QA Officer,
Chaucer Engineering
Dorothy Parker, Project Manager/GeotechniCal
Engineer. Chaucer Engineering, Howard Fast, Poe
Recycling Project Manager. Poe Recycling: Henry
Thoreau, EPA Project Manager, EPA-NE
Final Project Report
I/After QA Management
Reports and Risk
Assessment completed
7/6/98
Dorothy Parker. Project Manager/Geotechnical
Engineer, Chaucer Engineering
Howard Fast, Poe Recycling Project Manager, Poe
Recycling, Henry Thoreau. EPA Project Manager,
EPA-NE
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page. ll5of 129
Describe the content of QA Management Reports that will be generated for the project.
Assessment checklists and reports, and requests for corrective actions letters (refer to Section
16.0), should be included as attachments to the QA Management Reports. Also, copies of all
corrective action response letters and CAFs should be included as attachments to the QA
Management Reports.
QA Management Reports should include an evaluation of measurement error as determined from
the assessments. Refer to Part I, Region I. EPA New England Data Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses and EPA QA/G-4 for guidance on evaluating
measurement error. Copies of Overall Evaluation of Data-Data Validation Memorandum -
Table I! from all Data Validation Reports should be included as attachments to QA Management
Reports whenever available. An example of a completed Table I I is included in Appendix 6.
All QA Management Reports must be included in the Final Project Report. If no QA
Management Reports axe generated for the project, then a QAJQC section which discusses the
following issues must be included in the Final Project Report:
• Summary of project QA/QC programs and trainings conducted during the project
• Conformance of project activities to QAPP requirements/procedures
• Status of project and schedule delays
• Deviations from the approved QAPP and approved amendments to the QAPP
• Results and trends of PESs by laboratory (per parameter, matrix and concentration level)
• Description and fmdings of TSAs and other assessments
• Results of data validation activities in terms of amount of usable data generated
• Required corrective actions and effectiveness of corrective action implementation
• Data quality assessments in terms of precision, accuracy, representativeness, completeness.
comparability, and sensitivity (Refer to Section 20.0)
• Limitations on the use of measurement data generated
The Final Project Report must meet project quality objectives and, at a minimum, include:
• Development of Project Quality Objectives, Narrative and Timeline of Project Activities
• Summary of Major/Critical Problems encountered and their resolution
• Data Summary including, tables, charts and graphs with appropriate sample
identification/station location numbers, concentration units, percent solids (if applicable),
and data quality flags
• Reconciliation of project data with project quality objectives
• Conclusions and recommendations
• All QA Management Reports (as attachments to the Final Project Report document) andlor
QA/QC section that addresses the issues listed above.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date 9/10/98
Page. ll6of 129
DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY ELEMENTS
This element group encompasses the activities used to ensure that only scientifically sound data.
which are of known and documented quality and which meet project quality objectives, are used
in making environmental decisions.
EPA-NE defines three distinct evaluative steps that are required to ensure project data quality
needs are met:
1) Data Verification - Data verification is a process of evaluating the completeness,
correctness, and conformance or contractual compliance of a data set against the method
standard, SOP, or contract requirements documented in the project QAPP. Data
verification should be performed internally by the analytical group or fixed laboratory
generating the data. Additionally, data can be checked by an entity external to the
analytical group or fixed laboratory. Data verification may result in accepted, qualified or
rejected data. In general, the EPA-NE data validation process serves to both verify and
validate data at the same time.
2) Data Validation - Data validation is an analyte- and sample-specific process that extends
the qualification of data beyond method, procedural, or contractual compliance (i.e., data
verification) to determine the analytical quality of a specific data set. Data validation
criteria are based on the measurement performance criteria developed in Section 7.0 of
the project QAPP. EPA-NE requires that data validation be performed by an organization
independent of the group that generates the data. Data validation results in accepted,
qualified or rejected data.
3) Data Usability Assessment - Data usability assessment is the process of evaluating
validated data to determine if they can be used for the purpose of the project, i.e., to
answer the environmental question or to make the environmental decisions that must be
made. Data usability includes the following sequence of evaluations:
- First, individual data sets are evaluated to identify the measurement
performance/usability issues/problems affecting the ultimate achievement of PQOs.
- Second, an overall evaluation of j data generated for the project is performed.
- Finally, the project-specific measurement performance criteria and data validation criteria
documented in the QAPP are evaluated to determine if they were appropriate for meeting
PQOs.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: ll7of 129
In order to perform any of the data evaluation steps above, it is necessary that reported data be
supported by complete data packages (as itemized in Tables 5 and 6 of Section 15.0) which
include sample receipt and tracking information, COC records, tabulated data summary forms
and raw analytical data for all field samples, standards, QC checks and QC samples, and all other
project-specific documents that are generated.
If relevant raw data and/or sample information documenting data quality are not available, then
data validation cannot be performed and only a limited data review can be performed. The
Region I QA Unit defines reviews of data/information that do not have sufficient,
documented QC as “Limited Data Reviews” (LDRS). LDRs result in unquantifiable
measurement error and an unknown degree of uncertainty associated with the data. Those data
are considered to be unknown and of undocumented quality. Ultimately, decisions that are made
based upon unvalidated data may be wrong.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
DateS 9110/98
Page. ll8of 129
18.0 Verification and Validation Requirements
Verification and validation procedures and criteria must be established prior to data evaluation.
Specific project verification and validation critena are developed to identify and qualify data that
do not meet the measurement performance critena as established in Section 7.0. Data
verification and validation criteria and procedures are documented in this section of the QAPP to
ensure that data are evaluated properly, completely, and consistently for use in meeting project
quality objectives.
The Region L EPA-New England Data Validat onFunctionaL Guidelines for Evaluating
Environmental Analyses provide Regional guidance and policies for performing data package
verification and data validation. The Region I Functional Guidelines specify’ a tiered system of
data validation so that a graded validation approach is available to suit varying project PQOs.
Note that each successive tier includes all evaluation steps from the previous tier(s).
In summary, the three data validation tiers are as follows:
Tier I: The data package is verified for completeness. The Tier I validation equates to an
external verification of the analytical data package for format, content, and
completeness. A data package Inventory Sheet is completed and signed. This
ensures that the data set is complete. PE sample results are evaluated to assess
potential data quality/usability issues. For Tier I validations, a Tier I Validation
Cover Letter is produced by the validator.
If a Tier I validation is performed without evaluating PE sample results, then this
results in data with documented but unknown quality.
A Tier I validation that includes an evaluation of PE sample results provides data
(limited to those matrices, parameters, and concentration levels for which the PE
sample applies) of known and documented quality.
Tier II The results of the QC checks and samples, analytical procedures and PE sample
results are assessed and applied to the data set. This will result in the proper
qualifiers being applied to the data For Tier II validations, a Data Validation
Report is produced by the validator. Tier II provides data of known and
documented quality.
Tier III: The raw data are examined in detail to check for calculation, compound
identification, and/or transcription errors. For Tier III validations, a Data
Validation Report is produced by the validator. Tier III provides data of known
and documented quality.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9198
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: ll9of 129
Specif r the Data Validation Tier that will be used to validate sample collection, handling, field
analysis. and analytical laboratory project data. Identify the specific Data Validation Tier that
will be used for each analytical parameter, matrix, and concentration level. If modified Data
Validation Tiers will be used to validate project data, then describe the modifications.
Validation Criteria Documents - All data collection activities performed by or for EPA-NE must
be evaluated in accordance with the most recent version of the Region I. EPA-New England Data
Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses . If alternate validation
guidance and/or modifications to the Region I Functional Guideline data validation criteria will
be used to evaluate project data, then the use of alternate guidance and/or modified criteria must
be documented and justified in this section of the QAPP and in all subsequent Data Validation
Reports. Include all alternate validation guidance and/or modified validation criteria documents
as attachments to the QAPP.
Document the procedures and criteria used to verify and validate data information operations.
These operations include, but are not limited to: the electronic and/or manual transfer, entry, use
and reporting of data for computer models, algorithms, and databases; correlations studies
between variables; data plotting; etc.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
DateS 9/10/98
Page 120of129
19.0 Verification and Validation Procedures
This section of the QAPP describes the process that will be followed to verify and validate
project data. Complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #29a.
Verification
Describe how sample collection, handling, and field analysis procedures will be verified
internally against the measurement performance criteria specified in Section 7.0. Identify the
field personnel responsible for verification (by name, title, and organizational affiliation). Include
telephone and telefax numbers. Describe how verification of field sampling, handling, and
analysis activities will be documented, e.g., QC signatures in field logs, QC checklist, etc.
Internal Verification :
Describe which sampling, handling, field analytical and fixed laboratory data will be verified
internally at the data generator level. Identify the field analytical and/or fixed laboratory
personnel responsible for data verification (by name, title, and organizational aftuliatiLn).
Include telephone and telefax numbers. Describe the end product of laboratory verification (e.g.,
laboratory-qualified data).
External Verification :
Describe which handling, field analytical and fixed laboratory data will be verified by entities
external to the data generator. Identify external verification personnel (by name, title, and
organizational affiliation) that will be involved in the project on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #5
and list their responsibilities and qualifications on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #6. Include
telephone and telefax numbers of data verification personnel.
Describe the matrices, concentration levels, and analytical parameters for which each data
verification group will be responsible. It is recommended that this information be provided in a
table.
Validation
Describe which sampling, handling, field analytical and fixed laboratory data will be validated
by entities external to the data generator.
Data Validation Summary Table - Provide a Data Validation Summary Table that contains the
information in the format shown on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #29b. Identify the matrices,
analytical parameters, and concentration levels for which each data validation group will be
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 121 of 129
responsible as well as the validation criteria and Tier Level which will be used to validate those
data. Identi& the data validation personnel (by name, title, and organizational affiliation) that
will be involved in the project on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet 29b and on EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet #5 and list their responsibilities and qualifications on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #6.
Include telephone and telefax numbers of data validation personnel. Identify (by name, title
[ Lead Chemist, Project Chemist, etc.] and organizational affiliation) the person and who is
ultimately responsible for data validation. This is the person who will sign the project Data
Validation Reports.
In accordance with theRegion!. EPA-New England Data Validation Functional Guidelines for
Evaluating Environmental Analyses , a separate Data Validation Report must be generated for
each SDG that is validated at a Tier II and Tier III data validation level. A separate Tier I
Validation Cover Letter must be generated for each SDG that is validated at the Tier I data
validation level.
Describe any data that will be utilized in data information operations. Identify the personnel (by
name, title, and organizational affiliation) responsible for computer modeling, database entry.
statistical evaluations, etc. include telephone and telefax numbers.
Figure 29. Example Data Validation Summary Table
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
EPA-NE QAP Worksheet #29b
List the vabdation criteria, data validation tier, data validator and person
ultimately responsible for validation (by name, title and organizational
affiliation) for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level.
(Refer to QAPP Mwiual Sections 18.0 and 19.0 for guidance)
Figure 29. Example Data Validation Summary Table
Title: Mile High Site
Revision Number: 1
Revision Date: 4/1/98
Page 9 of XX
Mcdium/
T Ialr.s
Anal) lital
Parameter
Concentration
Le eI
Vatidation Criteria’
‘aItdaIinn
Criteria
Modified ’
Dais
ValIdation
11cr Level
Modified
1 er Level
Used’
Data Validator (Name, title and
organizational aflullallon)
Responsibility for Data Validations
(Name, title and organizational
aflullaison)
Sm!
I T)A
Lou’
Region I, EPA-NE Data
Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating
Ent’,ronnsenial Analyses
N
II
N
Tout Terrific, Junior Chemist, Best
Review Coi?lpany. Son,ersv,lle.
MA 03215, Tel 617 832-5621
Joan Finsk, Lead Chemist, Whole
Would Consulting. Inc. Bodewell,
NH 0632/, Tel 593 825-8213
Soil
SJ’O(’
Loii’/Atcdiun,
Region I, EPA-NE Data
Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating
En;’,, onmeultal Analyses
N
I
N
Tom Ten ific, Ju,uor Chemist. Bert
Review Company. Soniersv,lle,
MA 03215, Tel 617 832-562/
Joan F,nsk, Lead Chemist. Whole
World Consulting, Inc. Bode well,
NH 0632/, Tel 593 825-8213
GJV
Metals
Low/Medium
Region I. EPA-NE Data
Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating
Environmental Analyses
N
ill
N
Paula Poundrrone, Senior Chemist,
IV/raiayuk Consulting, Axeville,
ME 15231, Tel 563 831-2568
Joan Fmsk, Lead Chemist. Whole
World Consulting. mc, Bode well,
NIl 0632 , l’el 593 825-82/3
‘If the most recent revision of (he Region I. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses will not be used to validate project data,
then document this fact and, on EPA-NE Worksheet #29a, provide a detailed description of the alternate validation criteria and/or procedures that will be used.
lit the Region I validation criteria will be modified to meet project objectives, then document this fact and, on EPA-NE Worksheet #29a, provide a detailed description of
the modified validation criteria that will be used.
a modified validation Tier will be used to validate project data, then document this fact and, on EPA-NE Worksheet #2%, provide a detailed description of the Tier
modifications that will be used.
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 122of 129
20.0 Data Usability/Reconciliation with Project Quality Objectives
This section of the QAPP describes how validated project data will be reconciled with the project
quality objectives, how data quality issues will be addressed, and how limitations on the use of
the data will be reported and handled. This section describes the scientific and statistical
procedures/methods that will be used to determine whether data are of the right type, quality and
quantity to support environmental decision making for the project.
Note: Data quality assessment is the final step in data evaluation and can only be performed on
data of known and documented quality, i.e., validated data.
Summarize the data assessment process and all data assessment procedures, including statistics,
equations, and computer algorithms that will be used to assess data. Describe the data generation
reporting formats and the documentation that will be generated during data assessment. Identify
the personnel (by name, title, and organizational affiliation) responsible for performing the data
assessment. Complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #30
A Formal Data Quality Assessment (DQA) Process is described in Guidance for the Data Oualitv
Assessment Process: Practical Methods for Data Analysis , EPA QA/G-9, July 1996. EPA
QA/G-9 provides guidance on many statistical and graphical assessment tools. The Formal DQA
Process consists of five steps:
1. Review DQOs and Sampling Design
2. Conduct Preliminary Data Review
3. Select Statistical Test
4. Verify Assumptions
5. Draw Conclusions from the Data
Even if the Formal DQA Process is not followed in its entirety, a systematic assessment of the
data quality must be performed. This process should include a preliminary data review.
Diagram 6 provides an example of the steps and actions that should be taken during preliminary
data review. It is recommended that the QAPP include a similar flow diagram to describe the
data quality assessment process for the project.
Describe how data will be presented in order to identify trends, relationships (correlations), and
anomalies. All validated data must be presented in spreadsheets with the format and content as
required m Region I. EPA-New England Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating
Environmental Analyses . Additionally, graphical representations should be used to present the
overall project data (e.g., Histograms! Frequency Plots. Quantile Plots, Concentration Maps).
Describe the evaluative procedures used to assess overall measurement error associated with the
project and include the following DQIs:
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Diagram 6. Preliminary Data Review Decision Tree
Region I QAPP Manual
Rev. Draft
Date 9/10/98
Page’ 123 of 129
What methods were used and
how do their requirements
compare to QAPP
requircment.s
No
Were the data gcnetated using the
correct sampling and analysis methods?
Arc the data usable with those
limitations’
Perform correenve acuons for
future work and assess the need
for rcaaznpling
Doctimait which set of data
is usable and provide
rationale for that decision
Can a correlation between data sets be
calculated”
Are all required data package and Data
Validation Report deliverables present
and identified’
TtYes
Were the data validated according to the
QAPP requirements (11cr Level. etc)’
Yes
Were Data Validation Cntena,
Measwemeni Performance Cntcnia. and
Method SOP QC Cntena met.
including QL requirements’
Obtain all deliverables
P
No
L Validate Data
No
1
What ale dictations of the
No$
No
Yes
No
Do the data correlate with field
measurements according to QAPP
requirements (P.PD and/or %D values.
false positive/false nc ve sates, etcr
Yes
Ob noios if different methods No
were mcd for sacipling and/or Do the data compare to bistoncal data, if
analysis for companson dais. available
Document which act of data
is usable and provide
rationale for that decision
Yes
Are the data representative of
expected contamination based upan
past usc or site
Yes
meet ovumil project
objectives
Yes
Perform corrective actions for future work
and assess the need for resampling
Use data to prepare tables, charts
aphs, etc. and to enter into
models/algorithms, as required for
environinmual decision making
Region I QAPP Guidance
Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 124of 129
Precision
In order to meet the needs of the data users, project data must meet the measurement
performance critena for precision specified in Section 7.2 of the QAPP.
Project Precision (Field Duplicates/Replicates): Include formulae for calculating precision for
individual duplicate/replicate data points. e.g., RPD, RSD, Standard Deviation (SD), etc.
Analytical Precision (Laboratory Duplicates/Replicates, etc.): Include the formulae for
calculating analytical precision for individual duplicate/replicate data points, e.g., RPD, RSD,
SD, etc.
Overall Precision: Describe the procedures used to perform overall assessment of precision in
terms of the entire set of project data and include mathematical and/or statistical formulae for
evaluating overall precision.
Poor overall precision may be the result of one or more of the following: field instrument
variation, analytical measurement variation, poor sampling technique, sample transport
problems, and/or spatial variation (heterogeneous sample matrices). In order to identify the
cause of imprecision, the field sampling design rationale and sampling techniques should be
evaluated by the reviewer and both field and analytical duplicate/replicate sample results should
be reviewed. If poor precision is indicated in both the field and analytical duplicates/replicates,
then the laboratory may be the source of error. If poor precision is limited to the field
duplicate/replicate results, then the sampling technique, field instrument variation, sample
transport, and/or spatial variability may be the source of error.
If Data Validation Reports indicate that analytical imprecision exists for a particular data set
(SDG), then the impact of that imprecision on data usability must be discussed in the Data
Assessment Report.
The Data Assessment Report should discuss and compare overall field duplicate precision data
from multiple data sets collected for the project for each matrix, analytical parameter and
concentration level. Data Assessment Reports should describe the limitations on the use of
project data when overall precision is poor or when poor precision is limited to a specific
sampling or laboratory/analytical group, data set (SDG), matrix, analytical parameter or
concentration level.
When project-required precision is not achieved and project data are not usable to adequately
address environmental questions (i.e., determining if regulatory/technical Action Limits have
been exceeded) and to support project decision making, then the Data Assessment Report should
address how this problem will be resolved and discuss the potential need for resampling.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 125 of 129
Accuracy! Bias
In order to meet the needs of the data users, project data must meet the measurement
performance criteria for accuracy/bias specified in Section 7.2 of the QAPP.
Sample Contaminatioji : Discuss how the QC activities and QC check and sample data will be
reviewed to evaluate the accuracy and potential bias of sample results. If field contamination
exists. then the impact of field contamination on data usability must be discussed in the Data
Assessment Report and the Field Sampling Team Leader and Project Manager should be
notified. Differentiate field sample collection and transport contamination (equipment/rinsate
blanks, trip blanks) from contamination introduced at the time of sample preparation and/or
analysis, (i.e., method blank, storage blank, analytical instrument blanks). Note that sample
contamination may result in either a negative or positive bias. For example, improperly cleaned
sample containers for metal analysis may result in the retention of metals on the interior
container walls. This would result in lower metals concentrations being reported than are
actually present in the collected sample (i.e., a negative bias). A positive bias would occur when
sample container contamination results in an additive effect, i.e., reported analyte concentrations
are higher than the true sample concentrations for that analyte.
Analytical Accuracy/Bias : Discuss how the QC activities and QC check and sample data will be
used to evaluate the accuracy and potential bias of sample results. Include methods/formulae for
calculating analytical accuracy and bias for spike samples/compounds (matrix spikes, surrogate
spikes, SRMs, LCSs, etc.), PESs, calibration linearity, results of calibration verification checks,
etc. If Data Validation Reports indicate that contamination and/or analytical inaccuracies/bias
exist for a particular data set (SDG), then the impact of that contamination and/or analytical
inaccuracies/bias on data usability must be discussed in the Data Assessment Report.
Overall Accuracy/Bias : Describe the procedures used to perform overall assessment of
accuracy/bias in terms of the entire set of project data and include mathematical and/or statistical
formulae for evaluating overall accuracy/bias. Describe the procedures for evaluating the overall
qualitative and quantitative bias trends in PES data.
The Data Assessment Report should discuss and compare overall contamination and
accuracy/bias data from multiple data sets collected for the project for each matrix, analytical
parameter and concentration level. The Data Assessment Report should describe the limitations
on the use of project data if extensive contamination and/or inaccuracy/bias exists or when it is
limited to a specific sampling or laborato iy/analytical group, data set (SDG), matrix, analytical
parameter or concentration level. The Data Assessment Report should identify qualitative andlor
quantitative bias trends in multiple PES results for each matrix, analytical parameter and
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 126of 129
concentration level. The impact of any qualitative andlor quantitative trends in bias on the
sample data should be discussed. Any PESs that have false positive and/or false negative
results should be reported and the impact on data usability should be discussed in the Data
Assessment Report.
When project-required accuracy/bias is not achieved and project data are not usable to adequately
address environmental questions (i.e., determining if regulatory/technical Action Limits have
been exceeded) and to support project decision making, then the Data Assessment Report should
address how this problem will be resolved and discuss the potential need for resampling.
Sample Representativeness
In order to meet the needs of the data users, project data must meet the measurement
performance criteria for sample representativeness specified in Section 7.2 of the QAPP.
Discuss how the QAIQC activities (review of sampling SOPs, Field Sampling TSAs, Split
Sampling and Analysis Audits, etc.) and QC check and sample data will be reviewed to assess
sample representativeness. If field duplicate precision checks indicate potential spatial
variability, then this may trigger additional scoping meetings and subsequent resampling in order
to collect data that are more representative of a non-homogeneous site.
The Data Assessment Report should discuss and compare overall sample representativeness for
each matrix, parameter and concentration level. Data Assessment Reports should describe the
limitations on the use of project data when overall non-representative sampling has occurred or
when non-representative sampling is limited to a specific sampling group, data set (SDG),
matrix, analytical parameter or concentration level. If data are not usable to adequately address
environmental questions andior support project decision making, then the Data Assessment
Report should address how this problem will be resolved and discuss the potential need for
resampling.
Sensitivity and Quantitation Limits
In order to meet the needs of the data users, project data must meet the measurement
performance criteria for sensitivity and QLs specified in Section 7.2 of the QAPP.
Include methods/formulae for calculating analytical sensitivity that ensure QLs are achieved,
e.g., percent recovery of LFB spiked compounds, and PESs. Also, include procedures for
evaluating low point calibration standards run at the QL. Low point calibration standards should
produce a signal at least ten times the background noise level and should be part of a linear
calibration curve.
Document the procedures for calculating MDLs, QLs, and SQLs.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev,: DRAFT
Date: 9110/98
Page. l27of 129
Overall Sensitivity and Quantitation Limits : Describe the procedures used to perform overall
assessment of sensitivity and QLs in terms of the entire set of project data, and include
mathematical and/or statistical formulae for evaluating sensitivity and QLs.
If Data Validation Reports indicate that sensitivity and/or QLs were not achieved, then the
impact of that lack of sensitivity and/or higher QLs on data usability must be discussed in the
Data Assessment Report.
The Data Assessment Report should discuss and compare overall sensitivity and QLs from
multiple data sets collected for the project for each matrix, analytical parameter and
concentration level. Data Assessment Reports should describe the limitations on the use of
project data if project-required sensitivity and QLs were not achieved for all project data or when
it is limited to a specific sampling or laboratory/analytical group, data set (SDG), matrix,
analytical parameter or concentration level.
When project-required QLs are not achieved and project data are not usable to adequately
address environmental questions (i.e., determining if regulatory/technical Action Limits have
been exceeded) and to support pToject decision making, then the Data Assessment Report should
address how this problem will be resolved and discuss the potential need for resampling. In this
case, the Data Assessment Report should clearly differentiate between usable and unusable data
for the data users.
Completeness
In order to meet the needs of the data users, project data must meet the measurement
performance criteria for data completeness specified in Section 7.2 of the QAPP.
Include the methods/formulae for calculating data completeness. Describe how the amount of
valid data will be determined as a percentage of the number of valid measurements that should
have been collected for each matrix, analytical parameter, and concentration level. When certain
sample locations and/or analytes and matrices are more critical than others m making project
decisions, describe how critical data will be assessed for completeness.
Overall Comnieteness : Describe the procedures used to perform overall assessment of
completeness in terms of the entire set of project data, and include mathematical and/or statistical
formulae for evaluating overall completeness.
The Data Assessment Report should discuss and compare overall completeness of multiple data
sets collected for the project for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level. Data
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev.: DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 128 of 129
Assessment Reports should describe the limitations on the use of project data if project-required
completeness was not achieved for the overall project or when it is limited to a specific sampling
or laboratory/analytical group, data set (SDG), matrix, analytical parameter or concentration
level.
When project-required completeness is not achieved and sufficient data are not available to
adequately address environmental questions and support project decision making, then the Data
Assessment Report should address how this problem will be resolved and discuss the potential
need for additional resampling.
Comparability
In order to meet the needs of the data users, project data must meet the measurement
performance criteria for comparability specified in Section 7.2 of the QAPP.
Include methods/formulae for assessing data comparability for each matrix, analytical parameter
and concentration level.
If two or more sampling procedures and/or sampling teams will be used to collect samples, then
describe how comparability will be assessed for each matrix, analytical parameter and
concentration level.
If two or more analytical methods/SOPs will be used to analyze samples of the same matrix and
concentration level for the same analytical parameter, then describe how comparability will be
assessed between the two data sets.
If field screening data will be confirmed by full protocol methods, then document the specific
method references and percent difference formula that will be used to assess comparability for
individual data points (Refer to Section 7.2). Overall Comparability: Describe the procedures
used to perform overall assessment of comparability and include mathematical and/or statistical
formulae for evaluating screening and confirmatory data comparability.
If split samples are analyzed for EPA oversight, then document the specific method references
and percent difference formula that will be used to assess split sample comparability for
individual data points (Refer to Section 7.2). Overall Comparability: Describe the procedures
used to perform overall assessment of oversight split sampling comparability and include
mathematical and/or statistical formulae for evaluating oversight split sampling data
comparability.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
Region I QAPP Guidance
Rev. DRAFT
Date: 9/10/98
Page: 129of 129
For long term monitoring projects. data comparability is extremely important. Project data
should be compared to previously generated data to ascertain the possibility of false positives
and/or false negatives and negative andlor positive trends in bias. Anomalies detected in the data
may reflect a changing environment or indicate sampling and/or analytical error. Comparability
criteria should be established to evaluate these data sets in order identify outliers and to trigger
resampling as warranted.
The Data Assessment Report should discuss and compare overall comparability between
multiple data sets collected for the project for each matrix, analytical parameter and
concentration level The Data Assessment Report should describe the limitations on the use of
project data when project-required data comparability is not achieved for the overall project or
when it is limited to a specific sampling or laboratory/analytical group, data set (SDG), matrix,
analytical parameter or concentration level.
if screen/confirmatory comparability criteria are not met, then this should be documented in the
Data Assessment Report and the impact on data usability should be discussed therein. Likewise,
if oversight split sampling comparability criteria are not met. then this should be documented in
the Data Assessment Report and the impact on data usability should be discussed therein. If data
are not usable to adequately address environmental questions and/or support project decision
making, then the Data Assessment Report should address how this problem will be resolved and
discuss the potential need for resampling.
Finally, if long-term monitoring data are not comparable, then the Data Assessment Report
should address whether the data indicate a changing environment or the anomalies are a result of
sampling andior analytical error. If data are not usable to adequately address environmental
questions and/or support project decision making, then the Data Assessment Report should
address how this problem will be resolved and discuss the potential need for resampling.
Data Limitations and Actions
Describe what actions will be taken when data do not meet the project quality objectives. It is
necessary to document, in this section of the QAPP, the exact process for handling data that do
not meet project quality objectives, i.e., when DQIs do not meet measurement performance
cntena. Depending on how those data will be used, the process should specify the restrictions on
use of those data for environmental decision making.
Sources of sampling and analytical error should be identified and corrected as early as possible to
the onset of sample collection activities, incorporating an ongoing data assessment process
throughout the project, rather than just as a final step, will facilitate the early detection and
correction of problems, thereby ensuring that project quality objectives are met.
Region I QAPP Guidance Draft 9/98
-------
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS
AA - Atomic Absorption
AL - Action Limit
BOD - Biochemical Oxygen Demand
CA - Corrective Action
CAA - Clean Air Act
CAFs - Corrective Action Forms
CERCLA - Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
of 1980
CLP - Contract Laboratory Program
COC - Chain-of-Custody
CRDL - Contract Required Detection Limit
CWA - Clean Water Act
DAS - Delivery of Analytical Services
DOT - Department of Transportation
DQA - Data Quality Assessment
DQIs - Data Quality Indicators
DQOs - Data Quality Objectives
EMMC - Environmental Monitoring Management Council
EPA - Environmental Protection Agency
EPA-NE - EPA Region I, New England
ERA - Environmental Risk Assessment
FID - Flame Ionization Detector
FIFRA - Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act
FS - Feasibility Study
GC - Gas Chromatograph
GCIMS - Gas Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry
GPC - Gel Permeation Chromatography
IATA - International Air Transport Association
ICP - Inductively Coupled Plasma
IPA - Initial Precision and Accuracy
IS - Internal Standard
LCS - Laboratory Control Sample
LFB - Laboratory Fortified Blank
LIMS - Laboratory Information Management Systems
LQAP - Laboratory Quality Assurance Plan
MCLs - Maximum Contaminant Levels
MDLs - Method Detection Limits
MPC - Measurement Performance Criteria
MQOs - Measurement Quality Objectives
MS/MSD - Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate
MSR - Management Systems Review
NEIC - National Enforcement Investigations Center
NIST - National Institute of Standards and Technology
NPDES - National Pollution Discharge Elimination System
OEME - Office of Environmental Measurement and Evaluation
I
-------
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS
PARCC - Precision, Accuracy, Representativeness, Completeness, and
Comparability
PBMS - Performance Based Measurement System
PCBs - Polychiorinated Biphenyls
PESs - Performance Evaluation Samples
ND - Photo Ionization Detector
PQLs - Practical Quantitation Limits
PQOs - Project Quality Objectives
pre-RI - pre-Remedial Investigation
PRP - Potentially Responsible Party
QA - Quality Assurance
QAJQC - Quality Assurance/Quality Control
QC - Quality Control
QAPP - Quality Assurance Project Plan, synonymous with QAPjP
QLs - Quantitation Limits
RA - Remedial Action
RCRA - Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
RD - Remedial Design
REAP - Regional Environmental Analytical Procurement
RI - Remedial Investigation
RIC - Reconstructed Ion Chromatogram
RLs - Reporting Limits
RPD - Relative Percent Difference
RSCC - Regional Sample Control Coordinator
RSD - Relative Standard Deviation
RT - Retention Time
SAP - Sampling and Analysis Plan
SAJSI - Site Assessment/Site Investigation
SD - Standard Deviation
SDG - Sample Delivery Group
SDWA - Safe Drinking Water Act
SOP - Standard Operating Procedure
SQLs - Sample Quantitation Limits
SRM - Standard Reference Material
TCLP - Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure
TIC - Tentatively Identified Compound
TSA - Technical Systems Audit
TSCA - Toxic Substances Control Act
VOA - Volatile Organic Analysis
XRF - X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry
2
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Workbook
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets
Note: It is recommended that these worksheets be taken to initial project scoping meetings and
completed. They will help to identify critical project information that will help to ensure that data
are the right type. quality and quantity needed to meet project quality objectives.
Provide completed worksheets to the QAPP preparer or preparation team for incorporation into
the QAPP document.
Asstument
Oversight
Project
Appendix I
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #1 - Rev. 9/98
Site NamelProject Name: Title:
Site Location: Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page______ of ______
Document Title
Lead Organization (Agency, State, Tribe, Federal Facility, PRP, or Grantee)
Preparer’s Name and Organizational Affiliation
Preparer’s Address and Telephone Number
Preparation Date (Day/Month/Year)
Investigative Organization’s Project Manager:
Signature
Printed Name/Organization/Date
Investigative Organization’s Project QA Officer: _____________________________________
Signature
Printed Name/OrganizationiDate
Lead Organization’s Project Officer:_________________________________________________
Signature
Printed Name/Organization/Date
Approval Signatures:
Signature
Prmted Name/Title/Date
Approval Authonty
Other Approval Signatures:
Signature
Printed Name/Title/Date
Document Control Number:
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 - Rev. 9/98
Site Name/Project Name: Title:
Site Location: Revision Number:
Site Number/Code: Revision Date:
Operable Unit: Page_______ of _______
Contractor Name:
Contractor Number:
Contract Title:
Work Assignment Number:
1. Identify Guidance used to prepare QAPP:
Region I. EPA-NE Compendium OAPP Guidance , Attachment____________________
and/or other:
2. Identify EPA Program:__________________________________________________
3. Identify approval entity: EPA-NE or State:______________________________________
or other entity:
4. Indicate whether the QAPP is a generic program QA.PP or a project-specific QAPP. (circle
one)
5. List dates of scoping meetings that were held:_____________________________________
6. List dates and titles of QAPP documents written for previous site work, if applicable:
Title Approval Date
7. List organizational partners (stakeholders) and connection with EPA and/or State:
8. List data users:
9. If any required QAPP Elements (1- 20), Worksheets and/or Required Information are not
applicable to the project, then circle the omitted QAPP Elements, Worksheets and Required
Information on the attached Table. Provide an explanation for their exclusion below:
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 continued
Circle QAPP Elements, Worksheets andlor Required Information that are not applicable to the project and provide an explanation
on EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2
EPA QA/R-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
Project Management and Objectives
Al
1.0 Title and Approval Page
1
- Tale and Approval Page
A2
2.0 Table of Contents and Document Format
2.1 Table of Contents
2.2 Document Control Format
2.3 Document Control Numbering System
2.4 EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2
2
- Table of Contents
- EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
A3
3.0 Distribution List and Project Personnel
Sign-off Sheet
3
4
- Disthbuuon List
- Project Personnel Sign-off Sheet
A4, A8
4.0 Project Organization
4.1 Project Organizational Chart
4.2 Communication Pathways
4.2.1 Modifications to Approved QAPP
4.3 Personnel Responsibilities and
Qualifications
4.4 Special Training Requirements/
Certification
5a
5b
6
7
- Organizational Chart
- Communication Pathways
- Personnel Res onsibilities and
Qualifications Table
- Special Personnel Training Requirements
Table
AS
5.0 Project PlanningIProject Definition
5.1 Project Planning Meetings
5.2 Problem Definition/Site History and
Background
8a
8b
- Project Planning Meeting Documentation
- Project Scoping Meeting Attendance Sheet
with Agenda
- Problem Definition/Site History and
Background
- EPA-NE DQO Sumn’ ry Form
- Site Maps (historical and present)
A6
6.0 Project Description and Schedule
6.1 Project Overview
6.2 Project Schedule
9a
9b
9c
9d
10
- Project Description
- Contaminants of Concern and Other Target
Analytes Table
- Field and Quality Control Sample Summary
Table
- Analytical Services Table
- System Designs
- Project Schedule Tirneline Table
A7
7.0 Project Quality Objectives and
Measurement Performance Criteria
7.1 Project Quality Objectives
7.2 Measurement Performance Criteria
11
- Measurement Performance Criteria Table
MeasurementlData Acquisition
BI
8.0 Sampling Process Design
8.1 Sampling Design Rationale
12a
12b
- Sampling Design and Rationale
- Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis
Method/SOP Requirements Table
- Sample Location Map
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 continued
EPA QAJR-5
ELEMENT
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
B2, B6,
B7, B8
9.0 Sampling Procedures and Requirements
9.1 Sampling Procedures
9.2 Sampling SOP Modifications
9.3 Cleaning and Decontamination of
Eqwprnenc/Sample Containers
9.4 Field Equipment Calibration
9.5 Field Equipment Maintenance,
Testing and Inspection Requirements
9.6 Inspection and Acceptance
Requirements for Supplies! Sample
Containers
13
12b
14
15
- Sampling SOPs
- Project Sampling SOP Reference Table
- Sampling Container, Volumes and
Preservation Table
- Field Sampling Equipment Calibration
Table
- Cleaning and Decontamination SOPs
- Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
Inspection Table
B3
10.0 Sample Handling, Tracking and
Custody Requirements
10.1 Sample Collection Documentation
10.1.1 Field Notes
10.1.2 Field Documentation
Management System
10.2 Sample Handling and Tracking
System
10.3 Sample Custody
16
- Sample Handling, Tracking and Custody
SOPs
- Sample H ndIing Flow Diagram
- Sample Container Label (Sample Tag)
- Chain-of-Custody Form and Seal
34, B6,
B7, B8
11.0 Field Analytical Method Requirements
11.1 Field Analytical Methods and SOPs
11.2 Field Analytical Method/SOP
Modifications
11.3 Field Analytical Instrument
Calibration
11.4 Field Analytical Instrument/
Equipment Maintenance, Testing and
inspection Requirements
11.5 Field Analytical Inspection and
Acceptance Requirements for
Supplies
17
18
19
- Field Analytical Methods/SOPs
- Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference
Table
- Field Analytical Instrument Calibration
Table
- Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment
Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table
34, B6,
B7, B8
12.0 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method
Requirements
12.1 Fixed Laboratory Analytical Methods
and SOPs
12.2 Fixed Laboratory Analytical
Method/SOP Modifications
12.3 Fixed Laboratory Instrument
Calibration
12.4 Fixed Laboratory Instrumenui
Equipment Maintenance. Testing and
Inspection Requirements
12.5 Fixed Laboratory Inspection and
Acceptance Requirements for
Supplies
20
21
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical
Methods/SOPs
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP
Reference Table
- Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance
and Calibration Table
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #2 continued
EPA QA/R.5
ELEME
REQUIRED EPA-NE QAPP
ELEMENT(S) and CORRESPONDING
EPA-NE QAPP SECTION(S)
EPA-NE
QAPP
Worksheet
REQUIRED INFORMATION
B5
13 0 Quality Control Requirements
13 1 Sampling Quality Control
13.2 Analytical Quality Control
13.2.1 Field Analytical QC
13.2.2 Fixed Laboratory QC
22a
22b
23a
23b
24a
24b
Sampling
- Field Sampling QC Table
- Field Sampling SOP Precision and
Accuracy Table
Analytical
Field Analytical QC Sample Table
- Field Analytical MethodJSOP Precision
and Accuracy Table
- Field Screening/Confirmatory Analysis
Decision Tree
- Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample
Table
- Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Precision
and Accuracy Table
B9
14.0 Data Acquisition Requirements
25
- Non-Direct Measurements Criteria and
Limitations Table
A9, BlO
15.0 Documentation, Records and Data
Management
15.1 Project Documentation and Records
15.2 Field Analysis Data Package
Deliverables
15.3 Fixed Laboratory Data Package
Deliverables
15.4 Data Reporting Formats
15.5 Data Handling and Management
15.6 Data Tracking and Control
26
- Project Documents and Records Table
- Data Management SOPs
Assessment/Oversight
Cl
16.0 Assessments and Response Actions
16.1 Planned Assessments
16.2 Assessment Findings and Corrective
Action Responses
16.3 Additional QAPP Non-Conformances
27a
27b
- Assessment and Response Actions
- Project Assessment Table
- Audit Checklists
C2
17.0 QA Management Reports
28
- QA Management Reports Table
Data Validation
and Usability
Dl
18.0 Venficanon and Validation
Requirements
- Validation Criteria Documents *
D2
19.0 Verification and Validation Procedures
29a
29b
- Data Evaluation Process
- Data Validation Summary Table
D3
20.0 Data Usability/Reconciliation with
Project Quality Objectives
30
- Data Usability Assessment
Include Data Validation Criteria Document as an attachment to the QAPP if Region I. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses will not be used for validating project data.
Note. All EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets should be completed with project-specific information. In addition, other project-specific
information should be provided in tabular format, as much as practicable. However, sufficient written discussion in text
format should accompany these tables. Certain sections, by their nature, will require more written discussion than others.
In particular, Section 8.0 should provide an indepth explanation of the sampling design rationale and Sections 18-20 should
describe the procedures and criteria that will be used to verify, validate and assess data usability.
-------
EPA-NE ()APP Vorksheet #3 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
List people who will receive approved QAPP, Revision Number:
QAPI revisions, addenda and/or amendments. Revision Date:
(Refer to QAP? Mcmzial Section 3.0 for guidance.) Page ____ of____
Distribution List
QAPI’ Recipienis
Title
Organization
Telephone Number
[
Document
Control Number
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #4 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Copies of this form must be signed by project personnel from each Revision Number:
organization toindicate that they have read the QAPP and will Revision Date:
implement the QAPP as prescribed. Each organization should forward Page _____ of _____
signed “Sheets” to the central project file. (Refer to QAPP Manual
Section 3 0 for guidance)
Project Personnel Sign-Off Sheet
Organization:_______________________________
Project Personnel
Title
Telephone
Number
Signature
Date QAPP
Read
QAPP
Acceptable as
Written
-------
i.rA-i g ., Q/iiri Wui na iJICti n. 1 iwv. fl7O
Identify reporling relationships between Lead Organization and
other organizations, including contractors and subcontractors.
Include the name and phone number of each organization and the
Project Manager, Case Team member, and/or Project Contacts for
each organization. (Refer to QAPP Manual Section 4.1 for
guidance.)
Organizational Chart
•
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page_ of ___:
Subcontractors .
Organization —
Rote __________
Project Contact
Organization —
Role _________
Project Contact
Organization —
Role
Contractor Organization
Role
Project Manager
Subcontractora
Organization
Role ________
Project Contact
Organization —
Role ________
Project Contact
Organization —
Role ________
Project Coniaci
Approval Authority:
Lead Organization:
Lead Organization
QA Officer:
Lead Organization Project Manager:
Contractor Organization
Role
Project Manager
I I I
Contractor Organization
Rni
Project Manager
Subcontractora.
Organization
Role
Project Contact
Organization
Role
Project Contact —
Organization ______
Role ____________
Project Contact ________________________
Project Contact
-------
EPA-NE QAl’l’ Worksheet #5b - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Describe communication pathways and modes of communication Revision Number:
that will be used during the project. Describe the procedure that Revision Date:
will be followed when previously approved project activities require Page ____ of____
real-time modification to achieve project goals. (Refer to QAPP
Manual Sections 4.2 and 4.2.1 for guidance.)
Communication Pathways
-------
EPA-NE QAl’3 Worksheet #6 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Identify project personnel associated with each organization, contractor, Revision Number:
and subcontractor participating iii responsible project functions. Include Revision Date:
their title, name of organization for whom they work, and their project Page _____ of ____
responsibilities. Indicate project Case Team members with an “s”. Attach
resumes to this worksheet. (Refer to QAPP Manual Section 4.3 for guidance.)
Personnel Responsibilities and Qualifications Table
Name
Title
Organizational Affiliation
Responsibilities
Location ol Personnel
Resumes, if not included’
Education and Experience
QualiiicatiorlsZ
‘If a resume is on file elsewhere, document location in this column and summarize the individual’s education and experience in the next
column If a resume does not exist for an individual, then indicate not available in this column and summarize the individual’s education and
experience in the next column.
211 a resume is attached to this worksheet, then write “See attached” in this column.
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #7 - Rev. 9/98
Provide the following information for those projects requiring specialized
training Attach training records and/or certificates to this worksheet
(Refer to QAPI’ Manual Section 4 4 for guidance.)
Special Personnel Training Requirements Table
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page ____ of ____
Project Function
Specialized Training
Title or Course or
Description
Training Provided
By
Training
Date
Personnel/Groups
Receiving Training
Personnel Titles!
Organizational
Affiliation
Location oFTrainln
Records!CertiIIcateS
1f training records and/or certificates are on file elsewhere, then document their location in this column. If training records and/or certificates do not
exist or are not available, then this should be noted.
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #8a - Rev. 9/98
Complete this worksheet for each project
scoping meeting held. Attach meeting
agenda and notes. (Refer to QAP? Manual
Section 5.1 for guidance.)
Project Scoping Meeting Attendance Sheet
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page ____ of____
EPA Regulation Program: RCRA FJFRA TSCA CERCLA
DW CWA CAA
Program: Brownfields, NPDES, etc.___________________
Projected Dale(s) of Sampling
Project Manager________________________________________
Date of Meeting:
Meeting Location:
Site Name
Site Location
CERCLA Site/Spill Identifier No. 01
Operable Unit
Other Site Number/Code_________________________________
Phase: ERA SA/SI pre-RI Ri (phase I, etc.) FS RD RA
post-R.A (circle one)
Other phase:
Meeting Purpose:
Name
Title
Affiliation
Phone #
Project Role
Crirnm .nt
-------
EI’A-NE QAPI’ Worksheet #8b - Rev. 9/98
I)escribe the reasons for conducting the project. State the pioblem to be
investigated/resolved, the environmental questions that need to be answered
and thedecisions that must be made. Present historic information and
current site condition descriptions to define the environmental problem.
Identify chemical use and disposal practices. Present historical data
in tabular format to demonstrate the type, magnitude and location
of contamination (Refer to QAPP Manual Section 5.2 for guidance.)
‘litle:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page ____ of____
Problem Definition/Site History and Background
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #9a - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Provide a brief overview of project activities, including Revision Number:
contaminants of concern, sampling tasks, system designs, Revision Date:
analytical tasks, data ‘t’erification and validation tasks, Page ____ of_____
quality control activities, quality assurance assessments,
data usability assessments, and records and reports.
(Refer to QAPP Manual Section 6.1 for guidance.)
Project Description
-------
El’A-NE QAPI’ Workslicct,#9b - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Complete separate tables for each mcdiumlmatrix, analytical parameter and concentration Revision Number:
level List the analyte name and CAS numbers of all Contaminants of Concern (COCs) and Revision Date:
other target analytes that will be measured for the project. identify the COCs with an “s”. Page ____ of ____
Identify the Project Quantitation Limits required to meet project objectives, i.e , known regulatory
or technical Project Action Limits for each analyte. List the MDLs and QLs of the published
method and the MDLs and QLs achievable by the laboratory. Ensure that the achievable
laboratory quantitatlon limits are less than or equal to the Project Quantitation Limits and that
Project Quantitation Limits are at least two to five times less than the Project Action Limits.
(Refer to QAPP Manual Section 6 I for guidance.)
Medium/Matrix:
Region I Matrix Code (from EPA-NE DQO Summary Form):
Analytical Parameter:
Concentration Level:
Field Analytical or Fixed Laboratory MethodISOP’:
Contaminants of Concern and Other Target Analytes Table (Reference Limit and Evaluation Table)
Analyte
CAS Number
Project Action Limit
(Units)
(wet or dry weight)
Project t uantitation
Limit
(Units)
(wet or dry weight)
Analytical Method
Achievable Laboratory Limits
MDLs 1 [
Method QLs’
MDLs 3 (
QLS’
‘Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Field and Fixed Laboratory Aiialytica l Method/SOP Reference Tables (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #17
and #20).
‘Analytical method MULs and QLs documented in validated methods. QLs are usually 3-10 tunes higher than (he Ml)Ls.
3 Ach,evable MULs and QLs are limits that an individual laboratory can achieve when performing a specific analytical method.
-------
EPA-NE QAPI 5 Worksheet #9c - Rev. 9/98 ‘Iitle
Summarize by matrix the number of field and QC samples that Revision Number:
will be collected for each analytical parameter and concentration Revision Date:
level. (Refer to QAPI’ Alanual Section 6.1 for guidance.) Page ____ of____
Field and Quality Control Sample Summary Table
Medium!
Matrix
Analytical
Paranicier
€uncentration
I evel
Analytical Method!
SOt’ Reference
No. of
Sampling,
Locations
No. of
Field
Dunlicale
i 1 airs
Organic
Inorganic
No. of
VOA Trip
Blanks
No. of
Bottle
Blanks
No. of
Equip.
Blanks
No. of PE
Samples
Total No.
of Samples
to Lib
No.
of
MS
No.
of
MSI)
No. of
Duplicates
No. of
Spikes
‘Complete the Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17), and the Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP
Worksheet #20) and specify the appropriate letter/number reference In the above table.
2 fl samples will be collected at different depths at the same location, count each discrete sampling depth as a separate sampling location/station.
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #9d - Rev. 9/98
Complete this worksheet for each medium/matrix, analytical parameter,
and concentration level Identify all laboratories/organizations that will
provide analytical services for the project, including field screening, field analytical,
and fixed laboratory analytical work. If applicable, identify the backup
laboratory/organization that will be used if the primary laboratory/organization
cannot be used. (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 6.1, 11.0 and 12.0 for guidance.)
Analytical Services Table
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page ____ of____
Medium/
Matrix
Analytical
Parameter
Concentration
Level
Analytical Method/SOP’
Data
Package
Turnaround
Time
Laboratory/Organization
(Name and Address; Contact
Person and Telephone Number)
Backup
Laboratory/Organization
(Name and Address: Contact
Person and Telephone Number)
‘SpeciFy appropriate reference number/letter From the Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QA P Worksheet #17) and From the Fixed Laboratory
Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20).
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Workshect#lO - Rev. 9/98
List project activities, anticipated start and completion dates. Identify
all products and/or deliverables as outcomes of project activities
and the anticip fted dates of delivery. (Refer to QAP? Manual
Section 6 2 for guidance)
Project Schedule Timeline Table
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page ____ of____
Activities
Dates (MM/DD/YY)
Deliverable
Deliverable Due
Date
Anticipated
Date(s)
Anticipated
Date
of Initiation
of Completion
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #11 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Complete this worksheet for each medium/matrix, analytical parameter and Revision Number:
concentration level. Identify the DQI, measurement performance criteria, and Revision Date:
QC sample and/or•activity used to assess the measurement performance for Page _____ of _____
the sampling and/or analytical procedure. Use additional worksheets if necessary.
If MPC for a specific DQI vary within an analytical parameter, i.e. MPC are analyte-specific,
then provide analyte-specilic MPC on an additional worksheet. (Refer to QAPP
Manual Sections 7 I and 7.2 for guidance.)
Measurement Performance Criteria Table
Mcdiuni/Matrix
Analytical
I’araiueler
Concentration
Level
Sampling
Procedure’
Analytical
Method/SOP 2
Data Quality Indicators
(DQIs) 3
Measurement Performance
Criteria
QC Sample and/or Activity
Used to Assess Measurement
Performance
QC Sample Assesses Error
for Sampling (S) , Analytical
(A) or both (S&A)
‘Reference SOP Number From EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13.
2 keFerence analytical method/SOP Nuniber Iroimi EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets #17 and #20.
3 1)ala Quality Indicators (a.k.a. PARCC parameters, i.e., precision, accuracy/bias, sensitivity, data couiipletcness, comparability)
-------
El’A-NE QAPI Worksheet #12a - Rev. 9/98 lille:
Describe the project sampling design. Provide the rationale Revision Number:
for selecting sample locations and sampling each medium/matrix Revision Date:
for each analytical parameter and concentration level. (Refer to Page _____ of _____
QAPP Manual Section 8.1 for guidance.)
Sampling Design and Rationale
-------
El’A-NE QAPI’ Worksheet #12b - Rev. 9/98 Title:
List all site locations that will be sampled and include sample Revision Number:
location II) number, if applicable Specify mediumlmatrix and, Revision Date:
if applicable depth at which samples will be taken. Complete all Page _______ of _______
required in formation, using additional worksheets if necessary.
(Refer to QAPI’ It’Iwizial Section 8 1 for guidance.)
Sampling Locations, Sampling and Analysis Method/SOP Requirements Table
Sampling
i.ocation’’
I oration I I)
Number
Mcdiuml
“tatr,s
l)epth
(Units)
Analytical
Parameter
Concentration
Level
Number ol
Samples(idcnbfy
field duplicates
and replicates)
Sampling
Sor
Analytical
McthudISOP’
Sample
Volume
(ontai.ucrs
(Number,sizc
and t)pe)
Preservation
Requirementa
(chemical,
temperature,
light protected)
rilailmum
lioldingTlnie
(picparat i OlL ’
analysis)
‘Indicate critical field sampling locations with ‘.
2 lndicate background sampling locations with .
3 Complete the Project Sampling SOP Rererence Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13), Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17), and
Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20) and specify the appropriate letter/number reference in the above table.
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
List all SOPs a sociated with sample collection. Include copies of Revision Number:
all written SOPs as attachments to the QAPP. Sequentially number Revision Date:
sampling SOP references with an “S” prefix in the Reference Number Page _______ of_______
column Use additional pages if necessary. The Reference Number
can be used throughout the QAPP to refer to a specific SOP.
(Ret r to QAPP Manual Sections 9.1-9.3 for guidance.)
Project Sampling SOP Reference Table
Reference
Number
Title, Revision Date and/or Number
Originating Organization
Equipment
Identification
Modified for
Project Work
V__or__N
Comments
s-i
S-2
S-3
S-4
S-S
.
S-6
S-7
S-8
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Workslicet#14 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Identify all field equipment and procedures that require Revision Number:
calibration and provide the SOP reference and person responsible Revision Date:
For corrective action for each type of equipment. If frequency of calibration, Page_____ of _____
acceptance criteria and corrective action information is not included in an SOP,
then document this information on the worksheet. (Refer to QAPP
Manual Section 9.4 for guidance.)
Field Sampling Equipment Calibration Table
Equipment
Procedure
Frequency of
Acceptance Criteria
Corrective Action (CA)
Person Responsible
SOP
I
Calibration
for CA
Releren ce*
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13).
-------
EPA-NE QAPI’ Worksheet #15 - Rev. 9/98
Identify all field equipment and instruments (include
analytical instruments on Worksheet 1119) that require maintenance
and provide the SOP reference and person responsible for corrective
action for each type of equipment. If frequency of calibration, acceptance
criteria and corrective aclion information is not included in an SOP, then
document this information on (lie worksheet. (Refer to QAPP Manual
Section 9.5 for guidance)
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page_______ of_______
Field Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table
Sampling Eqiutpiucn l/
Insirun ieni J
Maintenance
Activity
1 esting Activity Inspection
J AcIivit
Responsible Person
Frequency
Accepiance Criteria
Corrective Action
SOP
Re(erenCe
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number from (I.e Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13).
-------
PA-Nt QAPP Worksheet #16 - Rev. 9/98
Title:
Jse this worksheet to develop a flow diagram describing the flow of samples Record personnel and
their organizational affiliations, who are primarily responsible for ensuring proper handling, custody,
nd storage of field samples horn the time of collection to laboratory delivery, to final sample disposal
ridicate number of days original field samples and their extracts/digestaxes will be archived prior to
uisposal (Refer to QAPP Manual Section 10.2 for guidance.)
Sample Handling Flow Diagram
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page of______
Sample Analysis:
Sample Receipt:
Sample Custody & Storage:
Sample Pfrparation:
Sample Determinative Analysis
Field Sample Storage (No of days from sample collection).
Sample ExtractlDigestalc Storage (No --
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
List all methods! SOPs that will be used to perform field analysis either Revision Number:
directly in the field or in a mobile field laboratory. Indicate whether Revision Date:
method/procedure produces screening or definitive data. Sequentially number Page______ of______
field analytical method/SOP references with an “F” prefix in the Reference Number
column. Use additional pages if necessary. Include copies of all methods/SOPs
as attachments to the QAI P. The Reference Number can be used throughout
the QAPP to refer to a specific method/SOP. (Refer to QAPP Manual
Sections 1 I. I and II .2 for guidance.)
Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table
Reference
Number
Tilie, Re ision Date andlor
Number
Definitive
or
Screening
Data
Region I
NESTS
Method Code
Originating
Organization
Analyticat
Parameter
Instrument
Organization Performing
Field Analysis
Modified for
Project Work
‘1’ or N
F-I
F-i
F-3
F-4
,
F-S
F-6
* For environmental data collection performed by EPA or its contractors, indicate the appropriate NESTS Method Code as described on the
EPA-NE DQO Summary Form.
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #18 - Rev. 9/98 lit lc:
Identify all field analytical instrumentation that require calibration and provide Revision Number:
the required information for each. Use additional pages if necessary. If Revision Date:
required information is included in an SOP, then summarize relevant I’age________ of ________
information on the worksheet and reference the appropriate SOP number.
(Refer to QAPP Manual Section II .3 for guidance.)
Field Analytical Instrument Calibration Table
Instrument
Activity
Frequency ol
Calibration
Acceptance Criteria
Corrective Action
(CA)
Person Responsible
for CA
Method/SOP
Reference*
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number from Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17).
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #19 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Identify all field analytical instrumentation/equipment and provide the required Revision Number:
information for each. If required information is included in an SOP, then summarize Revision Date:
relevant informatic,n on the worksheet and reference the appropriate SOP number. Page_______ of_______
(Refer to QAPP Manual Section 11.4 for guidance.)
Field Analytical Instrument/Equipment Maintenance, Testing and Inspection Table
Instrument
Maintenance Activity
leafing Activity
Inspection Activity’
Reaponsible Person
Frequency
Acceptance Criteria
Corrective Action
t .I thod/SOP
Reference’
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number from Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17).
-------
EPA-NE QAI’I’ Worksheet #20 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
List all methods/SOPs that will be used to perform analyses in fixed Revision Number:
laboratories. Indicate whether method procedure produces definitive Revision Date:
or screening data. Sequentially number fixed laboratory SOP references Page_______ of _______
with an “L” prefix in the Reference Number column. Use additional pages
if necessary liiclude copies of all methods/SOPs as attachments to
the QAPI or attach Laboratory QA Plans/Manuals for each laboratory that
will provide analytical services and reference the appropriate sections in
the project QAl P The Reference Number can be used throughout the QAPP
to refer to a specific method/SOP (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 12.1
and 12 2 for guidance)
Fixed Laboratory Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table
Reference
Nunther
Fixed Laboratory
I’erlorining Analysis
Title, Revision Date and/or Number
Definitive
or
Screening
Data
Region I
NESTS
Method
Code*
Analytical
Parameter
Instrument
Modified for Project Work
V or N
L- I
1-2
1-3
L-4
L-5
L-6
L-7
* For environmental data collection performed by EPA or its contractors, indicate the appropriate NESTS Method Code as described on (he EPA-
NE I)QO Sii irv Forrn
-------
EPA-NE QAI’P Worksheet #21 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Identify all fixed laboratory analytical instrumentation that require calibration Revision Number:
and provide the required information for each. Use additional pages if necessary. Revision Date:
If required information is included in an SOP, then summarize relevant information Page______ of______
on (Lie worksheet and reference the appropriate SOP number. (Refer to QAPP
Manual Section 12.3 for guidance.)
Fixed Laboratory Instrument Maintenance and Calibration Table
Instrument
Activity
List
Maintenance, Testing
Frequency of
Acceptance
Corrective Action
Person
Method/SOP
and
Inspect ion Activities
Calibration
Criteria
(CA)
Responsibte for
Relerence*
CA
* Specify appropriate reference letter/number from Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20).
-------
El’A-NE QAPP Worksheet #22a - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Complete a separate worksheet for each sampling technique, medium/matrix, analytical parameter and concentration Revision Number:
level Ilait analytical parameter’ has multIple analytes, then complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #22b Revision Date:
Worksheet 1122b lists the overall field and analytical precision and accuracy/bias expected for each analyte when Pa e________ of ________
using the specified sampling and analytical technique If method/SOP QC acceptance lintitsi exceed the measurement g
performance criternV, then data may not meet user needs (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 13 (1 and 13 I, and
1 able 4 for guidance)
Field Sampling QC Table
Sampling SOP’
Medium/Mair i x
Analytical l ’arai,icicr’
(.onccniraiuuin I evel
Analytical Method/SOP
Reference
Saniplcr’s Name
I reid Sampling
OrgamII7ation
No of Saimiple I ocatimins
Field Q(
Frequency/Number
Method/SOP QC
Acceptance Limits’
Corrective Acilon tCA)
Person(s) Rt ponsible For
CA
Data Quality
Indicator (OQI)
Measurement
Perlormance Criteria’
Eqmpmeni Ulanks/ Ririsate
Blanls
Bottle Blanks
VOA Trip Blanks
(oolcr 1 cnipcraturc l1lanI s
I meld Dupticaic Pairs
Cotlocaied Samples
Field Splils
PES sent mu i aboraiory
Oilier
*Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13), Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference
l’ahle (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17), and Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20).
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #22b - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Complete this worksheet when an analytical parameter Revision Number:
has multiple analytes. Descnbe the overall precision and Revision Date:
accuracy/bias acceptance cnterla for the sampling and Page — of —
analytical technique for all COCs and other target analytes.
Identify the COCs with an “s”. Use additional worksheet
pages if necessary. (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections
13.0 and 13.1 for guidance.)
Sampling SOP*:
Analytical MethodISOP:
Field Sampling SOP Precision and Accuracy Table
Analyte
Field Precision
Field Accuracy/Bias - (Contamination)
Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #13), Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17), and
Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #20).
-------
EPA-NE QA P Worksheet #23a - Rev. 9/98
Complete a separate worksheet for each medium/matrix, analylical parameter
and concentration level han analytical parameter’ has multiple analytes, then
complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #23b. Worksheet #23b lists the precision and
accuracy/bias expected for each analyte when using the specified analytical method or
SOP If method/SOP QC acceptance limits 2 exceed the measurement perfonnance
criteria, then data may not meet user needs (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 13 0
and 13 2, and Tables 3 and 4 for guidance)
Field Analytical QC Sample Table
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page.. of
Medium/Matrix
Sanmpiing SOP
Analytical Parameter’
Concentration I cvcl
Anaiyiicai Method! SOP
Re lcrencc
I ,eid Analytical
Organization
No ulsample Locations
Laboratory QC:
Frequency/Number
Method/SOP
QC Acceptance Limits 2
CorrectIve Action (CA)
Personts) Reipons lbte For CA
Data Quality
indicator tDQi)
Measurement
Perlormance Criteria 1
Method Blank
Reagent Blank
Storage Blank
Instrument Blank
Laboratory Duplicate
Laboratory Matrix Spike
Matrix Spike Duplicates
i-CS
LFE 5
Surrogates
Internal Standards (ISs)
Othcr
* Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #13) and the Field
Analytical Melliod/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #17).
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #23b - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Complete this worksheet when an analytical parameter Revision Number:
has multiple analytes. Describe the overall precision and Revision Date:
accuracy/bias acceptance criteria for the analytical method! Page____ of____
SOP for all COCs and other target analytes. Identify the
COCs with an ““. Use additional worksheet pages
if necessary. (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 13.0 and
13.2 for guidance.)
Sampling SOP:
Analytical Method/SOP:
Field Analytical Method/SOP Precision and Accuracy Table
Analyte
Achievable Sensitivity/
Field Analytical Precision
Field Analytical
Quantitation Limits
AccuracyfBias
* Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #13) and the Field Analytical Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
#17).
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #24a - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Complete a separate worksheet for each medium/matrix, analytical parameter Revision Number:
and concentrauon level If an analytical parameter has multiple analvtes. then Revision Date:
complete EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #24b Worksheet 24b Lists the precision and f _____
accuracy/bias expected for each analyze when using the specified analytical method or age_____ 0 _____
SOP If method/SOP QC acceptance limi& exceed the measurement performance
critena . then data may not meet user needs (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 13 0
and 13.2, and Tables 3 and 4 for guidance.)
Fixed Laboratory Analytical QC Sample Table
Med iwn/Msmx
Sampling SOP
. aaiy z i Mcthod SOP
No. of S nple 1 . ”om
Libonia y QC:
Fnqur.qI
N bcv
Mrt odlSOP
QC Aecep ace
U I&
Corn..U re Ae on
(CA)
Pirionis)
Responsible br CA
Da Qinilty
bdlcator (DQI)
Meuere t l
PCTfDT aaU
Criteria’
Method Blink
Rcaaen l Blink
Storage Blank
htsm ment Blink
Laboivorv Dupli 1c
Laboratory Mmix Spike
M ix Spike Duplicates
LCS
LFB
Sunogates
Internal Standards (ISs)
Other____
* Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #13) and the Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
#20).
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #24b - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Complete this worksheet when an analytical parameter Revision Number:
has multiple analytes. Describe the overall precision and Revision Date:
accuracy/bias acceptance criteria for the analytical method! Page____ of____
SOP for all COCs and other target analytes. Identify the
COCs with an “s”. Use additional worksheet pages
if necessary. (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 13.0 and
13.2 for guidance.)
Sampling SOP:
Analytical MethodlSOP:
Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Precision and Accuracy Table
Analyte
Achievable Laboratory
Analytical Precision
Analytical AccuracyfBias
Sensitivity/
Quantilation Limits
* Specify appropriate reference number/letter from the Project Sampling SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE
QAPP Worksheet #13) and the Fixed Laboratory Method/SOP Reference Table (EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet
#20).
-------
EI’A-NE QAPP Worksheet #25 - Rev. 9/98 ‘litle:
Identify information and/or data generated/collected outside of the current Revision Number:
data collection activity that will be used to make environmental Revision Date:
decisions for the project. Specify how those acquired data/information Page _____ of
will be used and the limitations on their use. These limitations include
data quality considerations/problems as well as documentation completeness.
(Refer to QAPP Manual Section 14.0 for guidance.)
Non-Direct Measurements Criteria and Limitations Table
Non-Direct Measurement
Dala Source
Data Generator(s)
flow Data Will lie Used
Limitations on l)ata Use
(Secondary Data)
(Originaling Organization,
Report Title and Dale)
(Originating Org., Data Types, Data
Generation/Collection Dates)
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #26 - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Identify the documents and records that will be generated Revision Number:
for all aspects of the project. (Refer to QAPP Manual Revision Date:
Section 15.1 fur guidance.) Page____ of ____
Project Documents and Records Table
Sample Collection Records Field Analysis Records Fixed Laboratory Records Data Assessment Records Other
-------
I I’A-NE QAI’P Worksheet #27a - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Describe procedures for identifying and correcting Revision Number:
any problems encountered during the project. Revision Date:
(Refer to QAPI Manual Sections 16.0-16.3 for guidance) Page ____ of ____
Assessment and Response Actions
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Worksheet #27b - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Identify the frequency, number and type of planned assessment Revision Number:
activities that ‘yiIl be performed for the project. (Refer to Revision Date:
QAP? Manual Sections 16.0-16.3 for guidance.) Page____ of____
Project Assessment Table
%SScS3mr,iI I pr
Frequency
Internal or
Organization
Person(s) responsibk for
Person(s) responsible for
Person (a) responsible for
Person (a) responsible
Eslernal
Performing Asseument
performing suesament, title
responding to assessment
Ideillilying and
For monitoring
and organizalional affiliation
findings. 111k and
implementing corrective
effectiveness oICA,
orgsnlzalional affiliation
actions (CA). IIIIC and
title and organizational
organizational affiliation
affiliation
-------
EPA-NE QAPP Vorkslicet #28 - Rev. 9/98 TiI e:
Identify the frequency and type of planned QA Management Revision Number:
Reports, the projected delivery date, the personnel responsible Revision Date:
for report preparation and the report recipients. (Refer to QAPP Page_____ of _____
Manual Section 1 7 0 for guidance)
QA Management Reports Table
Type of Report
Frequency (daily, weekly
Projected
Person(s) Responsible for Report Preparalion,
Report Recipients, Title
monthly, quarterly,
Delivery
Date(s)
Title and Organizational Affiliation
and Organizational Affiliation
annually,_etc.)
-------
EPA-NE QAP? Worksheet #29a - Rev. 9/98 Title:
Describe the process for evaluating data, including verification Revision Number:
and validation, and for making decisions regarding accepting, Revision Date:
rejecting or qualifying project data. If the Region 1. EPA-NE Data Page ____ of____
Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental
Analyses criteria, evaluation/action procedures, and/or Tier Levels
will not be used or will be modified, provide a detailed description
of (he validation criteria that will be used/modified. (Refer to
QAPP Manual Sections 18.0 and 19.0 for guidance.)
Data Evaluation Process
-------
EPA-NE QAPI’ Worksheet #29b - Rev. 9/98 Title:
List the validation criteria, data validation tier, data validator and person Revision Number:
ultimately responsible for validation (by name, title and organizational Revision Date:
affiliation) for each matrix, analytical parameter and concentration level. Page_______ of_______
(Refer to Q4 PP Manual Sections 18 0 and 19.0 for guidance.)
Data Validation Summary Table
Methi,ni/
,tna l>l,cal
Concentration
Validalion Criteria’
Validation
Data
rslodi lied
Data Valkiator (Name. title and
ResponsIbility ror Data Validations
Mains
l ’aranicicr
I e ci
(‘rileria
Modified’
Validation
11cr Level
I in i.evci
Used’
organizational affiliation)
(Name, title and organizational
affiliation)
‘lIthe most recent revision of the Region 1. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses will not be used to validate project data,
then document this fact and, on EPA-NE Worksheet #29a, provide a detailed description of the alternate validation criteria and/or procedures that will be used.
ir the Region I validation criteria will be modified to meet project objectives, then document this fact and, on EPA-NE Worksheet 29a, provide a detailed description ol
the modified validation criteria that will be used.
lf a modified validation Tier will be used to validate project data, then document this fact and, on EPA-NE Worksheet #29a, provide a detailed description of the Tier
modifications (hat will be used.
-------
E1’A-NE QAPP Worksheet #30 - Rev. 9/98
Describe the scientific and statistical procedures/methods (not just definitions of
DQIs) that will be used to determine whether data are of the right type, quality
and quantity to support environmental decision making for the project.
Speci tica Dy describe how precision, accuracy/bias, representativeness, sensitivity
(i.e., achievement of project Quantitation Limits), completeness and comparability
data will be used to determine if project quality objectives were achieved. Describe
how data quality issues will be addressed, and how limitations on the use of the
data will be handled. (Refer to QAPP Manual Sections 7.0 and 20.0 for guidance.)
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page ____ of____
Data Usability Assessment
-------
Appendix 2
EPA-NE DQO Summary Form
-------
EPA-NE - DQO SUMMARY FORM Page____ of____
A separate Form should be completed for each sampling event Rcfer to Aciachmeni A for instrucuons on completing this form Attachment B for a complete list
of the parameter codes and Attachment C for an example of a completed form
EPA Program TSCA CERCLA RCRA DW NPDES CAA
Other
Projected Date(s) of Sampling
EPA Site Manager______________________________
EPA Case Team Members_________________
Site Name____________________________________
Sue Location______________________________________________
Assigned Site LautudeiLonginzde______________________________
CERCLA Site/Spill ldenxifier No 01 — Operable Unit)
Phase ERA SA/SI pee-RI RI (phase 1. eta) FS RD RA ost-RA
(circle onel Other
QAPJP Title and Revision Daze_______________________________________________________________________
Approved by of Approval
Tide of Approving Official
U other than EPA. record daze approval authority was delegated
EPA Oversight Project (ends one) Y N Type of EPA Oversight (circle one) PRP or FF Other ____________
Confirmatory Azulysts for Field Screening Y N If EPA Oversight or Confirmatory % splits
Are cornpanbihry criteria documented’ V N
a. Mama Cod&
b. Parameter Code 1
C Preservation Cod&
d. Analytical Services Mechanism
C. No of Sample Locations
Field QC:
1. Field Duplicate Pairs
g. Equipmem Blanks
h VOA Trip Blanks
i Cooler Tcmncranare Blanks
j. Bottle Blanks
k Other_________________
I PES sent to Laboratory
Laboratory QC.
in Reacent Blank
it Duouicate
0 Mama Spike
p Mama Søike Duolicate
q Other_________________
Size Information
Site Dimensions
List all potentially contaminated rnamces_________________________________________________________
Range of Depth to Groundwater_________________________________________________________
Soil Types Surface Subsurface Other________________________
Sediment Typev Scream Pond Estuary Wetland Other___________ Expected SoilfSedinient Moisture Conzenc High Low
multiple matrices will be sampled during a sampling event, complete Sections 5-10 for each matrix. Matrix Cod&_____
Date Use (circle all that apply) Size lnvesuganOrdAsSessrneflt PRP Deternunaoon Removal Actions
Nature and Extent of Connenmatioll Human and/or Ecological Risk Assessment Rernedianon Alternatives
Engineering Design Remedial Action
Post-Remedial Action (quarterly monitoring) Other
Draft DQO Summary Form 11/96
-------
applicable
Action Levels
Analytical Method-Ouancuaoon Limits
(cu le rechniquc) Bader Low flow pump (Region I method: Yes No) Pensiniuc Pump
Posmve Displacemeni Pump Faucet or Spigot Other_______________
Split Spoon Dredge Trowel Other_______________
Procedures (SOP neetie. No.. Rev. L and dale)_____________________________________________
Sample Loesnons_____________________________________________________________
or Composite
umpled: Yes No
(circle) CR2 pH Specific Coiiducwace Dissolved 0 Temperanire Turbidity
Other_____________________________________________________________________________
Methods arid Parameters
tide/SOP name
Method/SOP
Idenuficanon number
Revision Dire
Target Parameters
(VOA. SV. Pesz/PCB. Metels. crc)
Criteria (circle one) 1. Renion r. EPA-NE Data Valtdazion Functional Guidelines for Evaluanne Environmental Analyses. Part U. 111
or IV
2. Other Appa vcd Validanon Criteria
(circle one) I U m Partial Tier m:
Performing Dass Validanon Prime or Subccnasactor (circle one
Contact Number___________________________________
(e.g. START. RACS. etc.) Work Assignment No
Form/Title Date of DQO Summary Form Completion__________________
Matrix Cod& - Refer to Attarthment B , Part I
Parameter Codes - Refer to Ar ’hm nt B. Part II
Preservation Codes 3
I. MC i in pH 2 7. K.Cr O,
2. HNO, 8 Freeze
3. NaNSO 9 Room Tempetinne (avoid excessive hear)
4 H SO 10 Other (Specify)
5. C0IC4C(±2) N. Norpreserved
6. NaOH
* - To supplement Matrix Codes andJor Parameter Codes contact the QA Unit
Draft DQO Summary Foam II /96
-------
ATTACHMENT A
Guidance for Completion of DQO Summary Form
DISTRIBUTION.
1) Copies of completed DQO Summary Forms should be included in the QAPjP/SAP
2) A. Copies of completed DQO Summary Forms for all CLP RAS work requested by EPA Site
Managers, EPA contractors, including RACS, ROC, and START, and other Federal Agencies
under Interagency Agreements. i.e., ACOE, and States under Cooperative Agreements should be
sent with the quarterly sample projections to the Region I RSCC. Completed DQO Summary
Forms for CLP RAS work be received by the RSCC prior to the sampling event.
B. Copies of completed DQO Summary Forms for non-CL? DAS work performed for EPA Site
Managers and EPA contractors must be received by the Region I RSCC prior to the sampling
event.
C. DQO Simimary Forms for non-CL? work performed under Interagency Agreements, Cooperative
Agreements, and Grants must be completed prior to the sampling event, submitted to the
“Authorizing Organi -arion ”. as delegated by EPA, and included in the site documents.
3) Copies of completed DQO Summary Forms aLso must be included in the Data Validation Report or Tier
I Validation Cover Letter (refer to Part I of the “Data Validation Manual” in the Region I. EPA-NE Data
Validation Functional Guidelines for Evaluating Environmental Analyses) , December 1996, or most recent
revision.
INSTRUCTIONS.
Note: A separate Form should be completed for each sampling event. For sampling events involving multiple
environmental manices, complete Sections 5-10 for each matrix and ensure that the two-letter matrix code
is identified in Section 5. Enter the page number and total number of pages in the top right band corner
on the Form.
Section 1:
• Circle the appropriate EPA Program(s) involved in multi-media, mun-progrrn rnatic sampling
events including, TSCA, CERCLA (i.e. Superfund), RCRA. DW (Drinking Water). NPDES.
CAA (Clean Air), or fill in the blank for “Other______
• List projected date(s) of sampling. The sampling dates should be inclusive of all matrices that will
be sampled during this sampling event.
• Record the EPA Site Manager’s name.
• List the names of the other EPA Case Team Members.
• Enter the site name. Use the NPL site name. If an NPL sue name does not exist, then use the
site name assigned under CERCLIS.
• Record the name of the city/town and State where the sire is located in the “Site Location’ field
• Record the “Assigned Site Latitude/Longitude”. Those numbers should be identical to those
contained in CERCLIS database. Contact the EPA Site Manager to obtain correct
Latitude/Longitude.
• Record the CERCLA site/spill identifier number, including the operable unit number. Contact
the EPA Site Manager to obtain the correct identifier numbers.
• Circle the appropriate phase of Superfund site work (ERA: Environmental Risk Assessment,
SA/SI: Site AssessmentlSite Investigation. RI: Remedial Investigation. FS: Feasibility Study, RD:
Remedial Design, PA: Remedial Assessment. post-PA: post-Remedial Assessment, i.e.. quarterly
monitoring). For non-Superfund site work, identify sampling event phase in the “Other” field.
1 Act. A - Draft DQO Stimniary Form 11/96
-------
Section 2:
• Record the complete title of the final QAPjP and revision date.
• Enter name of the Approving Official.
• Record date that the QAPjP was approved.
• Enter title of the Approving Official.
• Enter name of organization that has approval authority. This will be EPA. unless approval
authority has been delegated by EPA to a State or other Federal Agency.
• If another organl7-ation has been delegated approval authority, then enter the date that EPA
delegated approval authority (daze of Quality Assurance Management Plan approval).
• Identify whether the project sampling event is an EPA oversight project, circle Yes or No.
• Indicate type of oversight by circling either Potentially Responsible Part (PRP) or Federal
Facility (FF), or complete the blank for Other:__________
• Identify whether confirmatory sampling and analysis is being performed to verify field screening
results, circle Yes or No.
• If EPA oversight or confirmatory analysis will be performed, record the percentage of spiit
samples to be collected and analyzed.
• If EPA oversight or confirmatory analysis will be performed, identify whether comparability
criteria are documented in the approved QAPJP or SAP, circle Yes or No.
Section 3:
a) List the two letter code for each matrix for samples char will be collected. Refer to Appendix B
for a correct list of matrix codes. If a matrix does not have a corresponding code, then attach a
description of the matrix to the DQO Summary Form.
Note: The matrix codes corrvspond to the matrix identifiers contained in the New
England Sample Tracking System (NESTS) database. The current list of matrix
codes are not Intended to Indude all types of environmental matrices. However,
they do represent groupings of similar-type matrices that potentially contain similar
analytic interferences. For mmple, the matrix code GW (ground water) includes
water from monitoring wells, supply wells, and public wells.
b) For each matrix, identify the analytical parameters for samples that will be collected by recording
the appropriate parameter code. Refer to Appendix B for a current list of parameter codes. If
an analytical parameter does not have a corresponding code, then the method title and/or SOP
name, method and/or SOP identification number, and method and/or SOP revision date should be
included and recorded in Section 9 of this Form.
Note: The parameter codes corre pond to the analytical method parameters utilized
in NESTS database. Appendix B Includes a comprehensive list of analytical methods
that have been used historically for Region I site work.
c) For each matrix and parameter, identil ’ the preservation technique chat will be used by recording
the appropriate preservation code. Refer to the reverse side of this Form for a list of preservation
codes.
d) Record the analytical service(s) mechanism that will be used for each matrix and parameter:
- CLP-RAS (CLP-Routine Analytical Service) This service may be utilized by EPA site
managers, EPA contractors including, RACS, ROC, and START contracts. It may also
be utilized under Interagency agreements, i.e., by the ACOE, and under Cooperative
Agreements with the States.
- RACS-DAS (Remedial Alternative Contracting Strategy-Delivery of Analytical Services)
- ROC-DAS (Regional Oversight Contract-DAS)
- START-DAS (Superfund Technical Assessment and Reniedianon Contract-DAS)
- EPA-NERL (EPA-New England Regional Laboratory)
2 An. A - Draft DQO Summary Form 11/96
-------
- Regional EPA-NE analytical contract
- Staze-Non-CLP
- Other Federal Agency Non-CLP
- If another analytical mechanism will be used, describe in detail on a separate page and
attach to the Form.
e) Record the number of discrete locations that will be sampled for each parameter. The No. of
Sample Locations count should include the sue and background locations sampled.
• Record the number of each type of field QC sample that will be collected and sent to the
laboratory for analysis for each matrix and parameter.
f) Record the number of Field duplicate sample pairs (which will equal 1 for each pair of field
duplicates) that will be collected.
g) Enter the number of equipment/rlnsate blanks.
h) Enter the number of VOA Trip blanks.
i) Enter the number of Cooler Temperature blanks that will be used.
j) Enter the number of Bottle Blanks that will be analyzed.
k) Describe any other field QC samples and the total number that were collected and that will be sent
to the laboratory.
1) Enter the number of PESs that will be sent to the laboratory in accordance with EPA Region I
Performance Evaluation Program Guidance , July 1996.
Note: The total of “e-l” equals the total number of samples sent to a laboratory for each
matrix and parameter.
• Record the number of each type of laboratory QC sample that will be analyzed with the samples
reccived.
in) Enter the minimum number of reagent blanks that will be analyzed.
n) Enter the number of laboratory Duplicates that will be analyzed.
o) Enter the number of matrix spikes that will be analyzed.
p) Enter the number of matrix spike duplicates that will be analyzed.
q) Descnbe any other laboratory QC samples and the total number that will be analyzed.
Section 4:
• Enter the approximate site dtm icions with units.
• List all potentially cont mtriar d matrices, regardless of whether or not they will be sampled
during this sampling event.
• For well sampling, complete Range of Depth to Gmundwaier to ensure proper pump is utikzed.
• For soil sampling, circle Surface or Subsurface or complete Other:___________
• For sediment sampling, circle Stream, Pond, Estuary, Wetland, or complete Other:_________
• For soil/sediment sampling, circle expected moisture content: High or Low. Note: Analytical
methods used for high moLsiure content samples should ensure that DQO-specified dry
weight quantitation limits are achieved.
3 Ati. A - Draft DQO Summary Form 11/96
-------
Section 5:
When multiple matrices wilt be sampled during a sampling event, complete Sections 5-10 for each matrix
and enter the Matrix Code.
• Identify the two-letter matrix code for which the information is provided in sections 5-10.
• Circle the potential uses for sample data such as, site investigationiassessment, PR? dezermmanon,
removal actions, nature and extent of contamination, human and/or ecological risk assessment.
remediation alternatives, engineering design, remedial action, post-remedial action, i.e., quarterly
monitoring. A space is available for other potential uses of data.
Section 6:
• Briefly summarize the project DQOs. This section should describe the specific objectives of the
sampling event, i.e., to identify health risks to children, ages 1.6, residing on the site who might
be exposed to surface soils located in the area, or to characterize the extent of groundwater
cantamrn2rion. Identify the purpose of sampling, the decisions that will be made using the data,
action level information, and any relaxed information needed to identify that appropriate analytical
and field sampling methods were chosen. Complete the table with the following information:
conramin ncs of concern (COC), COC action levels and analytical method quantitation limits for
each COC. Note: Since this information will be used by data validators to identify potential
data usability Issues for the mer, It is Imperative that It Is clear and concise.
Section 7:
• Circle applicable sampling r chnique(s) used and/or complete “Other” to describe an innovative
sampling technique or one that is not listed.
• Identify the SOPs that will be utilized for sample collection. Include SOP name, identification
number and revision number and/or dale.
• Record the discrete Background sample station location number(s) that will be sampled.
• Circle if samples will be “grab’ or “composite”.
• To indicate potential “Hoc spots” on site, circle Yes or No.
Section 8:
• Identify the field data that will be collected including, OR?, pH, specific conductance, dissolved
02, temperature, and turbidity. A space is available to indicate other field testing that will be
performed.
Section 9:
• If an analytical method does not have a Parameter code (required information in Section 3), then
the method title and/or SOP name, method and/or SOP identification number, and method and/or
SOP revision date should be included. Attach a separate page if additional space is needed.
• Record the specific parameters required for analysis.
4 Au. A. Draft DQO Summary Form 11/96
-------
Section 10: In accordance with Region I QA policy, all data must be validated in accordance with the
most recent revision of Part I the “Data Validation Manual: The Data Quality System” of
the Region 1. EPA-NE Data Validation Functional Guidelines of Evaluating Environmental
Analyses .
• Circle the data validation criteria required by the QAPjP andlor SAP. In most cases, the QAPJP
andJor SAP should cue the most reccnt revision of the Region 1. EPA-NE Data Validation
Functional Guidelines of Evaluating Environmental Analyses and identify the applicable Functional
Guideline criteria procedures that will be used to validate the data: Part Il-Volatile/Semivolaule
Data Validation Functional Guidelines, Part llI-PesticidelPCB Data Validation Functional
Guidelines, and Part TV-Inorganic Data Validation Functional Guidelines.
If modified criteria or alternate data validation criteria will be utilized, the modified or alternate
criteria must be documented in an approved QAPjP and/or SAP as stipulated in Part I, the “Data
Validation Manual: The Data Quality System”, December 1996 revision of the Region!. EPA-NE
Data Validation Functional Guidelines of evaluating Environmental Analyses , December 1996
revision.
• Circle the Region I Validation Tier that will be used.
• If a partial Tier III data validation is required, then the subset receiving a partial Tier Ill should
be specified (e.g., b n’ -ne , VOA, etc).
• Identify the company performing the data validation. Circle either Prime or Subcontractor.
Section 11:
• Record the field sampling contractor company/organiiat ion name
• Contract number
• Name of contract
• Work assignment number
• Name and title of person completing Form
• Completion date of the DQO Snmmaiy Form
5 Att.A-DraftDQOSummaryFormll/96
-------
ATI’ACHMENT B - PART 1
Matrix Code&
Aqueous:
DW - Drinking Water
OW - Ground Water
U - Leachate (includes porewater)
SW - Surface Water
WW - Waste Water (includes scrubber blowdown)
Solid:
SE - Sediment (includes udal sediments)
SO - Soil
Biota:
SD-Bird Tissue
CF - Crawfish Tissue
F! - Fish (includes whole fish)
MU - Mussel (includes clam, quahog, and oyster tissue)
OF-Offal
PL - Plant
FF - Fish Fillet
Wastes:
AS - Ash (includes incinerator ash and boiler aggregate)
DU - Dust (includes concrete dust and fines)
0! - Oil (includes waste oil)
SL - Sludge
WD - Wood (includes chips, cuttings, and drillings)
WT - Waste (includes both solids and liquids)
ST - Still Bottoms
Miscellaneous:
AR - Air Samples
DN - DNAPLs
LN - LNAPLs
WI - Wipe Samples
PC - Paint Chips
CT - Concrete
An. B. Part I - Draft DQO Summary Form 11/96
-------
ATFACIIMENT 8- PART II
PARAMETER CODES
PARAMETER COIJE/MEflIOD
IDENTIF iCATION NUMBER
J METIIOI) TITLE
J
REFERENCE
PARAMETER NAME
OLMO3 IF
USEPA CLI ’ Statement of Woik for Organic. Analysis - OLMO3 I
I
Full orgatuucs (VOA. SV. P/I ’) CLP SOW Organic Analysis
OLMU3 IP
USEPA CLP Statement of Work (or Organic. Analysis - OLMO3 I
I
Pesticude/Aroclors Analysis CLI’ SOW Organic Analysis
OLMO3 IS
USEPA CLP Statement of Work (or Organics Analysis - OLMU3 I
I
Semivolauile Organics Analysis CLP SOW Organic Analysis
OLMO3 IV
USEPA CLP Statenient of Work (or Organics Analysis - OLMO3 I
I
Volatile Organics Analysis CLP SOW Organic Analysis
1003
llalogenated hydrocarbons
2
NIOSII 1003 Volaiule on Charcoal Tubes
12/90-01
USEPA CLP Statement of Work ror Analysis or Polyclihorinated Dubenro p-Dioains
(PCDD) and Polychiorunated Dibenzolurans (PCDF), DFLMI 0, Rev 12/90
3
12/90 SOW I)ioxm/Furan Analysis
130 I
Ilarditess, Toial (mg(L) as CaCO , Colorumeirtc, Automaied EDTA
4
Ilarduess-Colorirneiric, Automated EDTA
130 2
llardnecs, Total (iuigfL) as CaCO,, Titriunetric, EDTA
4
hlardness-Tiirunteituc. EDTA
13112007
Toxicity Cliaracuerisiic Leaching Procedure and Determination of Metals and Trace
Elements in Water and Wastes by Induciively Coupled Plasuna-Aioniuc Emission
Specirometry
S & 7
TCLP Extraction-Metals Analysis
13113 IF
Toxicuiy Characteristic Leaching Procedure and USEPA CLP Stairmeni of Woik (or
Organics Analysis - OLMO3 I
S & I
TCLP Extraction-Full Organics Volatile, Semivolatile,
Pesticide/PCB Analysis
1311) IP
Tosicuty Characteristic Leaching Procedure and USEPA CLP Statement of Work Fur
Organucs Analysis - OLMO3 I
S & I
TCLP Extricuion-PesticidelPCB Analysis
13113 IS
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure and USEPA CLP Stauentent of Work for
‘Organucs Analysis - OLMO3 I
5 & I
1 CLP Extraction-Sctmvolatile Analysis
13113 IV
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure and USEPA CLP Statement of Work rur
Organics Analysis - OLMOJ I
i & I
1CLP Extiacuiuii-Vrilai.lc Analysis
13118000
Toxicity Characieri tuc Leaching Procedure and Deternuination of Organic Analyles by Gas
Chroi uiatugrapliy
5
TCLP Extraction-Full Oiganucs
1)118080
Toxicity Characteristic Lcachinj Procedure and Detenitination of Organochlurune Pesticides
and PCRs by Gas Chroniatographiy
5
TCLP Extraction PestictdelPCB Analysis
13118240
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure and Deteniiinauuon of Volaiile Orgaiuics by (las
Chruniatograpliy/Mass Spectromet,y_(GCIMS)
5
TCLP Extraction-Volatile Analysis
13118270
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure and Deiennmaiiun of Seniuvolatilc Organucs by
Gas (‘luruitiat igiapliy/Mass_Sprclrometiy_(GCIMS)__Capillary_Column_Techuiuque
5
TCLP Extraction Seniuvolatile Analysis
Au H. Pan II - l)rafi DQO Summary Form 11/96
-------
ATIACIIMENl’ II - P4111’ II
PARAMETER CODES
[ PARAMETER CODEIMEI1IOD
[ lDENTlFlCATIoN NUMBER
METHOD TITLE
REFERENCE
PARAMETER NAME
160 I
Residue, Filterable, Graviinetric, Dried at ISO •C
4
Total Dksolved Sulids (TDS)
l61J 2
Residue, Noit filiesaljle. (J,avtinet,jc, Dried at 103.103 C
4
Total Suspended Solids (1SS)
160 3
Residue, Total, Gravirneiric, Dried at 103-105 •C
4
Total Solids
1613
Telra- through Octa- Chlorinated Dioains and Furans by Isotope Dilutions IIRUC/IIRMS
6
Diosin/Furan high Resolution Analysis
200 7
Dctcnnination of Metals and Trace Elements in Waler and Wastes by Inductively Coupled
Plasma - Atomic Emission Speclromeuy (Rev 4 4. 1994)
7
ICP Metals Analysis-Full Lisi
200 7XX
Determination of Metals and Trace Elements in Waler and Wastes by Inductively Coupled
Plasma - Atomic Emission Spectrometry (Rev 4 4. 1994)
7
ICP Metals Analysis-XX Specific Metals
200 9/CD
[ )elermiiialiun of Trace Elements by Stabilized Teniperature Graphite Furnace AtomIc
Absorption Spectrometry (Rev 2 2. 1994)
7
Graphite Furnace-Cadmium
200 9/SB
Determination of Trace Elements by Stabilized Temperature Graphite Furnace Atomic
Absorption Spcctwmet,y
7
Graphite Furnace-Antimony
200 9AS
Determination of Trace Elements by Stabilized Tcnmpcrature Graphite Furnace Atomic
Absorption Spectronietty
7
Graphite Furnace-Arsenic
204 2/SB
Antimony AA, Furnace
4
Gtaphtte Furnace-Antimony
206 2
Arsenic AA, Furnace
4
Graphite Furnace-Arsenic
213 2/CD
Cadmium AA. Furnace
4
Graphite Furnace-Cadmium
2320 B
Alkalinity. Titration Method
8
Titration Method-Alkalinity
2340B
hardness by Calculation
8
hardness Calculation
2340C
hardness, EDTA Tttrlineiric Method
8
ilaidiiess Titrimneiric, EDTA
2540B
Total Solids Dried at 103- 103 C
8
total Solids
2! 4OC
Total Dissolved Solids Dried at 180 C
8
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS)
254 0D
Total Suspended Solids Dried at 103-105 °c
S
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
300 OCI
Ion Chromatography
Determination Inorganic Anions in AQ by IC
300 OF
Ion Chromatography
Ion Clirom -rluoride
300 0N03
Ion Chroumiatography
Ion Clirom -Nitrate
310 I
Alkalinity Titrinietric (phI 4 3)
4
Titrimetric Alkalinity
2
All. B, Pail II - Drafi DQO Sutllrnary Form I 1/96
-------
ATIACIIMENT ii - PART II
PARAMETER CODES
PARAMETER CODEIMETIIOt)
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
METHOD TItLE
J
REFERENCE J PARAMETER NAME
I
310 2
Alkalinity. Colorimeitic. Automated. Methyl Orange
4
Co lor,tneiricA lka liuiity
31 13U/AS
Metals by Eleciruthcrrnal Atomic Absorption Spcctroiitetry
8
Graphite Furtiace-Arscnlc
31 13B/CI)
Metals by Electrothermal Atomic AbsorptIon Spcctrontet,y
8
Graphite Furnace-Cadmium
3ll3B/SB
Metals by Electrothermal Atomic Absorption Specironietiy
8
Graphite Furnace-Antimony
325 2
Chloride. Colorimeiric. Automated Ferricyanide AA II
4
Cohortmetnc Chloride
325 3
Chloride. Titrimeiric. Mercuric Nitrate
4
Tjtrtmetric-Chloride
335 2
Cyanide. Total. Titrimetric; Spectropholomeiric
4
Titrirnetrtc-Total Cyanide
340 2
Fluoride, Potetitiomeliic. Ion Selective Electrode
4
Electrode Fluoride
350 I
Nitrogen. Ammonia. Colorimetrtc. Automated Phenate
4
Coloriinetric-Amnionia
350 2
Nitrogen. Ammonia. Coloriinetrlc; Titrimetric; Potentiometric-Dlstillation Procedure
4
Colortmeiric. Titrimetric. Electrode-Dist -Ammonia
350 3
Nitrogen. Ammonia. Potentiometric. Ion Selective Electrode
4
Electrode-Ammonia
351 2
Nitrogen. Kjeldaltl. Total. Colorimetric. Semi-Automated Block Digester. AA II
4
Colori,iietric Semi-Auto-Total Kjcldahil N (TIC-N)
351 3
Nitrogen. Kjeldahl. Total. Colorimetric; Titrimetric. Potentiometric
4
Colorimetruc. Titrinictric. Electrode-Total Kje Walsh N (TKN)
352 I
Nitrogen. Nitrate. Colorimeinc, Btucinc
4
Calorimetric-Nitrate
353 I
Nitrogen. Nitrate-Nitrite. Colorimetric. Autonsated. Ilydrazlne Reduction
4
Colorimetric. Auto . llydr-Red.-Nitrate
353 2
Nitrogen, Nttrate-Nutnte, Colorimetnc. Automated. Cadmium Reduction
4
Colorimeiiic. Auto . Cd-Red -Nitrate
353 3
Nitrogen, Nttraie-Nitrue , Spectrophotometric. Cadmium Reduction
4
Spectra . Cd Red-Nitrate
354 I
Nitrogen. Nitrite. Specirophotomeiric
4
Spectrophotoinetrtc-Nitrite
365 I
Phosphorus. All Forms, Colorimetric. Automated. Ascorbic Acid
4
Colortmetric. Auto, Ascorbic Acid-Phosphorus
365 2
Pltosphorus, All Forms. Cohorlmctric. Ascorbic Acid, Single Reagent
4
Colorimetric. Ascorbic Acid. I Reag-Phosphorus
365 3
Pliospliotus. All Forms. Calorimetric. Ascorbic Acid. Two Reagent
4
Calorimetric. Ascorbic Acid. 2 Reag-Phosphorus
365 4
Phosphorus. Total, Colorimetric, Automated, Block Digestor AA II
4
Calorimetric. Auto -l’liosphorus
370 I
Silica, Dissolved. Colorinietric
4
Calorimetric Silica
375 I
SulFate. Colot,inetrtc. Automated, Chloranilate
4
Coluiiinctric. Automated-SulFate
3 Alt. B. Pan II - Draft DQO Summary Form I 1/96
-------
ArIACIIMENT ft - PARr II
PARAMETER CODES
PARAMETER CODEIMETI 101)
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
METHOD TI1LE
REFERENCE
PARAMETER NAME
375 3
SulFate, Gravimeiric
4
Gravliiiciiic-SulFatc
375 4
SulFate, Turhulitnelruc
4
Turb ldimeiilc-Sul Fate
316 I
Sullide. Tiirniiclric. ludme
4
li liimet,ic•SuIIitIe
376 2
Sulfide, Coloiiiiieiric, Methylene Blue
4
Colorimetric -Sullide
403
Bicarbonate
Bicarbonate
405 I
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 001) (5 day, 20CC)
4
5 Days 20CC -001)
410 I
Chemical Oxygen Demand, Titiumeiric, Mid-Level
4
1 ititnieltiC COt) Mid Level
410 2
Clientical Oxygeut Demand, liiriine lrlc, Line Level
4
Titiinicl,ic-COI) Low Level
4W 3
Chemical Oxygen Demand. Tinumetric, high Level for Saline Waters
4
Tttrimelrtc-C0I) High Level
4104
Chemical Ozygen Demand, Colorimetric, Automated; Manual
4
Spectrophoinmetric-COl) ManuallAuto
4110
Deuenninatuon of Anions by Ion Chromatography
8
AnIOnS
413 1
Oil and Grease, Total Recoverable, Oravimetric, Sqiaratory Funnel Extraction
4
Oravimeinc-Oul & Grease
413 2
Oil and Grease, Total Recoverable. Specurophotomeurlc, Infrared
4
thI and Grease (0 & G) - hR Spec.
415 I
Organic Carbon, Total. Combustion or Oxidation
4
Combustion or OxidalIOn-TOC
415 2
Organic Carbon, Total. UV Promoted, Persulfate OxIdation
TOC-I.ow Level, UV Pronsoted
418 1
Peitolcum hydrocarbons, Total Recoverable, Spectrophotorneiric. Infrared
4
IR SpecTPII. Pelrolcuin Ilydrocaihons
418 ITPII
Pcuroleum Hydrocarbons. Total Rccovcrable, Specirophotomelric. Infrared
4
Total Petroleum hydrocarbons
4500 PIE
Phosphorus, Ascorbic Acid Method
8
Ascorbic Acid-Phosphorus
4500-PIE
Phosphorus, Automated Ascorbic Acid Reduction Method
8
Auto Ascosbtc Acid-Pliosphonus
4S OOhIC
Fluoride. Ion-Selecthe Electrode Method
8
ElecitodcF luo i*dc
4501JN020
Nuirogen (Nitrite) Coloriuneiric Method
8
Co ho rimc lricNitrute
4500N03E
Nuirogen (Nuirate) Caduuuium Reduction Method
8
CadiUiUni Red Manual Nitrate
4300N03F
Nutrugcn (Nuiraie) Autumaied Reduction Method
8
Cadnitum Red Auto -Niliale
4500N 0311
Nitrogen (Nitraic) Automated hlydrazine Reduction
8
Auiomaied I lydrazinc-N itrate
4 All B, Part Ii - Drall L)QO Siinunaiy Form 11196
-------
A1TACIIMENf 8- PART U
PARAMETER CODES
CODE/METhOD METHOD TITLE
NUMUER
REFERENCE
PARAMETER NAME
4500 5/I) Sulfide, Metltylene Blue Method
8
Methylrne Blue Sulfide
4 50(JS/P Sulfide. Iodometrjc Method
8
lodornetrlc-Sullide
4500 504C Sulfate. (havhncrric Method with igniltout of Residue
R
Grav.#Ignittun-SuUate
45005040 Sulfate. Gravimetric Method with Drying of Residue
8
Gray + Drying-Sulfate
450051/0 Silica, Molybdosilicate Method
B
Molybdosulicate-Silica
I I 2-Dihroniethane(EDR), l.2-Duhronio-3-chloropropane (DBCP), sod 1,2,3-
Trichluroprupaiic (123 TCP) in Waler by Microestraction and Gas Chromatography (Rev
I I, 1995)
9
EUB. DRCP & 123TCP, Mittoesiraction & CC
5210/B Biochemical Oxygen Demand (DOD). 5 Day DOD Test
8
5 Day-DOD
5220/C Chemical Oaygen Demand (COD). Closed Reflux, Titnmeiric Method
B
Tiirinieiric-COD Mid L.cvcl
5220/ 0 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD), Closed Rcflux, Colorimetric Method
8
SpcctrophotomctricCOD Manual/Auto
2 Measurement of Purgeable Organic Compounds In Water by Capillary Column Gas
CliwmatographylMass Spectiomelry (Rev. 4 0, 1992)
9
Measuremeol of Purgeable Organic Compounds In Water - Capillary
Column by CC/MS
2 + Measurement of Purgeable Organic Compounds In Water by Capillary Column Gas
Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (Rev. 4 0. 1992)
9
524.2 PIus Additional Compounds
2 Determination of Organic Compounds lii Drinking Water by Liquid-Solid Extraction and
Capillary Column Gas Chromatography/Mass Spcctrometry (Rev. 2 0, 1995)
9
Determinaluon of Organic Compounds In DW by Liquid Solid
ExtractIon Capillary Column by CC/MS
10/B Total Organic Carbon (TOC) Combususon-lnCrared Mctliod
8
Combustion Inirared-TOC
Total Organic Carbon (TOC) Pesullatc-Uliraviolet Oirldaiuun Method
8
Pcrsullare-IJV Oaiiiation-TOC
Total Otganic Carbon (TOC) Wet-Oxidation Method
8
Wet-Oxidation-TOC
1 l)eieciion of Chlorination Disinfection Byproducts and Chlorinated Solvenis, and
hlalogenated Persicldeslllerbicldes in Drinking Water by Liquid/Liquid Extraction and Gas
Chromatography with Electron-Capture Detection
9
Det Chluro Dusin Byprods, Chluro Solv by LL&GC
Oil and Grease Parlition-Gravluiieiric Method
8
Gravtmetric-Oil & Grease
Oil and Grease Panition-Inirared Method and llydrocarbons
S
lR Spec-TPII. Petroleum, Hydrocarbon
Purgeable Ilaloca,bons (Trap-CC/Hall Detector-Electrolytic Conductivity Detector)
10
Puigeable llalocarbons Trap-GC/ELCD
Purgeable Arornasics (Trap-CC/PlO)
1(1
Purgeable Aromatucs Trap (3C/PlI)
Parr “ ‘ ‘raii “ ‘ utr ‘Ofl ‘‘
-------
ATIACIIMENT B - PART II
PARAMETER CODES
PARAMETER CODE/METhOD
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
METHOD TITLE I
I
REFERENCE
PARAMETER NAME
608
Organochlonne Pesticides and PCBs by (OCIECD)
10
Organochlorinc Pest PCB-GCIECI)
624
Purgeables (Trap-OCIMS)
It)
Purgeable Trap-CC/MS
625
BaselNeutrals and Acids (GCIMS)
10
BasrINeuiraI &Acids Eatr. CC/MS
80l5A
Nonhialogenated Volatile Orgunics by Gas Chromatography
5
Noithalogenated Volatile Org CC
X O SOA
Organochlorine Pesticides and Polychlorinated Biphenyls by Gas Chromatography (Rev. I,
1994)
S
Organoclilnrmne Pest &PCB by (3CIECD
82408
Volatile Organics by Gas Chromatography/Mass Spcctromciiy (CC/MS) (Rev 2. 1994)
5
Volatile Organic Compounds by CC/MS
8270B
Senii olatile Organic Compounds by Oas ChromatographylMass Spcctrornctry (GCIMS)
Capillary Column Technique (Rev. 2. 1994)
5
Semlvolatile Organic Compounds by CC/MS
8290
Polychlorinated Dtbenzodioxlns (PCDDs) and Polychlorlnaied Dibeniofurans (PCDFs) by
hligli-Resolulion Gas Chromaiogsiptiyllllgh Resolution Mass Spcctromclry
(IIRGC/IIRMS) (Rev 0. 1994)
S
PCDDS & I’CD S by IIRGCIMS
ASTM2974
Standard Test Method for Moisture. Ash and Organic Matter of Peat and Other Organic
Matter
II
TCOC TOT Combustible Org Content
ASfl1D422
Standard Test Method fur Particle-Size Analysis of Soils
II
Grain Sizc Analysis
1LMO4OCN
USEPA CLP SOW for Inorganics Analysis - ILMO4 0
Il
Cyanide Inorganic CLP SOW
ILMO4OMT
USEPA CLP SOW for Inorganics Analysis - ILMO4.O
12
Metals (no CN) Inorganic CLP SOW
ILM O4OTL
USEPA CLP SOW for Inorganics Analysis - ILMG4 0
12
Metals & Cyanide Inorganic CLP SOW
To-I
Determination of Volatile Organic Compounds In Ambient Air using Tcnaa Adsorption and
GCIMS
13
VOC-AIK . Tenaa Tubes
TO - 14
Dcicnnmanrrn of Volatile Organic Compounds in Ainbicisi Air Using Summa Passivated
Canister Sampling and CC Analysis
U
VOC-AIR. Sutnma Canisters
TO 2
Determination of Volatile Organic compounds In Ambient Air using Carbon Molecular
Sieve Adsorption and CC/MS -
13
VOC-A1R. Carbon Mulecular Sieve
NO1E The method iiuiiiher is incoqmrated into the Parameter Code
REFERENCES
USEPA CIP Statement iif Work lor Organi Analysit. Multi-Media. Multi-Cunceitiratwu. CLMU3 I. August 1994
2 NIOSII Manual ul Analytical Methods (Second. Part I). NIOSII Monitoring Methods Volume I
6 All. B, Pan II - Drafl L)QO Sununary Form 11/96
-------
ArFACIIMENT B - PARI II
PARAMETER CODES
3 USEVA CLP Statement of Work for Analysis of Polychlorinated Dihenzo-p-Dioxins (PCDD) and Polychiorinated Dubeiieoluraiis (PCDF). DFLMIJI IJIL)FLMOI I - Rev 12190 and Rev 9/91
4 Methods for Chemical Analysis oF Water and Wanes. Environmental Protection Agency. EPA-600/4-79-020
S Test Methods For Evaluating Solid Waste. Physical/Chemical Methods. SW-846. Third Edition. July 1992 and Updates
6 Method 1613 Tetra- Through Ocia- Chlorinated Dioxins and Furans by Isotope Dilutions IIRGCIIIRMS, EPA 82 1-B-94 tN)5, Octohcr 1994. Rev B
1 Methods For the Detetnunaiion of Metals in Environmental Samples, EPAI600/4 .9l/0lU , June 1991. and Supplement I. EPA-6(JU/R-94 1 1 II. May l994
S Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewaier. 19th EditIon, 1995
9 Methods for the Determination of Organic Compounds in Drinking Water, December 1988. EPAI600I4 -881039 and Updates
10 Code of Federal Regulations. 40 CFR. Part 136. App A
II American Society for Testing and Materials
12 USIEPA CIP Statement of Work For Inorgantcs Analysis. Multi-media, MultI-concentration. ILMI)4 0
13 EPA Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Toxic Organic Compounds in Ambient Air. EPA-600/4-84-04l, May, 1987
7 Alt. 13. Part II - Draft DQO Summary Form 11196
-------
Appendix 3
Example Field Sampling Forms
-------
1. Pump dial setting (for example: hertz, cyclesfm!n, etc)
2. jtSiemens per cm(same as gimhos/cm)at 25°C.
3. Oxidation reduction potential (stand in for Eh).
EXAMPLE (Minimum Requirements)
Well PURGING-FIELD WATER QUALITY MEASUREMENTS FORM
Page of____
Location (Site/Facility Name) Depth to of screen
Well Number Date______________________ (below MP) top bottom
Field Personnel______________________________________ Pump Intake at (ft. below MP)
Sampling Organization__________________________________ Purging Device; (pump type)
Identify MP_ —
Clock
Time
24 fIR
Water
Depth
below
MP
ft
Pump
Dial’
Purge
Rate
nil/win
Cum.
Volume
Purged
liters
Temp.
°C
Spec.
Cond. 2
pS/cm
pH
ORP/
Eh’
mv
DO
ing/L
Turb-
idity
NTU
Comments
-------
SOIL BORING LOG -fl!r ;i
I Project No.
Ajea
Bonng No
Coniractor
Date Started: Completec
Method.
Casing Size:
P1 Meter
Ground EIev.:
Sod DnIled:
Total Depth
Logged by
Checked by: Below Ground
Screen: (ft.) (ft.) Diam: (ID) I Matenal 1 Page of
E
SOIIJROCICJD1SCHARGE WATER DESCRIPTION
I I
— I I
— I I
— I I
— I I
= I I
— I I
I I I
— I
— I
— I I
I I
I I I
— I • I
— I I
— I I I
— ‘ II
— I I
— I
— • I I
— I
— • I
— I I I
SOIL BORING LOG
QUALITY ASSURANCE PROJECT PLAN - ADDENDUM
Client
Protection
-------
BORING LOG
N N
L7CE( ?Th )
LElmP )
Q
‘T i Dia$
I_
i
-
..
M
. .
--
_• . 614 L$
:
t1
I
—
!
I
— — r y. .
i
:
2
,
-------
WELL DEVELOP Vffr T RECORD
WJP p 7 ID _____
_at_
PECTNAI .
LOCATION:_________________
TOTAL D T}( (PTOC) __________
PROiECT NO. . —
DATE fl’1STALW :
e,ljp! n c
METHODS OF DEWLOpME! 4T
Ba1 g
‘T—’ c——I . J _ .—1- .
C P p ; C —
Cyø
EO(flPM -r NtJp.g pj
EC
M ______________
____________
Th.cr”....
SNG VOUJME flJPOLMATTON•
L
Lu Cf Vo p VAt (j... .Ø
L
tI
L
I tJ7
.o
OAS
C.7
tJ
Ii
PUR 4G !W OR ow
W Ou ( )
u1W Li D (C
e.
t C($ WCgt ( )
(B)
•
.
(C)
C4 W Vo E)
I
•
pL
T P v ..______ a vAT s
I
A
—
va
D
T
(p7Qc
(p1)
Ø(
EC
F C_
T yi
$ d(ppm
rnr.,nl
—
—
-
—
—
—
-
—
—
—
—
1
T____
i
=
:‘i I
—
—
-
—
—
—
—
DATE.
-------
IS, inalure
Date /Time Ri’ceived for Laboratory by I Date /Time
NATIONAL ENFORCEMENT INVESTIGATIONS CENTER
Building 53, Box 25227. Denver Federal Center
Denver, Colorado 80225
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
Office of Enfoicement
CHAIN OF CUSYODV RECORD
PROJ NO PROJECT NAME
NO
OF
I//// REMARKS
CON-
TAINERS
SAMPLERS (Signarure)
— —
STA NO DATE TIME o STATION LOCATION
o 0
Relinquished by (Signature)
Relinquished by. (Signature)
Date
Date
/Time
/T;me
I
Received by.
Received by:
(Signature) Relinquished by: (Signature) —
(Signorure) Relinquished by: (S,gnature
.___
Date
Date
/Time
/Tirne
Received by
Received by
(Signature)
(S,gnarure
Relinquished by: (Signature)
Remarks
Distribution. Oiiginal Accompanies Shipment. Copy to Coordinator Field Files
-------
Appendix 4
Environmental Monitoring Management Council (EMMC) Method Format
-------
EMMC METHODS FORMAT
This document describes the standard to be used to document EPA’s
env’on.rnental monitoring methods. The EMMC Methods Format was
dt veloped to provide a uniform system for the integrated review of methods
by the Work Groups of the Environmental Morutonng Management Council’s
M Hoc Panel on Methods lntegra on. The outline form of the Met hQds Format
was approved by the EMMC Methods Integra ort Panel and Chairs of the
respectve Work Groups on January 24, 1992. While the format on naI y was
ut tended for use in documen ng methods for use across the vanous EPA
Program Offices, some of the specifics in this description relate to the special
problems of documenting a performance-based method. The bold text
indicates the numbers and titles of the sections specified in the EMMC format.
1.0 Scope and Application
• Tabular format whenever possible
• Analyte list
• CAS numbers
• Matnces
• Method Sensitivity (expressed as mass and as
concentraton with a specific sample size)
Include a list of analytes (by common name) and their CAS registry
numbers. the matrices to whid the method appUes a generic
desaiption of method sensitivity (expressed both as the mass of
arialyte that can be quantified and as the concentration for a specific
sample volume or size), and the data quality objectives which the
method is designed to meet. Much of this material may be
presented in a tabular format
20 Summazy of Method
• Sample volume requiremenb ,
• Extraction,
• Digestion,
• Concentration, and other preparation steps employed.
• Analytical instrumentation and detector system(s).
and
• Techzuques used for quantitative determixiations.
-------
F \t’1C - tachment B Format tcr DocLm n Ing ethu s
Sunirnanze the method in a few paragraphs The purposed the
sun’cnary is to provide a succinct overview of the technique to aid
the reviewer or data user in evaluating the method and the data.
List sample vol e, extraction, digestion, concentration. and other
preparation steps employed, the analytical insthimentation and
detector system(s), and the techniques used for quantitative
deterrritrtations.
3.0 Definitions
Include the definitions of all method-speafic terms here. For
extensive lists of definitions, this section may simply refer to a
glossary attached at the end of the method document.
4.0 Interferences
This section should discuss any known interferences, especially
those that are specthc to the performance-based method. If known
interferences in the reference method are not interferences in the
performance-based method. this should be dearly stated.
5.0 Safety
Above and beyond good Laboratory practices
• Disclain’ier statement (look at ASTM disclaimer)
• Special precautions
• Specific toxicity of target analytes or reagents
• Not appropriate for general safety statements
This section should discuss only those safety issues specific to the
method, and beyond the scope of roubze laboratory practices.
Target analytes or reagents that pose specific toxiaty or safety
issues should be addressed in this secton.
6.0 Equipment and Supplies
Use generic language wherever possible. However, for specific
equipment such as GC (gas chromatograph) columns, do not
assume equivalency of equipment that was not specifically
evaluated, and clearly state what equipment and supplies were
tested.
-------
E \tC -\ rachrner,t B For na ri r Docjmerttir z \1etbod ,
7.0 Reagents and Standards
Provide sufriaent details on the concentration and preparation ot
reagents and standards to allow the work to be duplica ted, but
avoid lengthy discussions of common procedures.
8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation and Storage
• Provide information on sample collection, preservation.
shipment and storage conditions
• Holding times, if evaluated
If effects of holding rune were specifically evaluated, provide
reference to relevant dam; otherwl5e, do not establish specific
holding times.
9.0 Quality Control
Desaibe spe fic quality control steps, including such procedures
as method blanks, laboratory control samples, QC check samples.
instrument checks, etc., defining all terms in section 3.0. Include
frequencies for each such QC operation.
10.0 Calibration and Standardization
Discuss initial calibration procedures here. Indicate frequency of
such calibrations, refer to performance specifications, and indicate
corrective actions that must be taken when performance
specifications are not met. This section may also include procedures
for calibration verification or continuing calibration, or these steps
may be included in section 11.0.
11.0 Procedure
Provide a general desaipnon of the sample proc sing and
instrumental analysis steps. Discuss those steps that are essential to
the process, and avozd unnecessarily restrictive instructions.
12.0 Data Analysis and Calculations
Descibe qualitative arid quantitative aspects of the method. List
identification aiteria used. Provide equations used to derive final
sample results from typical instrument data. Provide discussion of
estimating detection limits, ii appropriate.
-------
1’ 4MC - Attachrnen B F rn,, it or Docurrtenti. - - cd .
13.0 Method Performance
A preQslon/bias statement should be incorporated in
section, including
• detec on limits, and
• source! lirrutations of data
rrovide detailed desaip on of method performance, includi tg
data on preasiort, bias, detection lunits (including the method by
which they were determined and matrices to which they ap 1v).
,statis caJ procedures used to develop performance specifica tons
etc. Where performance is tested relative to the reference me r id
provide a side-by-side corripansons of performance versus
reference method speaflcations.
14.0 PoUution Prevention
Descibe aspects of this method that n ru.mize or prevent polluz: n
that may be attributable to the reference method.
15.0 Waste Management
Cite how waste and samples are minimized and properly disp d
16.0 References
• Source documents
• Publications
17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
Addibonal htformation way be presented at the end of ft method
Lengthy tables may be included here, and referred to elsewhere :
the text by number. Diagrams should only include new or urit. .iA
equipment or aspects of the method.
-------
Appendix 5
Example TSA Audit Questionnaire and Example TSA Audit Report
-------
LABORATORY TEC1{NICAL SYSTEMS AUDIT
TSA Audit Notes _________________________
Laboratory: Best Quality Laboratory
Contracted to. Pillar Engineering. Inc.
Lead Organization: U.S. Air Force
Address: Swamp Place
Harrisville. MA 02222
Pillar Contact: Peter Piper
Telephone: 508-862-5555
Fax: 508-862-2323
Project: Swamp Land Site
RPM: Robert Lim
Type of Evaluation: Technical Systems Audit - On-site Laboratory
Date of Evaluation: January 18. 1998
Laboratory Personnel:
Name Title
U S EPA Region I Evaluation Team:
Name flfl
-------
LABORATORY EVALUATION SUMMARY
I. SAMPLE RECEIPT. StORAGE. AND LOG-IN
Describe the sample receipt, storage and log-in procedures.
How many samples are anticipated per day?
How long is the lab expected to be on-site?
Things to check:
Refrigerator? If present. check temperature logbooks. frequency of temperature checks, CA for
temperature excursions for refrigerators.
What is checked when the samples arrive? (preservation, sample bottle condition and ID cross
references)
Are samples being preserved as stated in the Lab QAPP?
Are chain-of-custody forms being used?
is there a sample log-in book?
List Applicable Sample Receipt Logbooks. Check logbooks for evideritiary criteria such as
signatures or initials, single-line crossouts, dates, secondary review, etc.
II. ETBYLENE])IBROMIDE ( DB (Method 504.1)
Personnel(name and position): [ Bob Robin]
What turnaround time is being used? [ 24 hour results. 7 day data package]
Where are samples and standards stored? (Standards must be separate from samples)
Are extracts stored and if so, for how long?
List instrumentation (model. make- should have two GCIECDs -one for each column)
1
-------
IL ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE ( EDTh (continued)
Standards Prep: Check stock solution concentrations and the measurement of volumes.
1, Are standards extracted? 2. Are they traceable? 3. How are they documented? 4 Is the LFB
solution from a second source?(as in SOP) What is the corrective action if LFB criteria are not
met and is it run directly after the tnittal ca1ibration
[ Have them show conversion of standards in ngJuL added to ug/L final concentration]
Verify raw data for MDL (no MDL available as of 1/15)
Is the initial demonstration of capabilities on file?
Demonstrate sample analysis from arrival at the trailer to data generation.
Things to consider: Extraction techniques; calibration procedures; blank frequency; continuing
calibration concentration and frequency; data review and acceptance - surrogates. proper
dilutions, no carryover.
What is the injection volume?
What are the confirmation criteria?
What are the criteria for scaling chromatograms?
Are there potential interfering non-target compounds?
How are retention times established? (SOP states ±3o based on initial and continuing
calibration)
Quality Control Samples: acceptance limits and associated corrective actions. How are the QC
samples evaluated?
What is the cor]centrauon of the LFB?
What is the concentration of the low level LFB?
List Logbooks: Check for evidenuary criteria such as signatures or initials, single-line crossouts.
dates, secondary review, etc.
2
-------
ilL OLAflLES (Method 8260A - modified) A or B?
Personnel(nazne and position): [ Bob Robin]
Where are samples and standards stored? (Standards must be separate from samples)
List instrumentation(model, make - purge & trap. GC!MSD)
How are instruments maintained? Are there sufficient replacement parts?
Standards Prep: Check stock solution concentrations and the measurement of volumes. Write
down the levels. (I ugh to 100 or 200 ugfL?) 1. Are standards traceable? 2. How are the
standards documented? 3. ICy, is it a second source? Acceptance limits arid corrective action.
Where are standard preparations recorded?
When were the most current MDL studies performed and are they available?
Demonstrate sample analysis from sample arrival to data generation.
Things to consider: concentration levels in initial calibration: blank frequency; continuing
calibration concentration and frequency; data review and acceptance - surrogates. proper
dilutions, no carryover
How are retention times evaluated?
Quality Control Samples: acceptance limits and associated corrective action -
Method Blanks
Cleaning blanks
Surrogate (toluene-d8)I1S (fluorobenzene)
Spiked samples (LCS, MSIMSDs) What compounds are in the spike solution? What source,
same as calibration or ICV? What is the frequency for the LCS?
List Logbooks: Check for evidentiary criteria such as signatures or initials, single-line crossouts.
dates, secondary review, etc.
3
-------
IV. DATA REVIEW and REPORTING
How are compounds qualitatively identified? Are there methods to determine if there are any
interfering non-target compounds? What criteria are used?
How are target compounds quantitated? (From initial calibration curve) Descnbe for
EDB- (external) % RSD or linear curve? RF(ave) or midpoint or continuing calibration RF’
VOAs - (internal) % RSD or linear curve RF(ave) or midpoint or continuing calibration RF?
What are the review procedures? Is there secondary review?
How are the data reported?
Frequency of computer data back-up?
IV. OTHER SYSTEMS AND DOCUMENTATION
Are the following items/information addressed?
- Peggy Brewer- QA)QC Officer - has he been on site?
- Laboratory Quality Assurance Program as documented in a Quality Assurance Plan. for
the fixed base lab in Westfield, in the trailer?
- Standard Operating Procedure for sample analysis (readily available)?
- Any other pertinent SOPs?
- Have any internal audits been conducted?
- Are QA Deviations Forms in use?
- Health and Safety information?
- Waste Disposal?
- Personnel training and qualifications?
4
-------
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
REGION I
OFFICE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MEASUREMENT & EVALUATION
60 WESTVIEW ST., LEXINGTON, MA 02173-3185
MEMORANDUM
DATE: January 22, 1998
SUBJ: Technical Systems Audit - Onsite Laboratory
Best Quality Laboratory (BQL)
Pillar Engineering, Inc.
Lead Organization: U.S. Air Force
FROM: Nora J. Cordon, Ph.D., Quality Assurance Chemist
Stephen DiMattei, Quality Assurance Chemist
Quality Assurance Unit
TO: Robert Lim
Federal Facilities Superfund Section, RPM
SCOPE
A performance monitoring technical systems audit (TSA) of was conducted on Best Quality
Laboratory’s on-site laboratory by a Quality Assurance TSA team on January 18, 1998. The
Team was compnsed .fNora Conlon and Steve DiMattei of the EPA Region I Quality
Assurance Unit. The TSA was requested by Bob Lim, Remedial Project Manager (RPM) for the
Swamp Land site, as oversight to the analytical program instituted by the Air Force contractor,
Pillar Engineering, Inc. The purpose of the TSA was to inspect the laboratory’s facility; to verify
that procedures are being followed as documented in the site Quality Assurance Project Plan
(QAPP) and in the laboratory’s Standard Operating Procedures (SOP); and. to review the
laboratory’s general laboratory practices.
The participants in the TSA for the Air Force and its contractors were as follows:
Bob Robin Chemist/Analyst - BQL
Nancy Brook Technical Project Manager - BQL
Paul Starr Back-up Analyst for Project Start-up - BQL
Kurt Song Quality Assurance Manager - Pillar Engineering, Inc.
Carol Poole Senior Project Chemist - Pillar Engineering, Inc.
Bob Lim, RPM for EPA, was also present at the site on January 18, 1998.
EXECUTWE SUMMARY
The BQL on-site laboratory is located in a truck tractor trailer. The lab was found to have
-------
sufficient equipment arid space to perform the analyses. The laboratory was primarily following
their site-specific SOPs, however, a few modifications had been made to the SOPs during project
start up. These changes need to be documented in revised SOPs The staff was extremely
knowledgeable about the analysis procedures as well as the project requirements. The
laboratory’s general practices were well documented and their overall operations should support
production of data of known and documented quality suitable for placing well screens for
monitoring wells
AUDIT PROCEDURES
Prior to visiting the laboratory, the TSA team reviewed the following documents that were
prepared by BQL. Quality Assurance Project Plan On-site Environmental Services. 1/98: Field
Analytical Procedure for EDB by Gas Chromatography by EPA, Method 504.1. Rev. 1/7/98;
and. Field Analysis of Volatile Organic Compounds by EOA SW4260B. Rev 1/6/98. The
laboratory was audited for adherence to these documents. ability to produce data of known and
documented quality and genera! good laboratory practices.
The laboratory systems that were reviewed include:
• Sample Management. Sample Receipt and Log-In Procedures
• Analytical Procedures for Volatile Organics by GCIMS
• Analytical Procedures for Ethylene Dibromide by GCIECD
• Data Review and Reporting
• Quality Assurance Program
FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
While the aboratorv was found to be operating with good general laboratory practices. some
deviations from the submitted Quality Assurance Project Plan and Standard Operating
Procedures were found. These changes primarily reflect adaptations to the project and should not
affect data quality. However, the changes must be documented in revised SOPs and/or QAPP.
The need for SOP revision was discussed while on-site.
Some examples of changes include, but are not limited to:
I. Althouzh it is stated in the QAP? that samples will be preserved, Pillar Engineering
samplers are not preserving samples. As the samples are to be analyzed with 24 hours. this
change should be acceptable.
2 EDB samples are being extracted based on volume, not weight. as stated in the SOP. This
chanced should not affect data quality.
3. Retention time windows are based on absolute windows (± 0.50 rnins) instead of standard
deviations as stated in the SOPs. This change should not affect data quality.
4. The VOA Initial Calibration Verification solution is not purchased from another vendor,
rather it is a guaranteed second source from the vendor that supplies their custom calibration
-------
standard. This clarification should not affect data quality.
5. Qualitative identification criteria for VOAs is not included in the SOP. The procedure
described by the analyst is acceptable but must be added to the SOP.
6. As was discussed during the audit, it is recommended that a Sample Receiving SOP be
generated for the lab. In the SOP, procedures for documenting that samples are received on
ice, as requested by the Pillar Quality Assurance Manager, should be included.
CONCLUSIONS
Once the revised QAPP/SOPs have been received and reviewed, the proper documentation will
be in place. By following these procedures, the laboratory should be capable of producing the
needed data. As a follow up to the audit, it is suggested that a data package be sent to the QA
Unit for review for adherence to the site-specific SOPs. Finally, the laboratory staff was
exn emely cooperative during the audit and was obviously experienced in on-site laboratory
projects.
Should you have any questions. please do not hesitate to call Nora Conlon at (781) 860-4335 or
Steve DiMauei at (781) 860-4369.
cc: Nancy Barmakian,, EPA
-------
LABORATORY TECI{NICAL SYSTEMS AUDIT
TSA Audit Notes: Nora Conlon
Laboratory: Best Quality Laboratory
Contracted to: Pillar Engineering, Inc.
Lead Organization: U.S. Air Force
Address: Swamp Place
Harrisville, MA 02222
Pillar Contact: Peter Piper
Telephone: 508-862-5555
Fax: 508-862-2323
Project: Swamp Land Site
RPM: Robert Lim
Type of Evaluation: Technical Systems Audit - On-site Laboratory
Date of Evaluation: January 18, 1998
Laboratory Personnel:
Name TitLe
Bob Rj /,zn
Chemist/Analyst - BQL
Nancy Brook
Technrcai Pro,ecr Mana2er - BQ .L
Paul Starr
Chemist on sire for startup - B QL
Carol Poole
Seiiior Proiecr hem,M - Pillar
Kurt Song
Qualir.i Assurance Manager - Pillar
U.S.
EPA Region I Evaluation Team:
Name
Title
iVora Con/on
QA Chemisi
Steve DiMarie:
QA Chemist
Bob Lim
RPM. Federal Facilities Super nd Section
-------
LABORATORY EVALUATION SUMMARY
1. SAMPLE RECEIFT STORAGE. AND LOG-rN
Describe the sample receipt, storage and log-in procedures.
Check chain-of-custody forms against bottle sample IDs
* Temperature checks are not currently performed-Pillar has requested thai BOL note that
samples are received on ice
2 bottles per parameter are received.
How many samples are anticipated per day?
Approximately 10 EDB and 15 VOAs when at capacity
How long is the lab expected to be on-site?
Approximate/v 1 year
Things to check:
Refrigerator? If present, check temperature Iogbooks, frequency of temperature checks,
CA for temperature excursions for refrigerators.
Refrigerator andfree:er log posted on the front with acceptance criteria and corrective actions
on the logbook page.
What is checked when the samples arrive? (preservation, sample bottle condition and ID
cross references) Not preserved, yes. yes
Are samples being preserved as stated in the Lab QAPP? No. samples are not being
preserved.
Are chain-of-custody forms being used? Yes
Is there a sample log-in book? Computer generated log-in system, pages are printed and
placed in a three ring binder.
List Applicable Sample Receipt Logbooks. Check logbooks for evidentiary criteria such as
signatures or initials, single-line crossouts, dates, secondary review, etc.
Nor applicable in sample receiving
II. ETHYLENE D [ BROMIDE(EDTh (Method 504.1)
Personnel(name and position): [ Bob RobinJ
Bob Robin-primary analyst (he will be alone once the project is well underway
What turnaround time is being used? [ 24 hour results, 7 day data packagej
2 -1 hour results and 7 days for forms on! v data package
Where are samples and standards stored? (Standards must be separate from samples)
In the refrigerator for samples
Standards in the freezer
Are extracts stored and if so, for bow long?
No extracts are stored
List instrumentation (model, make- should have two GCTECDs -one for each column)
Two HP5980 GC/ECDS One instrument belongs to BQL
Primary Column: DB -624 One is a rental
Secondary Column. DB-1
1
-------
II. ETHYLENE 1MB ROMIDE IEDB (continued)
Standards Prep: Check stock solution concentrations and the measurement of volumes.
1, Are standards extracted? 2. Are they traceable? 3. How are they documented? 4. Is the
LFB solution from a second source?(a3 in SOP ) - What is the corrective action if LFB
cnteria are not met and is it run directly after the initial calibration?
iHave them show conversion of standards in ng/uL added to ug/L final coucentrationl
Standard concentrations range from 0 ii ug/L to 0.229 ugIL - new logbook includes the
standard formulation requirements LFB is same as initial calibration
ICVis a d fferenr source - Supelco
Calibratzon/MS/MSD/LFB are from Ultra.
Verify raw data for MDL (no MDL available as of 1/15)
MDL now available and meets project requirements on both columns
Is the initial demonstration of capabilities on file?
Nol done yet, however, they have done several MDL injections
Demonstrate sample analysis from arrival at the trailer to data generation.
Things to consider: Extraction techniques; calibration procedures; blank frequency;
continuing calibration concentration and frequency; data review and acceptance -
surrogates, proper dilutions, no carryover.-Extraczion log attached. Remove 7.5 mL of
sample. AddS g NaCL Add I mL hexane. Add 20 uL of 0.02 ug/L solution. Hand shake for 2
mm. Pipe: into 2 separate autosampler vials. Continuing cal and either LCS/LCSD or
LCSIIvISIMSD and method blank extracted with each batch.
What is the injection volume? 4 uL
What are the confirmation criteria? All samples run on both columns. Evaluated as 25%
Criteria
Sequence. Wee/dy 5pt.; MDL check (low LFB), ICY. LCSs. continuing every 10 samples.
What are the criteria for scaling chromatograms?
Come off the instrument as a set. Suggested reprinting a d fferentl.v scaled chromazo gram if
there is not a sign fIcan: peak on the hardcopy
Are there potential interfering non-target compounds? Yes, trthalomethanes
How are retention times established? (SOP states ±3o based on initial and continuing
calibration)
iVoi using ±3a. using absolute window ±0.500 mm. established from initial calibration
Quality Control Samples: acceptance limits and associated corrective actions. How are the
QC samples evaluated?
What is the concentration of the LFB? 0 114 ug/L. software does not carry the 3rd digit
What is the concentration of the low level LFB? 0.0114 ugIL
ICY-if out, run new initial calibration
LFB (LCS) -!f out, reexrract and rerun. If out, check the curi’e.
MS/MSD - ±35% criteria
List Logbooks: Check for evidentiary criteria such as signatures or initials, single-line
crossouts, dates, secondary review, etc.
Have computer generated sequence logbook; have maintenance logbook, have standards
logbook
*SQP needs to be revised to include “acceptable” changes to the procedures
2
-------
111. YOLATILES (Method 8260A - modified) A or B?
Personnel(name and position): [ Bob Robinj’T
Where are samples and standards stored? (Standards must be separate from samples)
Samples-refrigerator: Standards-fr ee:er
List instrumentation (model, make - purge & trap, GCIMSD)
P& T 014560 concentraror/MPM6O- 16 station autosamplerlHP5 890 series II(Rentai)/5971
How are insfl-uments maintained? Are there sufficient replacement parts?
Serv,ce Contracts
Standards Prep: Check stock solution concentrations and the measurement of volumes.
Write down the levels. (1 ugh to 100 or 200 ugfL? ) 1. Are standards traceable? Yes 2. How
are the standards documented? Standards logbook 3. ICV, is it a second source?
Acceptance limits and corrective action. Where are standard preparations recorded?
Levels: 1,5,10, 50, iOU, ugiL -evaluated by %RSD
Calibration mix is a custom mix purchased as a working standard
1CV-2nd lot guaranteed by supplier-Absolute
When were the most current MDL studies performed and are they available?
Have new MDLs from Monday
Demonstrate sample analysis from sample arrival to data generation.
Things to consider concentration levels in initial calibration; blank frequency; continuing
calibration concentration and frequency; data review and acceptance - surrogates, proper
dilutions, no carryover
-12 hour tune clock
-Blanks run immediately after initial calibration or continuing calibration
How are retention times evaluated?
±0.50 nun. from initial calibrarion
Quality Control Samples: acceptance limits and associated corrective action -
Method Blanks
-------
IV. DATA REVIEW and REPORTING
How are compounds qualitatively identified? Are there methods to determine if there are
any interfering non-target compounds? What criteria are used?
EDB-inust be present on both columns Trihalomethanes can interfere [ suggested that they
include provisions for quantitating on the confirmatory column] Both columns are sufficiently
sensitive to meet project requirements
VOAs-method quani ion for primary, other ions must be present using “EPA” crIteria of within
20% of expected abundance (‘missing from SOP).
How are target compounds quantitated? (From initial calibration curve) Describe for:
EDB- (external) % RSD or linear curve? RF(ave) or midpoint or continuing calibration
R.F 7
Quanzztarzon based on linear (first order) regression
Continuing calibration checked by concentration: ±20% limit
VOAs - (internal) % RSD or linear curve RF(ave) or midpoint or continuing calibration
RF?
Evaluate %RSD, quantitotion based on Average RE from initial calibration.
What are the review procedures? Is there secondary review?
For 24 hour turnaround only analyst review-Documentation QA Deviations Form Pillar
performs a review before release of data, almost all the time.
For 7 day package. review is performed at the BQL Wesifield office. All forms and electronic
copies received for review. Narrative is generated Reported by SDG
How are the data reported?
24 hour results; 7 day Forms data package-Results, surrogates, blanks, MS(MS’D, tunes.
calibrations. Also delivered electronically
Frequency of computer data back-up? Weekly using Zip drive
IV. OTHER SYSTEMS AND DOCUMENTATION
Are the following items/information addressed?
- Peggy Brewer - QAJQC Officer- has he been on site?
From Westfield office. Scheduled to come out next week Reviews data packages.
- Laboratory Quality Assurance Program as documented in a Quality Assurance
Plan, for the fixed base lab in Westfield, in the trailer?
Have the Westfield office plan on site.
- Standard Operating Procedure for sample analysis (readily available)?
Yes-needs so be revised
- Any other pertinent SOPs?
Not at this time
- Have any internal audits been conducted?
Scheduled for next week
- Are QA Deviations Forms in use?
Yes, accompany all results
- Health and Safety information? Pillar has audited for this information
- Waste Disposal? Pillar has audited for this information
- Personnel training and qualifications?
Bob Robin has .5-6 years of experience in the mobile lab; Education-Environmental
Scientist
4
-------
REAGEN F PAGE
Surrogate spike solution contains 1,1 J ,2-Tetracliloroethane at (1.2 ng/ul 50031JW004 1
Matrix spike solution contains Ii i)!] at 0.20 ng/uL 5003 Wc002(
LCS solution: El)!] I.FB at (0.2( 1 ug/tuL) 5003 WSfJO6I
MDL solutiouu Iil)13 MDL at (0.02 ug /uL) 5003 WS’0031 /41-98
COMMERCIAl. LOT NUMBERS AND SIANDARD PREPARATION DAIES
Surrogate spike: 5003 1I’S004 1-12-98
Mattix spike: 5(103 It’ 4 S 1302 1-8-98
LCS spike: 5003 JVSOOO 1-15-98
Methanol: 96254!
t lexane: 976962
NaCI: 960598
Na 2 S 2 O 3 :
NOFES:
I C’ !’- 20 uL Q 150031VSffl16
ELC’SDOJ /998 - .spikeclsuine us ELL’SOl 1998
-------
LABORATORY TECHNICAL SYSTEMS AUDIT
TSA Audit Notes: Steve DiMattet
Laboratory: Best Quality Laboratory
Contracted to: Pillar Engineering, Inc.
Lead Organization: U.S. Air Force
Address: Swamp Place
Harrisville. MA 02222
Pillar Contact: Peter Piper
TeLephone: 508-862-5555
Fax: 508-862-2323
Project: Swamp Land Site
RPM: Robert Urn
Type of Evaluation: Technical Systems Audit - On-site Laboratory
Date of Evaluation: January 18, 1998
Laboratory Personnel:
Name Title
Nancy Brook Lab Manager - Technzcal
Bob Robin ,lnalyst
Paul Starr - Backur Analyst
U.S. EPA Region I E
Vora Conlon
valuation Team:
Name
OA
Title
Chemist
Steve DiMatre:
Q4
Chemist
Bob Lim
RPM
-------
LABORATORY EVALUATION SUMMARY
I. SAMPLE RECEJPT. STORAGE. AND LOG-IN
Describe the sample receipt, storage and Log-in procedures.
Samples are received in ice packed coolers, but temperature of cooler is not verified The
sample zden:tficatzon.s are checked against the chain of custody Sample iDs entered into the
computer and tracked eiectronzcall,v VOAs are not preserved”
How many samples are anticipated per day?
Approximately /5 VOAs and EDBs a day
How long is the lab expected to be on-site?
Approximately 1 year
Things to check:
Refrigerator? If present, check temperature logbooks, frequency of temperature checks,
CA for temperature excursions for refrigerators.
Freezer/Refrigerator has temperature log, and it is checked twice a day. Criteria and corrective
action listed on worksheet that is posted on the front ofthefrzdge
What is checked when the samples arrive? (preservation, sample bottle condition and ID
cross references) No preservation, ID is cross referenced against COC
Are samples being preserved as stated in the Lab QAPP? No, VOA samples are not
preserved (Section 6.2 8260 SOP).
Are chain-of-custody forms being used? Yes, provided by Pillar
Is there a sample log-in book? No, samples are tracked electronically
List Applicable Sample Receipt Logbooks. Check Logbooks for evidentiary criteria such as
signatures or initials, single-line crossouts, dates, secondary review, etc.
Worksheet onfridge is initialed for sample and standards storage. All other custody and sample
receipt done electronically.
II. ETW1LEN DJBRUMIDE (EDW (Method 504.1)
Personnel(name and position): (Bob Robini
Bob Robin
Wbat turnaround time is being used? 124 hour results, 7 day data package]
7 day data package is forms only
Where are samples and standards stored? (Standards must be separate from samples)
Standards are kept in the freezer, and samples are kept in the fridge
Are extracts stored and if so, for how long?
Extracts are not stored
List instrumentation (model, make- should have two GC/ECDs -one for each column)
HP5980 GC
J&WDB-624 - Primary Column
J& W DB- 1 - Secondarv Column
1
-------
II . ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE ( EDR 1 (continued)
Standards Prep: Check stock solution concentrations and the measurement of volumes.
1, Are standards extracted? 2. Are they traceable? 3. How are they documented? 4. Is the
LFB solution from a second sourcc?(as in SOP) - What is the corrective action if LFB
criteria are not met and is it run directly after the initial calibration?
[ Have them show conversion of standards in ug/uL added to ugfL final concentration)
Standards are extracted, and traceable (standard logbook is kept for zraceabthry and
documentation)
Verify raw data for MDL (no MDL available as of 1/15)
Is the initial demonstration of capabilities on file?
No, Bob indicated that he could put together some ICVor CCVfor documentation of init ial
demonstration of capability
Demonstrate sample analysis from arrival at the trailer to data generation.
Things to consider: Extraction techniques; calibration procedures; blank frequency;
continuing calibration concentration and frequency; data review and acceptance -
surrogates, proper dilutions, no carryover.
What is the injection volume? 4 uL
What are the confrmation criteria? All samples are run on both columns and confirmation is
through retention time.
What are the criteria for scaling chromatograms?
No manual scaling performed. it is all electronically manipulated by the GC
Are there potential interfering non-target compounds? Trihalomethane compounds can
interfere on the DB-624 column
How are retention times established? (SOP states ±3o based on initial and continuing
calibration)
Retention times based in initial ca L or CCV ±0.5 nun. This is dWerent than the SOP!!!
Quality Control Samples: acceptance limits and associated corrective actions. How are the
QC samples evaluated? MAS’/MSD ±35% of true value, Blanks
-------
III. YOLATILES (Method 8260A - modified) A or B?
Personnel(name and position): [ Bob Robini
Where are samples and standards stored? (Standards must be separate from samples)
Standards stored in the freezer, Samples in the refrigerator
List instrumentation (model, make - purge & trap, GC/’MSD)
5971 1-IF MS & 5890 Series II HP GC
How are instruments maintained? Are there sufficient replacement parts?
Service Contract for GC/MS
Standards Prep: Check stock solution concentrations and the measurement of volumes.
Write down the levels. (1 ugh to 100 or 200 ugfL?) 1. Are standards traceable? 2. How are
the standards documented? 3. ICV, is it a second source? Acceptance limits and corrective
action. Where are standard preparations recorded?
VOC standards are ordered from the manufacturer at working levels. The CCV is a d fferenr lot
#from the same manufacturer.
When were the most current MDL studies performed and are they available?
MDLc were sent 1/19/98.
Demonstrate sample analysis from sample arrival to data generation.
Things to consider: concentration levels in initial calibration; blank frequency; continuing
calibration concentration and frequency; data review and acceptance - surrogates, proper
dilutions, no carryover
Initial calibration is 1, 5, 10, 50, and 100 ug/L. Instrument is recalibrated weekly or when CCV
fails. %RSD is used to accept initial calibration. Quantization is performed using the average
RF of the initial calibration.
How are retention times evaluated?
±0.5 minutes of the mean for the initial calibration (.7)
Quality Control Samples: acceptance limits and associated corrective action -
Method Blanks
Are alwcrvs run after last standard lIthe blank fails, it is rerun. If the blank fails a second time,
then the instrument is cleaned
Cleaning blanks
Are run after samples
Surrogate (toluene -d8)/1S (fluorobenzene)
One surrogate and one internal standard based on the fact that the compounds of concern are a
subset of the 8260 compounds
Spiked samples (LCS, MS/MSDs)What compounds are in the spike solution? What source,
same as calibration or ICV? What is the frequency for the LCS?
LCS. MS/MSD are all the compounds of concern or the target list. LCS run every day, LCDS
only run on days when MSD is not run. ICV run after initial cal. (10 ugiL)
List Logbooks: Check for evidentiary criteria such as signatures or initials, single-line
crossouts, dates, secondary review, etc.
Standards logbook is maintained
VOAs instrument has a sequence log that is maintained by the analyst. This lab is using a 12
hour tune clock
3
-------
IV. DATA REVIEW and REPORTING
How are compounds qualitatively identified? Are there methods to determine if there are
any interfering non-target compounds? What criteria are used?
VOAs - Quant ions from method are used and must be within 20% of the spectra generated from
the calibration (7) TICs are analyzed for and quantitated if> 10% of the internal standard
based on the response of the internal standard (They also are calibrated for afew extra
compounds.)
How are target compounds quantitated? (From initial calibration curve) Describe for:
EDB- (external) % RSD or linear curve? RF(ave) or midpoint or continuing calibration
RF?
Retention times must be within the windows on both columns A linear curve is used
VOAs - (internal) % RSD or linear curve RF(ave) or midpoint or continuing calibration
RF?
The continuing calibration RF is used
What are the review procedures? Is there secondary review?
For 24 hour turnaround - single analyst review
For 7 day turnaround - Electronic and hard copy sent to fixed lab for review by QA personnel
(Peggy B.?)
How are the data reported?
Frequency of computer data back-up? Zip drive to be backed up weekly.
IV. OTHER SYSTEMSAND DOCTJM NTATJON
Are the following items/information addressed?
- Peggy Brewer - QAIQC Officer - has he been on site?
Not yet, maybe next week
- Laboratory Quality Assurance Program as documented in a Quality Assurance
Plan, for the fixed base lab in Westfield, in the trailer?
Yes
- Standard Operating Procedure for sample analysis (readily available)?
Yes
- Any other pertinent SOPs?
Custody SOPs need to be added
- Have any internal audits been conducted?
Nor ye:, maybe next week
- Are QA Deviations Forms in use?
Yes
- Health and Safety information? Yes
- Waste Disposal? Yes
- Personnel training and qualifications?
Bob Robin has approximately six years experience as afield analyst. He has also done
sample prep and sample custody
4
-------
Appendix 6
Example Overall Evaluation of Data - Data Validation Memorandum - Table II
-------
EPA-NE - Data Validation Woikslieet
Overall Evaluation of Data - Data Validation Meuiioratulwii - labie 11
UQO tlist all DQOs)
• Ecological Rssk Assessnictit
eSource Idetitilication
•Surface waters collected ftoun
this site were Iound to have the
following conuarnuiiants- beuzeite.
triclilounelhene. teiracluJoroetliene,
I 2-dichlnroethene and 1 • I 2,2-
teirachloroetliane Are the site
soils a source of coillamiualion 1
Yes, sarlipling nuid
analytical method,
tI.P SOW
OLMO3 2
appropriate for
satiiple.c:
SAAO9, SAAI2.
SAAI3. SAAI4
No, sanipliug and/or
analytical method,
dr sow
OLMO3 ,2,
itiapptopt-iate for
samples:
SAMO. SAAII
VOLA1ILE OROANICS
Measurement Error
Saiiupliuig Errort
Refer to qualilicatitins
in li/S Key:
ii 3 S
Rclcr to (lualificatiouls
in li/S Key:
J 14
Ill 13
* ilie evaluation of ‘saiiipliiig error” Cannot be comptetely assessed in data validation.
** Sampling variability is not assessed iii dala validation.
Vatidalor: M. Howard
IAII ictrachioioetluene Ron-detects
are rejected i ii all volaiile
soil/sedimetil samples due to low
bias ol PE result and possibility oF
false negatives. All
tetrachloroeilieuie positive detects
are potentially blaseti low.
•All volatile non-detects are
rejected In SAAW due to low
percent solids and all positive
detects are estimated.
•MI volatile results are rejecied In
SAMI due to extremely tow
percent solids.
•All non-detects quantitated against
broinncliloroniethaue in volatile
sample SAAI4 are rejected as
unusable due to poor IS recoveries
and the possibility of false
negatives.
•All non-detects In SAAU9 are
rejected tlue Ia improper sample
preservation and storage by the
laboratory. ___________
Date. 5/20/97
ePoor field duplicate precision
indicates a problem in obtaining
represeuttative data, limiting the
aclileveiuenl of DQOs.
12/96
-------
EPA-NE - Data Validatioi Worksheet
Overall Evaluation of Data - Data Validation Memorai.duiis - Table H
SEMI VOLIVIILE ORGANICS
DQO (list all DQOs)
Sampling and/or
Analytical Method
Appropriate
Yes or No
Measurement Error
Sanipling
Variability
Potential
Usability
Issues
Analytical Error
Sanipihig Error
•Ecological Risk Asscssuiienl
‘Source Identification
•Surface waters collected from
tins site were found to have the
following contarninan ls: 1.2-
dichlorobenze,ie, 1,2.4-
Irichlorobenzene, 1,4-
diciilorobenzeiie. Are tile site
soils a source of cuulanli lialioil?
Ycs.saunpling and
analytical method,
CLP SOW
OLMO3.2,
appropriate for
samples:
SAAO9, SAA 12.
SAAI3, SAAI4
No. sampling amid/or
analytical mimetlmod,
CL I ’ SOW
OLMU3 .2,
inappropriate for
samples:
SAAb, SAM I
Refer to qualiflcaiioiis
lii RIS Key:
JI ”
R’ -’
Refer in qunliflcatiouis
in K/S Key:
J 4 , 56
K ’ 4
•Pour field duplicate precision
indicates a problem in obtaining
representative data, limiting the
achievement of DQOs.
•j,2-dichlorobenzene and 1,3-
diclilorobeniene non-detects are
rcjcctcd due to the possibility of
false negatives and 1,4-
dichilorobenzene positive detects are
estimated In semlvolatlle samples
SAAI3 & SAA 14 due to potential
low bias Indicated by low surrogate
recoveries.
•All semivolatile non-detects are
rejected in SAAIO due to low
Imeiccilt solids and all positive
results are estimated.
•MI semivolatile results are
rejected in SAAI I due to extremely
low percent solids.
.
•fleui7o laipyrene non-detects are
rejected in semnivolatile samples
SAAO9, SAAII, & SAAI2 due to
lack of instrument stability and the
possibility of false negatives.
Ren7o(ajpyrene positive detects are
estiumiated in senilvolatile samples
SAAb. SAAI3, & SAAI4 due to
lack of instrument stability and
potential low bias.
* 1 lie evaluation of “saimiplnig error” cannot be completely assessed in data validation.
Sampling variability is not assessed iii data validation.
Validator: M. Howard
Dale. 5/20/97
12/96
-------
Attachment B
“The Volunteer Monitor’s Guide to Quality Assurance Project Plans,”
EPA 841-B-96-003, September 1996
Contact the National Technical Information Service (NTIS)
1-800-553-6847
for a copy of this publication
-------
ATTACHMENT B
FORWARD
EPA Order 5360.1 CHG I requires that a Quality Assurance Project Plan be prepared and
approved for all Agency-funded environmental monitoring projects.
-If your volunteer monitoring program does not receive EPA funding, then EPA-NE
recommends that The Volunteer Monitor ‘s Guide to Quality Assurance Project Plans
(VMGQAPP) be used to plan environmental monitoring projects and to prepare QAPP
documents.
- If your volunteer monitoring program receives EPA funding either directly from EPA-
NE or indirectly (through a State or Tribe), then EPA-NE requires that a QAPP be prepared and
approved before begitming sample collection. QAPPs must be prepared and approved in
accordance with the requirements described in the Region I. EPA-New England Compendium of
Oualitv Assurance Project Plan Guidance (EPA-NE QAPP Compendium) The VMGQAPP
should be used as guidance, together with the Region I.. EPA-New England Quality Assurance
Project Plan Manual (EPA-NE QAPP Manual), to plan environmental projects and prepare
QAPPs. The abbreviated QAPP Form in Appendix D of the VMGQAPP will not necessarily
capture all project information required by EPA-NE Therefore, volunteer monitors should
complete all EPA-NE QAPP Worksheets found in Appendix . of the EPA-NE QAPP Manual
and include them in the QAPP. If a QAPP Worksheet does not apply to the project, then indicate
“Not applicable” on the Worksheet and include in the QAPP as an attachment. The following
additional comments are provided to clarify sections of the VMGQAPP and to provide
consistency with EPA-NE’s QA policies as described in the EPA-NE QAPP Compendium and
EPA-NE QAPP Manual:
Chapter 3: The discussion of accuracy on page 18 of the VMGQAPP is inconsistent with the EPA-NE definition of
accuracy. EPA-NE defines accuracy as “. . . the extent of agreement between an observed value (sample result)
and the accepted, or true value of the parameter being measured Accuracy is frequently used synonymously with
bias Specifically, the term bias describes the systematic or persistent error associated with a measurement process
Both terms are used interchangeably in this document” For guidance on assessing accuracy/bias refer to Section
6 0 of the EP4-/VE QAPP Manual, Attachment A
Chapter 3: The discussion of QC samples on pages 21 and 22 of the VMGQAPP is inadequate. Refer to Section 13
of the EPA-NE QAPP Manual for a complete discussion of QC samples and the required frequency for field and
laboratory QC checks and QC samples.
Chapter 4 The example organizational chart on page 24 of the VMGQAPP shows the same person performing the
QA Officer (QAO) function and the Laboratory Leader function. Because this situation may present a conflict of
interest, it is recommended that QAOs not perform and/or supervise sample analyses
Chapter 4 The discussion of Instrument Calibration and Frequency on pages 34 and 35 is incomplete EPA-NE
recommends calibrating instruments before sample analysis and checking the calibration periodically during the day
and again at the end of the day If the calibration check does not meet the acceptance criteria, then the instrument
should be recalibrated and the samples should be reanalyzed Additional calibration checks should be performed
when there are more than twenty samples in a sample analytical group.
-------
Attachment C
“Generic Quality Assurance Project Plan Guidance for Programs Using
Community Level Biological Assessment in Wadable Streams and Rivers,”
EPA 841-B-95-004, July 1995
Contact the National Technical Information Service (NTIS)
1-800-553-6847
for a copy of this publication
-------
Attachment D
“Quality Assurance Requirements for Conducting
Brownfields Site Assessments”, Draft, October 1996
-------
QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
FOR CONDUCTING
BROWNFIELDS SITE ASSESSMENTS
U.S. EPA-NEW ENGLAND
Region I
Quality Assurance Unit Staff
Office of Environmental Measurement and Evaluation
October 1996
Draft
-------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Table of Contents
Instructions 24
Appendices
Appendix A Title and Approval Page
Appendix B Project Organization and Responsibility
Appendix C Problem Definition
Appendix D Project Description
Project Timeline
Appendix E Sampling Design
Appendix F Sampling and Analytical Methods Requirements
Method and SOP Reference Table
Appendix G Preventive Maintenance - Field Equipment
Appendix H Calibration and Corrective Action - Field Equipment
Appendix I Preventive Maintenance - Laboratory Equipment
Appendix J Calibration and Corrective Action - Laboratory Equipment
Appendix K Sample Handling and Custody Requirements
Appendix L Analytical Precision and Accuracy
Appendix M Field Quality Control Requirements
Laboratory Quality Control Requirements
Appendix N Data Management and Documentation
Appendix 0 Assessment and Response Actions
Appendix P Project Reports
Appendix Q Data Validation
Appendix R Data Usability
:1.
-------
INTRODUCTION
A Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPjP) is a planning document that ensures data collected
and analyzed meet project requirements and support environmental decision-making. The
QAPjP documents all quality assurance, quality control, technical activities and procedures
associated with planning, implementing and assessing environmental data collection projects.
A QAPJP must be clearly written, complete and accurate. It should reflect the complexity of the
project. The content and level of detail in the QAPjP will vary according to the nature of work
being performed and the intended use of the data.
The following framework should be used to generate a Brownfield Site QAPjP. The tables and
figures contained in the Appendices to this document should be used to compile the Brownfleld
Site QAPjP. Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and standard analytical methods should be
referenced in the text and included as appendices to the BrownIield Site QAPjP. SOPs must be
referenced in the QAPjP by title, date, revision number and the originator’s name.
PROJECT MANAGEMENT - These elements ensure that the project has a defmed goal and
that participants understand the goal and approach to be used.
1. Title and Approval Page
Complete template provided in Appendix A.
2. Project Organization and Responsibility
Complete template provided in Appendix B or insert another project-specific
chart. Develop an organizational chart which identifies the chain of command of
key personnel. Include titles and/or responsibilities and organizational affiliation
of all project participants.
3. Problem Definition
Complete Appendix C. Briefly state the specific problem that the data collection project
is designed to solve or the decisions to be made (i.e., the project objectives). Include
any background information, such as reference to previous studies, that indicate why the
project is needed.
4. Project Description
Complete Appendix D (items 4. and 4a.). Provide a detailed description of the
work to be performed and a schedule for implementation. Prepare an overall
project timetable that outlines beginning and ending dates for the entire project as
2
-------
well as specific activities and products within the project
MEASUREMENTIDATA ACQUISITION - These elements ensure that appropriate methods
for sampling, analysis and data handling; proper Quality Control (QC) procedures and
performance criteria are employed and documented.
5. Sampling Design
Complete Appendix E. Discuss project sampling design and provide rationale for
choice of sampling locations for each parameter/matrix to be sampled during this
project. IdentifS’ sampling locations per matrix on a detailed site map and attach
site map to the Brownfleld Site QAPjP. Describe rationale for use of field
screening techniques and identify comparability acceptance criteria and
percentages for fixed laboratory confirmation by parameter/matrix.
6. Sampling and Analytical Procedures and Requirements
Complete templates provided in Appendices F-J. Provide complete references for
all sampling SOPs to be utilized for this project. Attach SOPs for sample
collection and preservation, field equipment operation, decontamination, and
preventive maintenance. Attach analytical SOPs for sample preparation and
analysis for each parameter/matrix.
7. Sample Handling and Custody Requirements
Complete Appendix K. Describe the procedures for sample handling and custody.
Include chain-of-custody forms and/or written procedures that field crews and
laboratory personnel should follow when collecting, transferring, storing,
analyzing and disposing of samples.
8. Quality Control Requirements
Complete Appendices L and M. The procedures and requirements contained in
the EPA Region I Performance Evaluation Program Guidance. 7/96 . or latest
revision, should be followed and referenced in Appendix M. To facilitate project
operations and data assessment at Brownfield Sites in EPA-New England, EPA
will supply the EPA PE samples that are referenced in the guidance as available
and appropriate to meet project objectives.
9. Data Management and Documentation
Complete Appendix N. Briefly discuss data documentation and management
from field collection and lab analysis to data storage and use. Analytical data
3
-------
packages must include all relevant documents. Reference Attachment I for data
package elements. Describe procedures for detecting and correcting errors during
data reporting and data entry. Provide examples of any forms or checklists.
ASSESSMENT/OVERSIGHT - These elements ensure proper implementation of the QAPJP.
10. Assessments and Response Actions
Complete Appendix 0. Describe procedures for identifying and correcting any
problems encountered during project operations.
11. Project Reports
Complete Appendix P. Identify the frequency, content and distribution of project
reports that detail project status, results of internal assessments, corrective actions
implemented and project results.
DATA VALIDATION AND USABILITY - This element encompasses activities used to
ensure that the collected data are scientifically defensible and meet project objectives.
12. Data Validation
Complete Appendix Q. Describe the process to be used for reviewing the data
and for making decisions regarding accepting, rejecting or qualifying the data.
Reference Validation Tier from Region I. EPA-NEData Validation Functional
Guidelines for Evaluating EnvironmentalAnalyses. 7/96 , or latest revision.
It is expected that a Tier I Validation, in conjunction with acceptable PE sample
score results, will be the minimum requirement for generating acceptable data for
Brownfield sites.
13. Data Usabifity
Complete Appendix R. Describe the process for determining whether the data
collection and analysis activities successfully characterized the site in terms of
precision, accuracy, representativeness and completeness to meet project
objectives. Discuss the assessment of sample representativeness and
measurement precision and accuracy based upon total error as described in the
Region 1. EPA-NE Data ValidationIunctional Guidelines for Evaluating
Environmental Analyses. 7/96 , or latest revision. Completeness should be
described in terms of the total number of samples successfully analyzed as
compared to the total number of samples analyzed.
4
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Dale:
Site Location: Page: — of_
Appendix A
Title and Approval Page
Document Title
Prepared by: (Preparer’s Name and Organizational Affiliation)
Address and Telephone Number
Day/Month/Year
Project Manager:
Signature
Printed Name/Date
Project QA Officer:_________________________
Signature
Printed NamefDate
U.S. EPA Project Manager Approval:
Signature
Printed Name/Date
-------
Site Name:
Site Location:
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page: ____ of____
Appendix B
2. Project Organization and Responsibility
(Fill-in the blanks, if applicable, otherwise insert another project-specific chart.)
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: — of
Appendix C
3. Problem Definition (use multiple pages if needed)
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: ____ of____
Appendix D
4. Project Description (use multiple pages if necessary):
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: ____ of____
Appendix D (Cont.)
4a. Project Timeline
Activities (list products) Project Start Dates (MMIDD/YY) Project End
-------
Site Name:
Site Location:
Appendix E
5. Sampling Design (use multiple pages if nee4ed)
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page: — of_
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: of
Appendix F
6. Sampling and Analytical Methods Requirements (use multiple pages if needed)
Parameter
Matrix
Number of
Analytical
Sampling
Containers
Preservation
Maximum Holding
Samples
Method*
SOP*
(Number,
Requirements
Time
(include
size and
(temperature,
(preparation/
field QC)
type)
light, chemical)
analysis)
* Complete the Method and SOP Reference Table and insert appropriate number/letter reference in the above table. Attach all
referenced Project Analytical and Sampling SOPs to the QAPJP. Use the appropriate number/letter reference from the Method and
SOP Reference Table to complete Appendices F througb J and L.
-------
•1
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: — of_
Appendix F (continued)
Method and SOP Reference Table (use multiple pages If needed)
Project Sampling SOPs:
Include document title, date, revision number, and originator’s name
1 C.
2c.
3c.
4c .
(i.) Project Sampling SOPs are to include sample collection, sample preservation, equipment decontamination, preventive
maintenance, etc.
-------
Site Name:
Site Location:
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page: ____ of____
Appendix G
6. Preventive Maintenance - Field Equipment
SOP
Instrument
Activity
Frequency
Ref. *
* Insert the appropriate reference number/letter from Appendix F, Method and SOP Reference Table.
-------
1 itic;
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: ____ of____
Appendix H
6. Calibration and Corrective Action - Field Equipment
Instrument
Activity
Frequency
Acceptance
Corrective
SOP
Criteria
Action
Ref.
* Insert the appropriate reference number/letter from Appendix F, Method and SOP Reference Table.
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: ____ of_____
Appendix I
6. Preventive Maintenance - Laboratory Equipment
,
SOP
Instrument
Activity
Frequency
Ref. *
* Insert the appropriate reference number/letter from Appendix F, Method and SOP Reference Table.
-------
Site Name:
Site Location:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page: ____ of____
Appendix J
6. Calibration and Corrective Action - Laboratory Equipment
Instrument
Activity
Frequency
Acceptance
Corrective
SOP
*
Criteria
Action
Ref.
* Insert the appropriate reference number/letter from Appendix F, Method and SOP Reference Table.
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: — of_
Appendix K
7. Sample Handling and Custody Requirements (use multiple pages if needed)
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: — of_
Appendix L
8. Analytical Precision and Accuracy (use multiple pages if needed)
Analyte
Analytical
Detection
Quantitation
Precision
Accuracy
Method*
Limit
Limit
(water/soil)
(water/soil)
(water/soil)
(water/soil)
(units)
(units)
* Insert the appropriate reference numberfletter from Appendix F, Method and SOP Reference
Table.
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: ____ of____
Appendix M
6. Field Quality Control Requirements
QC Sample
Frequency *
Acceptance
Criteria
Corrective
Action
Duplicate
5% per parameter per matrix
or
Equipment Blank
5% per parameter per matrix
or
VOA Trip Blank
I per Cooler
or
Cooler
Temperature Blank
I per Cooler
or
B tile Blank
I per Lot#
or
Other
Other
* Circle criteria listed or indicate alternative criteria.
-------
1 L IIl .
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: ____ of____
Appendix M (Cont.)
6. Laboratory Quality Control Requirements
QC Sample
Frequency *
Acceptance
Criteria
Corrective
Action
VOA
Reagent/Method
Blank
Daily
or
Reagent/Method
Blank
5% per parameter per matrix
or
DuplIcate
5% per parameter per matrix
or
Matrix Spike
5% per parameter per matrix
or
Performance
Evaluation (FE)
Sample
5% per parameter per matrix
per concentration level
or
Other
Other
* Circle criteria listed or Indicate alternative criteria.
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: — of_
Appendix N
11. Data Management and Documentation (use multiple pages if needed)
See Attachment I for suggested data package elements.
Types of information to request from the laboratory:
a) Data Results Sheets (include PE sample results)
b) Method Blank Results
c) Surrogate Recoveries and Acceptance Limits
d) Matrix Spike/Matrix Spike Duplicate Results and Acceptance Limits
e) Spike/Duplicate Results and Acceptance Limits
f) Laboratory Control Sample Results and Acceptance Limits
g) ICP Serial Dilution Results
h) ICP Interference Check Sample Results
i) Project Narrative which contains all observations and deviations
-------
Site Name:
Site Location:
Title:
Revision Number:
Revision Date:
Page: — of_
Appendix 0
10. Assessment and Response Actions (use multiple pages if needed)
-------
Titte:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: of
Appendix P
11. Project Reports (use multiple pages if needed)
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: — of_
Appendix Q
12. Data Validation (use multiple pages if needed)
a. Data Review Process -
b. Data Validation Tier (circle one): Tier I Tier II Tier III
Is the circled Data Validation Tier applicable to all parameters/matrices analyzed
during this project? (circle one) Yes No
If no, document the Validation Tier per parameter/matrix in the table below.
Have the data validation procedures been modified? (circle one) Yes No
If yes, document modifications in the table below.
-------
Title:
Revision Number:
Site Name: Revision Date:
Site Location: Page: — of_
Appendix R
13. Data Usability (use muftiple pages if needed)
------- |